PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 64/80/100-Pin, General Purpose, 16-Bit Flash Microcontrollers High-Performance CPU: Analog Features: • Modified Harvard Architecture • Up to 16 MIPS Operation @ 32 MHz • 8 MHz Internal Oscillator with 4x PLL Option and Multiple Divide Options • 17-Bit x 17-Bit Single-Cycle Hardware Multiplier • 32-Bit by 16-Bit Hardware Divider • 16 x 16-Bit Working Register Array • C Compiler Optimized Instruction Set Architecture: - 76 base instructions - Flexible addressing modes • Two Address Generation Units for Separate Read and Write Addressing of Data Memory • 10-Bit, Up to 16-Channel Analog-to-Digital Converter - 500 ksps conversion rate - Conversion available during Sleep and Idle • Dual Analog Comparators with Programmable Input/Output Configuration Peripheral Features: • Two 3-Wire/4-Wire SPI modules, Supporting 4 Frame modes with 8-Level FIFO Buffer • Two I2C™ modules Support Multi-Master/Slave mode and 7-Bit/10-Bit Addressing • Two UART modules: - Supports RS-232, RS-485 and LIN/J2602 - On-chip hardware encoder/decoder for IrDA® - Auto-wake-up on Start bit - Auto-Baud Detect - 4-level FIFO buffer • Parallel Master Slave Port (PMP/PSP): - Supports 8-bit or 16-bit data - Supports 16 address lines • Hardware Real-Time Clock/Calendar (RTCC): - Provides clock, calendar and alarm functions • Programmable Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) - User-programmable polynomial - 8/16-level FIFO buffer • Five 16-Bit Timers/Counters with Programmable Prescaler • Five 16-Bit Capture Inputs • Five 16-Bit Compare/PWM Outputs • High-Current Sink/Source (18 mA/18 mA) on All I/O Pins • Configurable, Open-Drain Output on Digital I/O Pins • Up to 5 External Interrupt Sources • 5.5V Tolerant Input (digital pins only) Special Microcontroller Features: UART SPI I2C™ 10-Bit A/D (ch) Comparators PMP/PSP JTAG 5 2 2 2 16 2 Y Y 2 2 2 16 2 Y Y 5 2 2 2 16 2 Y Y 5 5 2 2 2 16 2 Y Y 5 5 2 2 2 16 2 Y Y 5 5 5 2 2 2 16 2 Y Y 8K 5 5 5 2 2 2 16 2 Y Y 8K 5 5 5 2 2 2 16 2 Y Y 8K 5 5 5 2 2 2 16 2 Y Y Pins Program Memory (Bytes) SRAM (Bytes) Timers 16-Bit Capture Input Compare/ PWM Output • Operating Voltage Range of 2.0V to 3.6V • Flash Program Memory: - 1000 erase/write cycles - 20-year data retention minimum • Self-Reprogrammable under Software Control • Selectable Power Management modes: - Sleep, Idle and Alternate Clock modes • Fail-Safe Clock Monitor Operation: - Detects clock failure and switches to on-chip, low-power RC oscillator • On-Chip 2.5V Regulator • JTAG Boundary Scan and Programming Support • Power-on Reset (POR), Power-up Timer (PWRT) and Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) • Flexible Watchdog Timer (WDT) with On-Chip, Low-Power RC Oscillator for Reliable Operation • In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™) and In-Circuit Emulation (ICE) via 2 Pins PIC24FJ64GA006 64 64K 8K 5 5 PIC24FJ96GA006 64 96K 8K 5 5 5 PIC24FJ128GA006 64 128K 8K 5 5 PIC24FJ64GA008 80 64K 8K 5 PIC24FJ96GA008 80 96K 8K 5 PIC24FJ128GA008 80 128K 8K PIC24FJ64GA010 100 64K PIC24FJ96GA010 100 96K PIC24FJ128GA010 100 128K Device 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 1 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY Pin Diagrams 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 PMD4/RE4 PMD3/RE3 PMD2/RE2 PMD1/RE1 PMD0/RE0 RF1 RF0 ENVREG VCAP/VDDCORE CN16/RD7 CN15/RD6 PMRD/CN14/RD5 PMWR/OC5/IC5/CN13/RD4 PMBE/OC4/RD3 OC3/RD2 OC2/RD1 64-Pin TQFP/QFN(1) PMD5/RE5 PMD6/RE6 PMD7/RE7 PMA5/SCK2/CN8/RG6 PMA4/SDI2/CN9/RG7 PMA3/SDO2/CN10/RG8 MCLR PMA2/SS2/CN11/RG9 VSS VDD C1IN+/AN5/CN7/RB5 C1IN-/AN4/CN6/RB4 C2IN+/AN3/CN5/RB3 C2IN-/AN2/SS1/CN4/RB2 PGC1/EMUC1/VREF-/AN1/CN3/RB1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PIC24FJXXGA006 PIC24FJXXXGA006 13 14 15 16 48 SOSCO/T1CK/CN0/RC14 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 SOSCI/CN1/RC13 OC1/RD0 IC4/PMCS1/INT4/RD11 IC3/PMCS2/INT3/RD10 IC2/U1CTS/INT2/RD9 IC1/RTCC/INT1/RD8 Vss OSC2/CLKO/RC15 39 38 37 OSC1/CLKI/RC12 36 35 34 33 SDA1/RG3 U1RTS/BCLK1/SCK1/INT0/RF6 VDD SCL1/RG2 U1RX/SDI1/RF2 U1TX/SDO1/RF3 PGC2/EMUC2/AN6/OCFA/RB6 PGD2/EMUD2/AN7/RB7 AVDD AVSS U2CTS/C1OUT/AN8/RB8 PMA7/C2OUT/AN9/RB9 TMS/PMA13/CVREF/AN10/RB10 TDO/PMA12/AN11/RB11 VSS VDD TCK/PMA11/AN12/RB12 TDI/PMA10/AN13/RB13 PMA1/U2RTS/BCLK2/AN14/RB14 PMA0/AN15/OCFB/CN12/RB15 PMA9/U2RX/SDA2/CN17/RF4 PMA8/U2TX/SCL2/CN18/RF5 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 PGD1/EMUD1/PMA6/VREF+/AN0/CN2/RB0 1 Legend: Shaded pins indicate pins that are tolerant to up to +5.5 VDC. Note 1: Bottom pad of QFN package must be connected to VSS. DS39747F-page 2 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY Pin Diagrams (Continued) 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 PMD4/RE4 PMD3/RE3 PMD2/RE2 PMD1/RE1 PMD0/RE0 RG0 RG1 RF1 RF0 ENVREG VCAP/VDDCORE CN16/RD7 CN15/RD6 PMRD/CN14/RD5 PMWR/OC5/CN13/RD4 CN19/RD13 IC5/RD12 PMBE/OC4/RD3 OC3/RD2 OC2/RD1 80-Pin TQFP PMD5/RE5 PMD6/RE6 PMD7/RE7 T2CK/RC1 T4CK/RC3 PMA5/SCK2/CN8/RG6 PMA4/SDI2/CN9/RG7 PMA3/SDO2/CN10/RG8 MCLR PMA2/SS2/CN11/RG9 VSS VDD TMS/INT1/RE8 TDO/INT2/RE9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PIC24FJXXGA008 PIC24FJXXXGA008 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 SOSCO/T1CK/CN0/RC14 SOSCI/CN1/RC13 OC1/RD0 IC4/PMCS1/RD11 IC3/PMCS2/RD10 IC2/RD9 IC1/RTCC/RD8 SDA2/INT4/RA15 SCL2/INT3/RA14 VSS OSC2/CLKO/RC15 OSC1/CLKI/RC12 VDD SCL1/RG2 SDA1/RG3 SCK1/INT0/RF6 SDI1/RF7 SDO1/RF8 U1RX/RF2 U1TX/RF3 PGC2/EMUC2/AN6/OCFA/RB6 PGD2/EMUD2/AN7/RB7 PMA7/VREF-/RA9 PMA6/VREF+/RA10 AVDD AVSS U2CTS/C1OUT/AN8/RB8 C2OUT/AN9/RB9 PMA13/CVREF/AN10/RB10 PMA12/AN11/RB11 VSS VDD TCK/PMA11/AN12/RB12 TDI/PMA10/AN13/RB13 PMA1/U2RTS/BCLK2/AN14/RB14 PMA0/AN15/OCFB/CN12/RB15 U1CTS/CN20/RD14 U1RTS/BCLK1/CN21/RD15 PMA9/U2RX/CN17/RF4 PMA8/U2TX/CN18/RF5 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 C1IN+/AN5/CN7/RB5 C1IN-/AN4/CN6/RB4 C2IN+/AN3/CN5/RB3 C2IN-/AN2/SS1/CN4/RB2 PGC1/EMUC1/AN1/CN3/RB1 PGD1/EMUD1/AN0/CN2/RB0 1 Legend: Shaded pins indicate pins that are tolerant to up to +5.5 VDC. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 3 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY Pin Diagrams (Continued)) 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 PMD4/RE4 PMD3/RE3 PMD2/RE2 RG13 RG12 RG14 PMD1/RE1 PMD0/RE0 RA7 RA6 RG0 RG1 RF1 RF0 ENVREG VCAP/VDDCORE CN16/RD7 CN15/RD6 PMRD/CN14/RD5 PMWR/OC5/CN13/RD4 CN19/RD13 IC5/RD12 PMBE/OC4/RD3 OC3/RD2 OC2/RD1 100-Pin TQFP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 PIC24FJXXGA010 PIC24FJXXXGA010 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 VSS SOSCO/T1CK/CN0/RC14 SOSCI/CN1/RC13 OC1/RD0 IC4/PMCS1/RD11 IC3/PMCS2/RD10 IC2/RD9 IC1/RTCC/RD8 INT4/RA15 INT3/RA14 VSS OSC2/CLKO/RC15 OSC1/CLKI/RC12 VDD TDO/RA5 TDI/RA4 SDA2/RA3 SCL2/RA2 SCL1/RG2 SDA1/RG3 SCK1/INT0/RF6 SDI1/RF7 SDO1/RF8 U1RX/RF2 U1TX/RF3 PGC2/EMUC2/AN6/OCFA/RB6 PGD2/EMUD2/AN7/RB7 PMA7/VREF-/RA9 PMA6/VREF+/RA10 AVDD AVSS C1OUT/AN8/RB8 C2OUT/AN9/RB9 PMA13/CVREF/AN10/RB10 PMA12/AN11/RB11 VSS VDD TCK/RA1 U2RTS/BCLK2/RF13 U2CTS/RF12 PMA11/AN12/RB12 PMA10/AN13/RB13 PMA1/AN14/RB14 PMA0/AN15/OCFB/CN12/RB15 VSS VDD U1CTS/CN20/RD14 U1RTS/BCLK1/CN21/RD15 PMA9/U2RX/CN17/RF4 PMA8/U2TX/CN18/RF5 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 RG15 VDD PMD5/RE5 PMD6/RE6 PMD7/RE7 T2CK/RC1 T3CK/RC2 T4CK/RC3 T5CK/RC4 PMA5/SCK2/CN8/RG6 PMA4/SDI2/CN9/RG7 PMA3/SDO2/CN10/RG8 MCLR PMA2/SS2/CN11/RG9 VSS VDD TMS/RA0 INT1/RE8 INT2/RE9 C1IN+/AN5/CN7/RB5 C1IN-/AN4/CN6/RB4 C2IN+/AN3/CN5/RB3 C2IN-/AN2/SS1/CN4/RB2 PGC1/EMUC1/AN1/CN3/RB1 PGD1/EMUD1/AN0/CN2/RB0 Legend: Shaded pins indicate pins that are tolerant to up to +5.5 VDC. DS39747F-page 4 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY Table of Contents 1.0 Device Overview .......................................................................................................................................................................... 7 2.0 Guidelines for Getting Started with 16-bit Microcontrollers ........................................................................................................ 19 3.0 CPU............................................................................................................................................................................................ 25 4.0 Memory Organization ................................................................................................................................................................. 31 5.0 Flash Program Memory.............................................................................................................................................................. 51 6.0 Resets ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 57 7.0 Interrupt Controller ..................................................................................................................................................................... 63 8.0 Oscillator Configuration .............................................................................................................................................................. 97 9.0 Power-Saving Features............................................................................................................................................................ 105 10.0 I/O Ports ................................................................................................................................................................................... 107 11.0 Timer1 ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 111 12.0 Timer2/3 and Timer4/5 ............................................................................................................................................................ 113 13.0 Input Capture............................................................................................................................................................................ 119 14.0 Output Compare....................................................................................................................................................................... 121 15.0 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)............................................................................................................................................... 127 16.0 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C™) ................................................................................................................................................. 137 17.0 Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) ........................................................................................................... 145 18.0 Parallel Master Port (PMP)....................................................................................................................................................... 153 19.0 Real-Time Clock and Calendar (RTCC)................................................................................................................................... 163 20.0 Programmable Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Generator .................................................................................................. 175 21.0 10-bit High-Speed A/D Converter............................................................................................................................................. 179 22.0 Comparator Module.................................................................................................................................................................. 189 23.0 Comparator Voltage Reference................................................................................................................................................ 193 24.0 Special Features ...................................................................................................................................................................... 195 25.0 Instruction Set Summary .......................................................................................................................................................... 205 26.0 Development Support............................................................................................................................................................... 213 27.0 Electrical Characteristics .......................................................................................................................................................... 217 28.0 Packaging Information.............................................................................................................................................................. 231 Appendix A: Revision History............................................................................................................................................................. 245 Index ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 247 The Microchip Web Site ..................................................................................................................................................................... 251 Customer Change Notification Service .............................................................................................................................................. 251 Customer Support .............................................................................................................................................................................. 251 Reader Response .............................................................................................................................................................................. 252 Product Identification System ............................................................................................................................................................ 253 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 5 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS It is our intention to provide our valued customers with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip products. To this end, we will continue to improve our publications to better suit your needs. Our publications will be refined and enhanced as new volumes and updates are introduced. If you have any questions or comments regarding this publication, please contact the Marketing Communications Department via E-mail at [email protected] or fax the Reader Response Form in the back of this data sheet to (480) 792-4150. We welcome your feedback. Most Current Data Sheet To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Web site at: http://www.microchip.com You can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page. The last character of the literature number is the version number, (e.g., DS30000A is version A of document DS30000). Errata An errata sheet, describing minor operational differences from the data sheet and recommended workarounds, may exist for current devices. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revision of silicon and revision of document to which it applies. To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following: • Microchip’s Worldwide Web site; http://www.microchip.com • Your local Microchip sales office (see last page) When contacting a sales office, please specify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include literature number) you are using. Customer Notification System Register on our web site at www.microchip.com to receive the most current information on all of our products. DS39747F-page 6 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 1.0 DEVICE OVERVIEW This document contains device-specific information for the following devices: • • • • • • • • • PIC24FJ64GA006 PIC24FJ64GA008 PIC24FJ64GA010 PIC24FJ96GA006 PIC24FJ96GA008 PIC24FJ96GA010 PIC24FJ128GA006 PIC24FJ128GA008 PIC24FJ128GA010 1.1.2 POWER-SAVING TECHNOLOGY All of the devices in the PIC24FJ128GA010 family incorporate a range of features that can significantly reduce power consumption during operation. Key items include: This family introduces a new line of Microchip devices: a 16-bit microcontroller family with a broad peripheral feature set and enhanced computational performance. The PIC24FJ128GA010 family offers a new migration option for those high-performance applications which may be outgrowing their 8-bit platforms, but don’t require the numerical processing power of a digital signal processor. • On-the-Fly Clock Switching: The device clock can be changed under software control to the Timer1 source or the internal low-power RC oscillator during operation, allowing the user to incorporate power-saving ideas into their software designs. • Doze Mode Operation: When timing-sensitive applications, such as serial communications, require the uninterrupted operation of peripherals, the CPU clock speed can be selectively reduced, allowing incremental power savings without missing a beat. • Instruction-Based Power-Saving Modes: The microcontroller can suspend all operations, or selectively shut down its core while leaving its peripherals active, with a single instruction in software. 1.1 1.1.3 1.1.1 Core Features 16-BIT ARCHITECTURE Central to all PIC24F devices is the 16-bit modified Harvard architecture, first introduced with Microchip’s dsPIC® digital signal controllers. The PIC24F CPU core offers a wide range of enhancements, such as: • 16-bit data and 24-bit address paths, with the ability to move information between data and memory spaces • Linear addressing of up to 8 Mbytes (program space) and 64 Kbytes (data) • A 16-element working register array with built-in software stack support • A 17 x 17 hardware multiplier with support for integer math • Hardware support for 32 by 16-bit division • An instruction set that supports multiple addressing modes and is optimized for high-level languages such as ‘C’ • Operational performance up to 16 MIPS OSCILLATOR OPTIONS AND FEATURES All of the devices in the PIC24FJ128GA010 family offer five different oscillator options, allowing users a range of choices in developing application hardware. These include: • Two Crystal modes using crystals or ceramic resonators. • Two External Clock modes offering the option of a divide-by-2 clock output. • A Fast Internal Oscillator (FRC) with a nominal 8 MHz output, which can also be divided under software control to provide clock speeds as low as 31 kHz. • A Phase Lock Loop (PLL) frequency multiplier, available to the external oscillator modes and the FRC oscillator, which allows clock speeds of up to 32 MHz. • A separate internal RC oscillator (LPRC) with a fixed, 31 kHz output, which provides a low-power option for timing-insensitive applications. The internal oscillator block also provides a stable reference source for the Fail-Safe Clock Monitor. This option constantly monitors the main clock source against a reference signal provided by the internal oscillator and enables the controller to switch to the internal oscillator, allowing for continued low-speed operation or a safe application shutdown. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 7 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 1.1.4 EASY MIGRATION Regardless of the memory size, all devices share the same rich set of peripherals, allowing for a smooth migration path as applications grow and evolve. The consistent pinout scheme used throughout the entire family also aids in migrating to the next larger device. This is true when moving between devices with the same pin count, or even jumping from 64-pin to 80-pin to 100-pin devices. The PIC24F family is pin-compatible with devices in the dsPIC33 family, and shares some compatibility with the pinout schema for PIC18 and dsPIC30. This extends the ability of applications to grow from the relatively simple, to the powerful and complex, yet still selecting a Microchip device. 1.2 Other Special Features • Communications: The PIC24FJ128GA010 family incorporates a range of serial communication peripherals to handle a range of application requirements. All devices are equipped with two independent UARTs with built-in IrDA encoder/decoders. There are also two independent SPI modules, and two independent I2C modules that support both Master and Slave modes of operation. • Parallel Master/Enhanced Parallel Slave Port: One of the general purpose I/O ports can be reconfigured for enhanced parallel data communications. In this mode, the port can be configured for both master and slave operations, and supports 8-bit and 16-bit data transfers with up to 16 external address lines in Master modes. • Real-Time Clock/Calendar: This module implements a full-featured clock and calendar with alarm functions in hardware, freeing up timer resources and program memory space for use of the core application. • 10-Bit A/D Converter: This module incorporates programmable acquisition time, allowing for a channel to be selected and a conversion to be initiated without waiting for a sampling period, as well as faster sampling speeds. DS39747F-page 8 1.3 Details on Individual Family Members Devices in the PIC24FJ128GA010 family are available in 64-pin, 80-pin and 100-pin packages. The general block diagram for all devices is shown in Figure 1-1. The devices are differentiated from each other in two ways: 1. 2. Flash program memory (64 Kbytes for PIC24FJ64GA devices, 96 Kbytes for PIC24FJ96GA devices and 128 Kbytes for PIC24FJ128GA devices). Available I/O pins and ports (53 pins on 6 ports for 64-pin devices, 69 pins on 7 ports for 80-pin devices and 84 pins on 7 ports for 100-pin devices). Note also that, since interrupt-on-change inputs are available on every I/O pin for this family of devices, the number of CN inputs also differs between package sizes. All other features for devices in this family are identical. These are summarized in Table 1-1. A list of the pin features available on the PIC24FJ128GA010 family devices, sorted by function, is shown in Table 1-2. Note that this table shows the pin location of individual peripheral features and not how they are multiplexed on the same pin. This information is provided in the pinout diagrams in the beginning of the data sheet. Multiplexed features are sorted by the priority given to a feature, with the highest priority peripheral being listed first. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY Operating Frequency PIC24FJ128GA010 PIC24FJ96GA010 PIC24FJ64GA010 PIC24FJ128GA008 DC – 32 MHz Program Memory (Bytes) Program Memory (Instructions) PIC24FJ96GA008 PIC24FJ64GA008 PIC24FJ128GA006 Features PIC24FJ96GA006 DEVICE FEATURES FOR THE PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY PIC24FJ64GA006 TABLE 1-1: 64K 96K 128K 64K 96K 128K 64K 96K 128K 22,016 32,768 44,032 22,016 32,768 44,032 22,016 32,768 44,032 Data Memory (Bytes) 8192 Interrupt Sources (Soft Vectors/NMI Traps) 43 (39/4) I/O Ports Total I/O Pins Ports B, C, D, E, F, G Ports A, B, C, D, E, F, G Ports A, B, C, D, E, F, G 53 69 84 Timers: Total Number (16-bit) 5 32-Bit (from paired 16-bit timers) 2 Input Capture Channels 5 Output Compare/PWM Channels 5 Input Change Notification Interrupt 19 22 Serial Communications: UART 2 SPI (3-wire/4-wire) 2 I2C™ 2 Parallel Communications (PMP/PSP) Yes JTAG Boundary Scan Yes 10-Bit Analog-to-Digital Module (input channels) 16 Analog Comparators 2 Resets (and Delays) POR, BOR, RESET Instruction, MCLR, WDT, Illegal Opcode, Configuration Word Mismatch, REPEAT Instruction, Hardware Traps (PWRT, OST, PLL Lock) Instruction Set Packages 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 76 Base Instructions, Multiple Addressing Mode Variations 64-Pin TQFP/QFN 80-Pin TQFP 100-Pin TQFP DS39747F-page 9 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY FIGURE 1-1: PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY GENERAL BLOCK DIAGRAM Data Bus Interrupt Controller PORTA(1) RA0:RA7, RA9:RA10, RA14:15 16 16 8 16 Data Latch PSV & Table Data Access Control Block Data RAM PCH PCL Program Counter Repeat Stack Control Control Logic Logic 23 PORTB(1) Address Latch RB0:RB15 16 23 16 Read AGU Write AGU Address Latch 16 PORTC RC1:RC4, RC12:RC15 Program Memory Data Latch EA MUX 24 Inst Latch Literal Data Address Bus 16 PORTD(1) 16 RD0:RD15 Inst Register Instruction Decode & Control RE0:RE9 Control Signals OSC2/CLKO OSC1/CLKI Timing Generation FRC/LPRC Oscillators Precision Band Gap Reference ENVREG Voltage Regulator VDDCORE/VCAP Timer1 PORTE(1) Divide Support 16 x 16 W Reg Array 17x17 Multiplier Power-up Timer PORTF(1) RF0:RF8, RF12:RF13 Oscillator Start-up Timer 16-Bit ALU Power-on Reset 16 Watchdog Timer PORTG(1) Brown-out Reset(2) RG0:RG9, RG12:RG15 VDD, VSS Timer2/3 MCLR Timer4/5 RTCC 10-Bit A/D Comparators PMP/PSP IC1-5 Note PWM/ OC1-5 CN1-22(1) SPI1/2 I2C1/2 UART1/2 1: Not all pins or features are implemented on all device pinout configurations. See Table 1-2 for I/O port pin descriptions. 2: BOR functionality is provided when the on-board voltage regulator is enabled. DS39747F-page 10 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 1-2: PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS Pin Number Function I/O 100-Pin Input Buffer 64-Pin 80-Pin AN0 16 20 25 I ANA AN1 15 19 24 I ANA AN2 14 18 23 I ANA AN3 13 17 22 I ANA AN4 12 16 21 I ANA AN5 11 15 20 I ANA AN6 17 21 26 I ANA AN7 18 22 27 I ANA AN8 21 27 32 I ANA AN9 22 28 33 I ANA Description A/D Analog Inputs. AN10 23 29 34 I ANA AN11 24 30 35 I ANA AN12 27 33 41 I ANA AN13 28 34 42 I ANA AN14 29 35 43 I ANA AN15 30 36 44 I ANA AVDD 19 25 30 P — Positive Supply for Analog Modules. AVSS 20 26 31 P — Ground Reference for Analog Modules. BCLK1 35 38 48 O — UART1 IrDA® Baud Clock. BCLK2 29 35 39 O — UART2 IrDA® Baud Clock. C1IN- 12 16 21 I ANA Comparator 1 Negative Input. C1IN+ 11 15 20 I ANA Comparator 1 Positive Input. C1OUT 21 27 32 O — C2IN- 14 18 23 I ANA Comparator 2 Negative Input. Comparator 1 Output. C2IN+ 13 17 22 I ANA Comparator 2 Positive Input. C2OUT 22 28 33 O — Comparator 2 Output. CLKI 39 49 63 I ANA CLKO 40 50 64 O — System Clock Output. CN0 48 60 74 I ST Interrupt-on-Change Inputs. CN1 47 59 73 I ST CN2 16 20 25 I ST CN3 15 19 24 I ST CN4 14 18 23 I ST CN5 13 17 22 I ST CN6 12 16 21 I ST CN7 11 15 20 I ST CN8 4 6 10 I ST CN9 5 7 11 I ST ST CN10 6 8 12 I CN11 8 10 14 I ST CN12 30 36 44 I ST CN13 52 66 81 I ST CN14 53 67 82 I ST CN15 54 68 83 I ST CN16 55 69 84 I ST CN17 31 39 49 I ST Legend: Main Clock Input Connection. TTL = TTL input buffer, ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer, ANA = Analog level input/output, I2C™ = I2C/SMBus input buffer 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 11 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 1-2: PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED) Pin Number I/O Input Buffer 50 I ST 80 I ST 47 I ST Function 64-Pin 80-Pin 100-Pin CN18 32 40 CN19 — 65 CN20 — 37 Description Interrupt-on-Change Inputs. CN21 — 38 48 I ST CVREF 23 29 34 O ANA Comparator Voltage Reference Output. EMUC1 15 19 24 I/O ST In-Circuit Emulator Clock Input/Output. EMUD1 16 20 25 I/O ST In-Circuit Emulator Data Input/Output. EMUC2 17 21 26 I/O ST In-Circuit Emulator Clock Input/Output. EMUD2 18 22 27 I/O ST In-Circuit Emulator Data Input/Output. ENVREG 57 71 86 I ST Enable for On-Chip Voltage Regulator. IC1 42 54 68 I ST Input Capture Inputs. IC2 43 55 69 I ST IC3 44 56 70 I ST IC4 45 57 71 I ST IC5 52 64 79 I ST INT0 35 45 55 I ST INT1 42 13 18 I ST INT2 43 14 19 I ST INT3 44 52 66 I ST INT4 45 53 67 I ST MCLR 7 9 13 I ST Master Clear (Device Reset) Input. This line is brought low to cause a Reset. OC1 46 58 72 O — Output Compare/PWM Outputs. OC2 49 61 76 O — OC3 50 62 77 O — OC4 51 63 78 O — OC5 52 66 81 O — External Interrupt Inputs. OCFA 17 21 26 I ST OCFB 30 36 44 I ST OSC1 39 49 63 I ANA Main Oscillator Input Connection. OSC2 40 50 64 O ANA Main Oscillator Output Connection. PGC1 15 19 24 I/O ST PGD1 16 20 25 I/O ST In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP Programming Data. PGC2 17 21 26 I/O ST In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP™ Programming Clock. PGD2 18 22 27 I/O ST In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP Programming Data. Legend: Output Compare Fault A Input. Output Compare Fault B Input. In-Circuit Debugger and ICSP™ Programming Clock. TTL = TTL input buffer, ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer, ANA = Analog level input/output, I2C™ = I2C/SMBus input buffer DS39747F-page 12 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 1-2: PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED) Pin Number I/O Input Buffer 44 I/O ST/TTL Parallel Master Port Address Bit 0 Input (Buffered Slave modes) and Output (Master modes). 35 43 I/O ST/TTL Parallel Master Port Address Bit 1 Input (Buffered Slave modes) and Output (Master modes). 8 10 14 O — 6 8 12 O — PMA4 5 7 11 O — PMA5 4 6 10 O — PMA6 16 24 29 O — PMA7 22 23 28 O — PMA8 32 40 50 O — PMA9 31 39 49 O — PMA10 28 34 42 O — PMA11 27 33 41 O — PMA12 24 30 35 O — PMA13 23 29 34 O — Function 64-Pin 80-Pin 100-Pin PMA0 30 36 PMA1 29 PMA2 PMA3 Description Parallel Master Port Address (Demultiplexed Master modes). PMBE 51 63 78 O — PMCS1 45 57 71 I/O ST/TTL PMCS2 44 56 70 O — Parallel Master Port Chip Select 2 Strobe/Address bit 15. PMD0 60 76 93 I/O ST/TTL PMD1 61 77 94 I/O ST/TTL Parallel Master Port Data (Demultiplexed Master mode) or Address/Data (Multiplexed Master modes). PMD2 62 78 98 I/O ST/TTL PMD3 63 79 99 I/O ST/TTL PMD4 64 80 100 I/O ST/TTL PMD5 1 1 3 I/O ST/TTL PMD6 2 2 4 I/O ST/TTL PMD7 3 3 5 I/O ST/TTL PMRD 53 67 82 I/O ST/TTL Parallel Master Port Read Strobe. 52 66 81 I/O ST/TTL Parallel Master Port Write Strobe. PMWR Legend: Parallel Master Port Byte Enable Strobe. Parallel Master Port Chip Select 1 Strobe/Address bit 14. TTL = TTL input buffer, ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer, ANA = Analog level input/output, I2C™ = I2C/SMBus input buffer 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 13 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 1-2: PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED) Pin Number I/O Input Buffer 17 I/O ST 38 I/O ST — 58 I/O ST — 59 I/O ST — — 60 I/O ST RA5 — — 61 I/O ST RA6 — — 91 I/O ST RA7 — — 92 I/O ST RA9 — 23 28 I/O ST RA10 — 24 29 I/O ST RA14 — 52 66 I/O ST RA15 — 53 67 I/O ST RB0 16 20 25 I/O ST RB1 15 19 24 I/O ST RB2 14 18 23 I/O ST RB3 13 17 22 I/O ST RB4 12 16 21 I/O ST RB5 11 15 20 I/O ST RB6 17 21 26 I/O ST RB7 18 22 27 I/O ST RB8 21 27 32 I/O ST RB9 22 28 33 I/O ST Function 64-Pin 80-Pin 100-Pin RA0 — — RA1 — — RA2 — RA3 — RA4 RB10 23 29 34 I/O ST RB11 24 30 35 I/O ST RB12 27 33 41 I/O ST RB13 28 34 42 I/O ST RB14 29 35 43 I/O ST RB15 30 36 44 I/O ST RC1 — 4 6 I/O ST RC2 — — 7 I/O ST RC3 — 5 8 I/O ST RC4 — — 9 I/O ST RC12 39 49 63 I/O ST RC13 47 59 73 I/O ST RC14 48 60 74 I/O ST RC15 40 50 64 I/O ST Legend: Description PORTA Digital I/O. PORTB Digital I/O. PORTC Digital I/O. TTL = TTL input buffer, ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer, ANA = Analog level input/output, I2C™ = I2C/SMBus input buffer DS39747F-page 14 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 1-2: PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED) Pin Number I/O Input Buffer 72 I/O ST 76 I/O ST 62 77 I/O ST 63 78 I/O ST 52 66 81 I/O ST RD5 53 67 82 I/O ST RD6 54 68 83 I/O ST RD7 55 69 84 I/O ST RD8 42 54 68 I/O ST RD9 43 55 69 I/O ST ST Function 64-Pin 80-Pin 100-Pin RD0 46 58 RD1 49 61 RD2 50 RD3 51 RD4 RD10 44 56 70 I/O RD11 45 57 71 I/O ST RD12 — 64 79 I/O ST RD13 — 65 80 I/O ST RD14 — 37 47 I/O ST RD15 — 38 48 I/O ST RE0 60 76 93 I/O ST RE1 61 77 94 I/O ST RE2 62 78 98 I/O ST RE3 63 79 99 I/O ST RE4 64 80 100 I/O ST RE5 1 1 3 I/O ST RE6 2 2 4 I/O ST RE7 3 3 5 I/O ST RE8 — 13 18 I/O ST RE9 — 14 19 I/O ST RF0 58 72 87 I/O ST RF1 59 73 88 I/O ST RF2 34 42 52 I/O ST RF3 33 41 51 I/O ST RF4 31 39 49 I/O ST RF5 32 40 50 I/O ST RF6 35 45 55 I/O ST RF7 — 44 54 I/O ST RF8 — 43 53 I/O ST RF12 — — 40 I/O ST RF13 — — 39 I/O ST Legend: Description PORTD Digital I/O. PORTE Digital I/O. PORTF Digital I/O. TTL = TTL input buffer, ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer, ANA = Analog level input/output, I2C™ = I2C/SMBus input buffer 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 15 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 1-2: PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED) Pin Number Function I/O 64-Pin 80-Pin 100-Pin Input Buffer RG0 — 75 90 I/O ST RG1 — 74 89 I/O ST RG2 37 47 57 I/O ST RG3 36 46 56 I/O ST RG6 4 6 10 I/O ST RG7 5 7 11 I/O ST Description PORTG Digital I/O. RG8 6 8 12 I/O ST RG9 8 10 14 I/O ST RG12 — — 96 I/O ST RG13 — — 97 I/O ST RG14 — — 95 I/O ST RG15 — — 1 I/O ST RTCC 42 54 68 O — Real-Time Clock Alarm Output. SCK1 35 45 55 O — SPI1 Serial Clock Output. SCK2 4 6 10 I/O ST SPI2 Serial Clock Output. SCL1 37 47 57 I/O I2C I2C1 Synchronous Serial Clock Input/Output. SCL2 32 52 58 I/O I2C I2C2 Synchronous Serial Clock Input/Output. SDA1 36 46 56 I/O I2C I2C1 Data Input/Output. 2 SDA2 31 53 59 I/O I C I2C2 Data Input/Output. SDI1 34 44 54 I ST SPI1 Serial Data Input. SDI2 5 7 11 I ST SPI2 Serial Data Input. SDO1 33 43 53 O — SPI1 Serial Data Output. SPI2 Serial Data Output. SDO2 6 8 12 O — SOSCI 47 59 73 I ANA Secondary Oscillator/Timer1 Clock Input. SOSCO 48 60 74 O ANA Secondary Oscillator/Timer1 Clock Output. SS1 14 18 23 I/O ST SS2 8 10 14 I/O ST Slave Select Input/Frame Select Output (SPI2). T1CK 48 60 74 I ST Timer1 Clock. T2CK — 4 6 I ST Timer2 External Clock Input. T3CK — — 7 I ST Timer3 External Clock Input. T4CK — 5 8 I ST Timer4 External Clock Input. T5CK — — 9 I ST Timer5 External Clock Input. TCK 27 33 38 I ST JTAG Test Clock/Programming Clock Input. TDI 28 34 60 I ST JTAG Test Data/Programming Data Input. TDO 24 14 61 O — JTAG Test Data Output. TMS 23 13 17 I ST JTAG Test Mode Select Input. Legend: Slave Select Input/Frame Select Output (SPI1). TTL = TTL input buffer, ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer, ANA = Analog level input/output, I2C™ = I2C/SMBus input buffer DS39747F-page 16 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 1-2: PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY PINOUT DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED) Pin Number I/O Input Buffer 47 I ST Function U1CTS 64-Pin 80-Pin 100-Pin 43 37 Description UART1 Clear-to-Send Input. U1RTS 35 38 48 O — UART1 Request-to-Send Output. U1RX 34 42 52 I ST UART1 Receive. U1TX 33 41 51 O DIG UART1 Transmit Output. U2CTS 21 27 40 I ST UART2 Clear-to-Send Input. U2RTS 29 35 39 O — UART2 Request-to-Send Output. U2RX 31 39 49 I ST UART 2 Receive Input. U2TX 32 40 50 O — UART2 Transmit Output. VDD 10, 26, 38 12, 32, 48 2, 16, 37, 46, 62 P — Positive Supply for Peripheral Digital Logic and I/O Pins. VDDCAP 56 70 85 P — External Filter Capacitor Connection (regulator is enabled). VDDCORE 56 70 85 P — Positive Supply for Microcontroller Core Logic (regulator is disabled). VREF- 15 23 28 I ANA VREF+ 16 24 29 I ANA VSS 9, 25, 41 11, 31, 51 15, 36, 45, 65, 75 P — Legend: A/D and Comparator Reference Voltage (Low) Input. A/D and Comparator Reference Voltage (High) Input. Ground Reference for Logic and I/O Pins. TTL = TTL input buffer, ST = Schmitt Trigger input buffer, ANA = Analog level input/output, I2C™ = I2C/SMBus input buffer 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 17 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY NOTES: DS39747F-page 18 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 2.0 GUIDELINES FOR GETTING STARTED WITH 16-BIT MICROCONTROLLERS FIGURE 2-1: RECOMMENDED MINIMUM CONNECTIONS C2(2) • All VDD and VSS pins (see Section 2.2 “Power Supply Pins”) • All AVDD and AVSS pins, regardless of whether or not the analog device features are used (see Section 2.2 “Power Supply Pins”) • MCLR pin (see Section 2.3 “Master Clear (MCLR) Pin”) • ENVREG/DISVREG and VCAP/VDDCORE pins (PIC24F J devices only) (see Section 2.4 “Voltage Regulator Pins (ENVREG/DISVREG and VCAP/VDDCORE)”) These pins must also be connected if they are being used in the end application: • PGECx/PGEDx pins used for In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™) and debugging purposes (see Section 2.5 “ICSP Pins”) • OSCI and OSCO pins when an external oscillator source is used (see Section 2.6 “External Oscillator Pins”) Additionally, the following pins may be required: • VREF+/VREF- pins used when external voltage reference for analog modules is implemented Note: VSS VDD R2 (1) (1) (EN/DIS)VREG MCLR VCAP/VDDCORE C1 C7 PIC24FJXXXX VSS VDD VDD VSS C3(2) C6(2) C5(2) VSS The following pins must always be connected: R1 VDD Getting started with the PIC24FJ128GA010 family family of 16-bit microcontrollers requires attention to a minimal set of device pin connections before proceeding with development. VDD AVSS Basic Connection Requirements AVDD 2.1 C4(2) Key (all values are recommendations): C1 through C6: 0.1 F, 20V ceramic C7: 10 F, 6.3V or greater, tantalum or ceramic R1: 10 kΩ R2: 100Ω to 470Ω Note 1: 2: See Section 2.4 “Voltage Regulator Pins (ENVREG/DISVREG and VCAP/VDDCORE)” for explanation of ENVREG/DISVREG pin connections. The example shown is for a PIC24F device with five VDD/VSS and AVDD/AVSS pairs. Other devices may have more or less pairs; adjust the number of decoupling capacitors appropriately. The AVDD and AVSS pins must always be connected, regardless of whether any of the analog modules are being used. The minimum mandatory connections are shown in Figure 2-1. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 19 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 2.2 2.2.1 Power Supply Pins DECOUPLING CAPACITORS The use of decoupling capacitors on every pair of power supply pins, such as VDD, VSS, AVDD and AVSS is required. Consider the following criteria when using decoupling capacitors: • Value and type of capacitor: A 0.1 F (100 nF), 10-20V capacitor is recommended. The capacitor should be a low-ESR device with a resonance frequency in the range of 200 MHz and higher. Ceramic capacitors are recommended. • Placement on the printed circuit board: The decoupling capacitors should be placed as close to the pins as possible. It is recommended to place the capacitors on the same side of the board as the device. If space is constricted, the capacitor can be placed on another layer on the PCB using a via; however, ensure that the trace length from the pin to the capacitor is no greater than 0.25 inch (6 mm). • Handling high-frequency noise: If the board is experiencing high-frequency noise (upward of tens of MHz), add a second ceramic type capacitor in parallel to the above described decoupling capacitor. The value of the second capacitor can be in the range of 0.01 F to 0.001 F. Place this second capacitor next to each primary decoupling capacitor. In high-speed circuit designs, consider implementing a decade pair of capacitances as close to the power and ground pins as possible (e.g., 0.1 F in parallel with 0.001 F). • Maximizing performance: On the board layout from the power supply circuit, run the power and return traces to the decoupling capacitors first, and then to the device pins. This ensures that the decoupling capacitors are first in the power chain. Equally important is to keep the trace length between the capacitor and the power pins to a minimum, thereby reducing PCB trace inductance. 2.2.2 TANK CAPACITORS On boards with power traces running longer than six inches in length, it is suggested to use a tank capacitor for integrated circuits including microcontrollers to supply a local power source. The value of the tank capacitor should be determined based on the trace resistance that connects the power supply source to the device, and the maximum current drawn by the device in the application. In other words, select the tank capacitor so that it meets the acceptable voltage sag at the device. Typical values range from 4.7 F to 47 F. DS39747F-page 20 2.3 Master Clear (MCLR) Pin The MCLR pin provides two specific device functions: device Reset, and device programming and debugging. If programming and debugging are not required in the end application, a direct connection to VDD may be all that is required. The addition of other components, to help increase the application’s resistance to spurious Resets from voltage sags, may be beneficial. A typical configuration is shown in Figure 2-1. Other circuit designs may be implemented, depending on the application’s requirements. During programming and debugging, the resistance and capacitance that can be added to the pin must be considered. Device programmers and debuggers drive the MCLR pin. Consequently, specific voltage levels (VIH and VIL) and fast signal transitions must not be adversely affected. Therefore, specific values of R1 and C1 will need to be adjusted based on the application and PCB requirements. For example, it is recommended that the capacitor, C1, be isolated from the MCLR pin during programming and debugging operations by using a jumper (Figure 2-2). The jumper is replaced for normal run-time operations. Any components associated with the MCLR pin should be placed within 0.25 inch (6 mm) of the pin. FIGURE 2-2: EXAMPLE OF MCLR PIN CONNECTIONS VDD R1 R2 JP MCLR PIC24FXXXX C1 Note 1: R1 10 k is recommended. A suggested starting value is 10 k. Ensure that the MCLR pin VIH and VIL specifications are met. 2: R2 470 will limit any current flowing into MCLR from the external capacitor, C, in the event of MCLR pin breakdown, due to Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) or Electrical Overstress (EOS). Ensure that the MCLR pin VIH and VIL specifications are met. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 2.4 Designers may use Figure 2-3 to evaluate ESR equivalence of candidate devices. Voltage Regulator Pins (ENVREG/DISVREG and VCAP/VDDCORE) Note: This section applies only to PIC24F J devices with an on-chip voltage regulator. The on-chip voltage regulator enable/disable pin (ENVREG or DISVREG, depending on the device family) must always be connected directly to either a supply voltage or to ground. The particular connection is determined by whether or not the regulator is to be used: The placement of this capacitor should be close to VCAP/VDDCORE. It is recommended that the trace length not exceed 0.25 inch (6 mm). Refer to Section 27.0 “Electrical Characteristics” for additional information. When the regulator is disabled, the VCAP/VDDCORE pin must be tied to a voltage supply at the VDDCORE level. Refer to Section 27.0 “Electrical Characteristics” for information on VDD and VDDCORE. FIGURE 2-3: • For ENVREG, tie to VDD to enable the regulator, or to ground to disable the regulator • For DISVREG, tie to ground to enable the regulator or to VDD to disable the regulator FREQUENCY vs. ESR PERFORMANCE FOR SUGGESTED VCAP 10 Refer to Section 24.2 “On-Chip Voltage Regulator” for details on connecting and using the on-chip regulator. ESR () 1 When the regulator is enabled, a low-ESR (< 5Ω) capacitor is required on the VCAP/VDDCORE pin to stabilize the voltage regulator output voltage. The VCAP/VDDCORE pin must not be connected to VDD and must use a capacitor of 10 µF connected to ground. The type can be ceramic or tantalum. Suitable examples of capacitors are shown in Table 2-1. Capacitors with equivalent specification can be used. 0.1 0.01 0.001 0.01 Note: 0.1 1 10 100 Frequency (MHz) 1000 10,000 Typical data measurement at 25°C, 0V DC bias. . TABLE 2-1: SUITABLE CAPACITOR EQUIVALENTS Make Part # Nominal Capacitance Base Tolerance Rated Voltage Temp. Range TDK C3216X7R1C106K 10 µF ±10% 16V -55 to 125ºC TDK C3216X5R1C106K 10 µF ±10% 16V -55 to 85ºC Panasonic ECJ-3YX1C106K 10 µF ±10% 16V -55 to 125ºC Panasonic ECJ-4YB1C106K 10 µF ±10% 16V -55 to 85ºC Murata GRM32DR71C106KA01L 10 µF ±10% 16V -55 to 125ºC Murata GRM31CR61C106KC31L 10 µF ±10% 16V -55 to 85ºC 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 21 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY CONSIDERATIONS FOR CERAMIC CAPACITORS In recent years, large value, low-voltage, surface-mount ceramic capacitors have become very cost effective in sizes up to a few tens of microfarad. The low-ESR, small physical size and other properties make ceramic capacitors very attractive in many types of applications. Ceramic capacitors are suitable for use with the internal voltage regulator of this microcontroller. However, some care is needed in selecting the capacitor to ensure that it maintains sufficient capacitance over the intended operating range of the application. Typical low-cost, 10 F ceramic capacitors are available in X5R, X7R and Y5V dielectric ratings (other types are also available, but are less common). The initial tolerance specifications for these types of capacitors are often specified as ±10% to ±20% (X5R and X7R), or -20%/+80% (Y5V). However, the effective capacitance that these capacitors provide in an application circuit will also vary based on additional factors, such as the applied DC bias voltage and the temperature. The total in-circuit tolerance is, therefore, much wider than the initial tolerance specification. The X5R and X7R capacitors typically exhibit satisfactory temperature stability (ex: ±15% over a wide temperature range, but consult the manufacturer's data sheets for exact specifications). However, Y5V capacitors typically have extreme temperature tolerance specifications of +22%/-82%. Due to the extreme temperature tolerance, a 10 F nominal rated Y5V type capacitor may not deliver enough total capacitance to meet minimum internal voltage regulator stability and transient response requirements. Therefore, Y5V capacitors are not recommended for use with the internal regulator if the application must operate over a wide temperature range. In addition to temperature tolerance, the effective capacitance of large value ceramic capacitors can vary substantially, based on the amount of DC voltage applied to the capacitor. This effect can be very significant, but is often overlooked or is not always documented. Typical DC bias voltage vs. capacitance graph for X7R type capacitors is shown in Figure 2-4. FIGURE 2-4: Capacitance Change (%) 2.4.1 DC BIAS VOLTAGE vs. CAPACITANCE CHARACTERISTICS 10 0 -10 16V Capacitor -20 -30 -40 10V Capacitor -50 -60 -70 6.3V Capacitor -80 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 DC Bias Voltage (VDC) When selecting a ceramic capacitor to be used with the internal voltage regulator, it is suggested to select a high-voltage rating, so that the operating voltage is a small percentage of the maximum rated capacitor voltage. For example, choose a ceramic capacitor rated at 16V for the 2.5V or 1.8V core voltage. Suggested capacitors are shown in Table 2-1. 2.5 ICSP Pins The PGECx and PGEDx pins are used for In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP) and debugging purposes. It is recommended to keep the trace length between the ICSP connector and the ICSP pins on the device as short as possible. If the ICSP connector is expected to experience an ESD event, a series resistor is recommended, with the value in the range of a few tens of ohms, not to exceed 100Ω. Pull-up resistors, series diodes and capacitors on the PGECx and PGEDx pins are not recommended as they will interfere with the programmer/debugger communications to the device. If such discrete components are an application requirement, they should be removed from the circuit during programming and debugging. Alternatively, refer to the AC/DC characteristics and timing requirements information in the respective device Flash programming specification for information on capacitive loading limits and pin input voltage high (VIH) and input low (VIL) requirements. For device emulation, ensure that the “Communication Channel Select” (i.e., PGECx/PGEDx pins), programmed into the device, matches the physical connections for the ICSP to the Microchip debugger/emulator tool. For more information on available Microchip development tools connection requirements, refer to Section 26.0 “Development Support”. DS39747F-page 22 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 2.6 External Oscillator Pins FIGURE 2-5: Many microcontrollers have options for at least two oscillators: a high-frequency primary oscillator and a low-frequency secondary oscillator (refer to Section 8.0 “Oscillator Configuration” for details). The oscillator circuit should be placed on the same side of the board as the device. Place the oscillator circuit close to the respective oscillator pins with no more than 0.5 inch (12 mm) between the circuit components and the pins. The load capacitors should be placed next to the oscillator itself, on the same side of the board. Use a grounded copper pour around the oscillator circuit to isolate it from surrounding circuits. The grounded copper pour should be routed directly to the MCU ground. Do not run any signal traces or power traces inside the ground pour. Also, if using a two-sided board, avoid any traces on the other side of the board where the crystal is placed. Single-Sided and In-line Layouts: Copper Pour (tied to ground) For additional information and design guidance on oscillator circuits, please refer to these Microchip Application Notes, available at the corporate web site (www.microchip.com): • AN826, “Crystal Oscillator Basics and Crystal Selection for rfPIC™ and PICmicro® Devices” • AN849, “Basic PICmicro® Oscillator Design” • AN943, “Practical PICmicro® Oscillator Analysis and Design” • AN949, “Making Your Oscillator Work” Primary Oscillator Crystal DEVICE PINS Primary Oscillator OSCI C1 ` OSCO GND C2 ` SOSCO SOSC I Secondary Oscillator Crystal Layout suggestions are shown in Figure 2-5. In-line packages may be handled with a single-sided layout that completely encompasses the oscillator pins. With fine-pitch packages, it is not always possible to completely surround the pins and components. A suitable solution is to tie the broken guard sections to a mirrored ground layer. In all cases, the guard trace(s) must be returned to ground. In planning the application’s routing and I/O assignments, ensure that adjacent port pins, and other signals in close proximity to the oscillator, are benign (i.e., free of high frequencies, short rise and fall times and other similar noise). SUGGESTED PLACEMENT OF THE OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT ` Sec Oscillator: C1 Sec Oscillator: C2 Fine-Pitch (Dual-Sided) Layouts: Top Layer Copper Pour (tied to ground) Bottom Layer Copper Pour (tied to ground) OSCO C2 Oscillator Crystal GND C1 OSCI DEVICE PINS 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 23 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 2.7 Configuration of Analog and Digital Pins During ICSP Operations If an ICSP compliant emulator is selected as a debugger, it automatically initializes all of the A/D input pins (ANx) as “digital” pins. Depending on the particular device, this is done by setting all bits in the ADnPCFG register(s), or clearing all bit in the ANSx registers. All PIC24F devices will have either one or more ADnPCFG registers or several ANSx registers (one for each port); no device will have both. Refer to Section 21.0 “10-bit High-Speed A/D Converter” for more specific information. The bits in these registers that correspond to the A/D pins that initialized the emulator must not be changed by the user application firmware; otherwise, communication errors will result between the debugger and the device. If your application needs to use certain A/D pins as analog input pins during the debug session, the user application must modify the appropriate bits during initialization of the A/D module, as follows: • For devices with an ADnPCFG register, clear the bits corresponding to the pin(s) to be configured as analog. Do not change any other bits, particularly those corresponding to the PGECx/PGEDx pair, at any time. • For devices with ANSx registers, set the bits corresponding to the pin(s) to be configured as analog. Do not change any other bits, particularly those corresponding to the PGECx/PGEDx pair, at any time. When a Microchip debugger/emulator is used as a programmer, the user application firmware must correctly configure the ADnPCFG or ANSx registers. Automatic initialization of this register is only done during debugger operation. Failure to correctly configure the register(s) will result in all A/D pins being recognized as analog input pins, resulting in the port value being read as a logic '0', which may affect user application functionality. 2.8 Unused I/Os Unused I/O pins should be configured as outputs and driven to a logic low state. Alternatively, connect a 1 kΩ to 10 kΩ resistor to VSS on unused pins and drive the output to logic low. DS39747F-page 24 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 3.0 Note: CPU This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 2. “CPU” (DS39703) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. The PIC24F CPU has a 16-bit (data) modified Harvard architecture with an enhanced instruction set, and a 24-bit instruction word with a variable length opcode field. The Program Counter (PC) is 23 bits wide and addresses up to 4M instructions of user program memory space. A single-cycle instruction prefetch mechanism is used to help maintain throughput and provides predictable execution. All instructions execute in a single cycle, with the exception of instructions that change the program flow, the double-word move (MOV.D) instruction and the table instructions. Overhead-free program loop constructs are supported using the REPEAT instructions, which are interruptible at any point. PIC24F devices have sixteen 16-bit working registers in the programmer’s model. Each of the working registers can act as a data, address or address offset register. The 16th working register (W15) operates as a Software Stack Pointer for interrupts and calls. The upper 32 Kbytes of the data space memory map can optionally be mapped into program space at any 16K word boundary defined by the 8-bit Program Space Visibility Page (PSVPAG) register. The program to data space mapping feature lets any instruction access program space as if it were data space. The Instruction Set Architecture (ISA) has been significantly enhanced beyond that of the PIC18, but maintains an acceptable level of backward compatibility. All PIC18 instructions and addressing modes are supported either directly or through simple macros. Many of the ISA enhancements have been driven by compiler efficiency needs. For most instructions, the core is capable of executing a data (or program data) memory read, a working register (data) read, a data memory write and a program (instruction) memory read per instruction cycle. As a result, three parameter instructions can be supported, allowing trinary operations (that is, A + B = C) to be executed in a single cycle. A high-speed, 17-bit by 17-bit multiplier has been included to significantly enhance the core arithmetic capability and throughput. The multiplier supports signed, unsigned and Mixed mode 16-bit by 16-bit or 8-bit by 8-bit integer multiplication. All multiply instructions execute in a single cycle. The 16-bit ALU has been enhanced with integer divide assist hardware that supports an iterative, non-restoring divide algorithm. It operates in conjunction with the REPEAT instruction looping mechanism, and a selection of iterative divide instructions, to support 32-bit (or 16-bit) divided by 16-bit integer signed and unsigned division. All divide operations require 19 cycles to complete but are interruptible at any cycle boundary. The PIC24F has a vectored exception scheme with up to 8 sources of non-maskable traps and up to 118 interrupt sources. Each interrupt source can be assigned to one of seven priority levels. A block diagram of the CPU is shown in Figure 3-1. 3.1 Programmer’s Model The programmer’s model for the PIC24F is shown in Figure 3-2. All registers in the programmer’s model are memory mapped and can be manipulated directly by instructions. A description of each register is provided in Table 3-1. All registers associated with the programmer’s model are memory mapped. The core supports Inherent (no operand), Relative, Literal, Memory Direct and three groups of addressing modes. All modes support Register Direct and various Register Indirect modes. Each group offers up to 7 addressing modes. Instructions are associated with predefined addressing modes depending upon their functional requirements. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 25 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY FIGURE 3-1: PIC24F CPU CORE BLOCK DIAGRAM PSV & Table Data Access Control Block Data Bus Interrupt Controller 16 8 16 16 Data Latch 23 23 PCL PCH Program Counter Loop Stack Control Control Logic Logic 16 Data RAM Address Latch 23 16 RAGU WAGU Address Latch Program Memory EA MUX Address Bus Data Latch ROM Latch 24 Control Signals to Various Blocks Instruction Reg Hardware Multiplier Divide Support 16 Literal Data Instruction Decode & Control 16 16 x 16 W Register Array 16 16-Bit ALU 16 To Peripheral Modules DS39747F-page 26 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 3-1: CPU CORE REGISTERS Register(s) Name Description W0 through W15 Working Register Array PC 23-Bit Program Counter SR ALU STATUS Register SPLIM Stack Pointer Limit Value Register TBLPAG Table Memory Page Address Register PSVPAG Program Space Visibility Page Address Register RCOUNT Repeat Loop Counter Register CORCON CPU Control Register FIGURE 3-2: PROGRAMMER’S MODEL 15 Divider Working Registers 0 W0 (WREG) W1 W2 Multiplier Registers W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 Working/Address Registers W8 W9 W10 W11 W12 W13 W14 Frame Pointer W15 Stack Pointer 0 SPLIM 0 Stack Pointer Limit 0 0 Program Counter 22 PC 7 0 TBLPAG 7 Data Table Page Address 0 PSVPAG 15 0 RCOUNT 15 Program Space Visibility Page Address SRH Repeat Loop Counter SRL 0 — — — — — — — DC IPL RA N OV Z C 2 1 0 15 STATUS Register (SR) 0 — — — — — — — — — — — — IPL3 PSV — — Core Control Register (CORCON) Registers or bits are shadowed for PUSH.S and POP.S instructions. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 27 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 3.2 CPU Control Registers REGISTER 3-1: SR: CPU STATUS REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 — — — — — — — DC bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0(1) IPL2 R/W-0(1) (2) IPL1 (2) R/W-0(1) R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 IPL0(2) RA N OV Z C bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-9 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 8 DC: ALU Half Carry/Borrow bit 1 = A carry-out from the 4th low-order bit (for byte-sized data) or 8th low-order bit (for word-sized data) of the result occurred 0 = No carry-out from the 4th or 8th low-order bit of the result has occurred bit 7-5 IPL<2:0>: CPU Interrupt Priority Level Status bits(2) 111 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 7 (15); user interrupts are disabled 110 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 6 (14) 101 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 5 (13) 100 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 4 (12) 011 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 3 (11) 010 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 2 (10) 001 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 1 (9) 000 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 0 (8) bit 4 RA: REPEAT Loop Active bit 1 = REPEAT loop in progress 0 = REPEAT loop not in progress bit 3 N: ALU Negative bit 1 = Result was negative 0 = Result was non-negative (zero or positive) bit 2 OV: ALU Overflow bit 1 = Overflow occurred for signed (2’s complement) arithmetic in this arithmetic operation 0 = No overflow has occurred bit 1 Z: ALU Zero bit 1 = An operation, which effects the Z bit, has set it at some time in the past 0 = The most recent operation, which effects the Z bit, has cleared it (i.e., a non-zero result) bit 0 C: ALU Carry/Borrow bit 1 = A carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred 0 = No carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred Note 1: 2: The IPL Status bits are read-only when NSTDIS (INTCON1<15>) = 1. The IPL bits are concatenated with the IPL3 bit (CORCON<3>) to form the CPU Interrupt Priority Level. The value in parentheses indicates the IPL when IPL3 = 1. DS39747F-page 28 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 3-2: CORCON: CORE CONTROL REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 — U-0 — — U-0 — R/C-0 (1) IPL3 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 PSV — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: C = Clearable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3 IPL3: CPU Interrupt Priority Level Status bit(1) 1 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is greater than 7 0 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 7 or less bit 2 PSV: Program Space Visibility in Data Space Enable bit 1 = Program space is visible in data space 0 = Program space is not visible in data space bit 1-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ Note 1: x = Bit is unknown User interrupts are disabled when IPL3 = 1. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 29 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 3.3 Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU) The PIC24F ALU is 16 bits wide and is capable of addition, subtraction, bit shifts and logic operations. Unless otherwise mentioned, arithmetic operations are 2’s complement in nature. Depending on the operation, the ALU may affect the values of the Carry (C), Zero (Z), Negative (N), Overflow (OV) and Digit Carry (DC) Status bits in the SR register. The C and DC Status bits operate as Borrow and Digit Borrow bits, respectively, for subtraction operations. The ALU can perform 8-bit or 16-bit operations, depending on the mode of the instruction that is used. Data for the ALU operation can come from the W register array, or data memory, depending on the addressing mode of the instruction. Likewise, output data from the ALU can be written to the W register array or a data memory location. The PIC24F CPU incorporates hardware support for both multiplication and division. This includes a dedicated hardware multiplier and support hardware for 16-bit divisor division. 3.3.1 MULTIPLIER The ALU contains a high-speed, 17-bit x 17-bit multiplier. It supports unsigned, signed or mixed sign operation in several multiplication modes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 16-bit x 16-bit signed 16-bit x 16-bit unsigned 16-bit signed x 5-bit (literal) unsigned 16-bit unsigned x 16-bit unsigned 16-bit unsigned x 5-bit (literal) unsigned 16-bit unsigned x 16-bit signed 8-bit unsigned x 8-bit unsigned TABLE 3-2: Instruction 3.3.2 DIVIDER The divide block supports 32-bit/16-bit and 16-bit/16-bit signed and unsigned integer divide operation with the following data sizes: 1. 2. 3. 4. 32-bit signed/16-bit signed divide 32-bit unsigned/16-bit unsigned divide 16-bit signed/16-bit signed divide 16-bit unsigned/16-bit unsigned divide The quotient for all divide instructions ends up in W0 and the remainder in W1. 16-bit signed and unsigned DIV instructions can specify any W register for both the 16-bit divisor (Wn) and any W register (aligned) pair (W(m+1):Wm) for the 32-bit dividend. The divide algorithm takes one cycle per bit of divisor, so both 32-bit/16-bit and 16-bit/16-bit instructions take the same number of cycles to execute. 3.3.3 MULTI-BIT SHIFT SUPPORT The PIC24F ALU supports both single bit and single-cycle, multi-bit arithmetic and logic shifts. Multi-bit shifts are implemented using a shifter block, capable of performing up to a 15-bit arithmetic right shift, or up to a 15-bit left shift, in a single cycle. All multi-bit shift instructions only support Register Direct Addressing for both the operand source and result destination. A full summary of instructions that use the shift operation is provided below in Table 3-2. INSTRUCTIONS THAT USE THE SINGLE AND MULTI-BIT SHIFT OPERATION Description ASR Arithmetic shift right source register by one or more bits. SL Shift left source register by one or more bits. LSR Logical shift right source register by one or more bits. DS39747F-page 30 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 4.0 MEMORY ORGANIZATION As Harvard architecture devices, PIC24F microcontrollers feature separate program and data memory spaces and busses. This architecture also allows the direct access of program memory from the data space during code execution. 4.1 Program Address Space The program address memory space of PIC24FJ128GA010 family devices is 4M instructions. The space is addressable by a 24-bit value derived from FIGURE 4-1: User access to the program memory space is restricted to the lower half of the address range (000000h to 7FFFFFh). The exception is the use of TBLRD/TBLWT operations, which use TBLPAG<7> to permit access to the Configuration bits and Device ID sections of the configuration memory space. Memory maps for the PIC24FJ128GA010 family of devices are shown in Figure 4-1. PROGRAM SPACE MEMORY MAP FOR PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY DEVICES PIC24FJ64GA PIC24FJ96GA PIC24FJ128GA GOTO Instruction Reset Address GOTO Instruction Reset Address Interrupt Vector Table Reserved Interrupt Vector Table Reserved GOTO Instruction Reset Address Interrupt Vector Table Alternate Vector Table Alternate Vector Table User Flash Program Memory (22K instructions) User Memory Space either the 23-bit Program Counter (PC) during program execution, or from table operation or data space remapping, as described in Section 4.3 “Interfacing Program and Data Memory Spaces”. Flash Config Words User Flash Program Memory (32K instructions) Reserved Alternate Vector Table User Flash Program Memory (44K instructions) 0000FEh 000100h 000104h 0001FEh 000200h 00ABFEh 00AC00h 00FFFEh 010000h Flash Config Words Flash Config Words Unimplemented (Read ‘0’s) 000000h 000002h 000004h 0157FEh 015800h Unimplemented (Read ‘0’s) Unimplemented (Read ‘0’s) Configuration Memory Space 7FFFFEh 800000h Note: Reserved Reserved Reserved Device Configuration Registers Device Configuration Registers Device Configuration Registers Reserved Reserved DEVID (2) DEVID (2) F7FFFEh F80000h F8000Eh F80010h Reserved DEVID (2) FEFFFEh FF0000h FFFFFEh Memory areas are not shown to scale. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 31 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 4.1.1 PROGRAM MEMORY ORGANIZATION 4.1.3 In PIC24FJ128GA010 family devices, the top two words of on-chip program memory are reserved for configuration information. On device Reset, the configuration information is copied into the appropriate Configuration registers. The addresses of the Flash Configuration Word for devices in the PIC24FJ128GA010 family are shown in Table 4-1. Their location in the memory map is shown with the other memory vectors in Figure 4-1. The program memory space is organized in word-addressable blocks. Although it is treated as 24 bits wide, it is more appropriate to think of each address of the program memory as a lower and upper word, with the upper byte of the upper word being unimplemented. The lower word always has an even address, while the upper word has an odd address (Figure 4-2). The Configuration Words in program memory are a compact format. The actual Configuration bits are mapped in several different registers in the configuration memory space. Their order in the Flash Configuration Words do not reflect a corresponding arrangement in the configuration space. Additional details on the device Configuration Words are provided in Section 24.1 “Configuration Bits”. Program memory addresses are always word-aligned on the lower word, and addresses are incremented or decremented by two during code execution. This arrangement also provides compatibility with data memory space addressing and makes it possible to access data in the program memory space. 4.1.2 HARD MEMORY VECTORS TABLE 4-1: All PIC24F devices reserve the addresses between 00000h and 000200h for hard coded program execution vectors. A hardware Reset vector is provided to redirect code execution from the default value of the PC on device Reset to the actual start of code. A GOTO instruction is programmed by the user at 000000h, with the actual address for the start of code at 000002h. PIC24F devices also have two Interrupt Vector Tables (IVT), located from 000004h to 0000FFh, and 000100h to 0001FFh. These vector tables allow each of the many device interrupt sources to be handled by separate ISRs. A more detailed discussion of the Interrupt Vector Tables is provided in Section 7.1 “Interrupt Vector Table”. FIGURE 4-2: msw Address Device Program Memory (Words) Configuration Word Addresses PIC24FJ64GA 22,016 00ABFCh: 00ABFEh PIC24FJ96GA 32,768 00FFFCh: 00FFFEh PIC24FJ128GA 44,032 0157FCh: 0157FEh least significant word most significant word 16 8 PC Address (lsw Address) 0 000000h 000002h 000004h 000006h 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 Program Memory ‘Phantom’ Byte’ (read as ‘0’) DS39747F-page 32 FLASH CONFIGURATION WORDS FOR PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY DEVICES PROGRAM MEMORY ORGANIZATION 23 000001h 000003h 000005h 000007h FLASH CONFIGURATION WORDS Instruction Width 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 4.2 Note: Data Address Space This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 3. “Data Memory” (DS39717) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. The PIC24F core has a separate, 16-bit wide data memory space, addressable as a single linear range. The data space is accessed using two Address Generation Units (AGUs), one each for read and write operations. The data space memory map is shown in Figure 4-3. All Effective Addresses (EAs) in the data memory space are 16 bits wide and point to bytes within the data space. This gives a data space address range of 64 Kbytes or 32K words. The lower half of the data FIGURE 4-3: memory space (that is, when EA<15> = 0) is used for implemented memory addresses, while the upper half (EA<15> = 1) is reserved for the Program Space Visibility area (see Section 4.3.3 “Reading Data from Program Memory Using Program Space Visibility”). PIC24FJ128GA010 family devices implement a total of 8 Kbytes of data memory. Should an EA point to a location outside of this area, an all zero word or byte will be returned. 4.2.1 DATA SPACE WIDTH The data memory space is organized in byte-addressable, 16-bit wide blocks. Data is aligned in data memory and registers as 16-bit words, but all data space EAs resolve to bytes. The Least Significant Bytes (LSBs) of each word have even addresses, while the Most Significant Bytes (MSBs) have odd addresses. DATA SPACE MEMORY MAP FOR PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY DEVICES MSB Address 0001h 07FFh 0801h Implemented Data RAM MSB LSB SFR Space LSB Address 0000h 07FEh 0800h Near Data Space Data RAM 1FFFh 2001h 27FFh 2801h SFR Space 1FFEh 2000h 27FEh 2800h Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ 7FFFh 8001h 7FFFh 8000h Program Space Visibility Area FFFFh Note: FFFEh Data memory areas are not shown to scale. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 33 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 4.2.2 DATA MEMORY ORGANIZATION AND ALIGNMENT A Sign-Extend (SE) instruction is provided to allow users to translate 8-bit signed data to 16-bit signed values. Alternatively, for 16-bit unsigned data, users can clear the MSB of any W register by executing a Zero-Extend (ZE) instruction on the appropriate address. To maintain backward compatibility with PIC® devices and improve data space memory usage efficiency, the PIC24F instruction set supports both word and byte operations. As a consequence of byte accessibility, all Effective Address calculations are internally scaled to step through word-aligned memory. For example, the core recognizes that Post-Modified Register Indirect Addressing mode [Ws++] will result in a value of Ws + 1 for byte operations and Ws + 2 for word operations. Although most instructions are capable of operating on word or byte data sizes, it should be noted that some instructions operate only on words. 4.2.3 The 8-Kbyte area, between 0000h and 1FFFh, is referred to as the Near Data Space (NDS). Locations in this space are directly addressable via a 13-bit absolute address field within all memory direct instructions. The remainder of the data space is indirectly addressable. Additionally, the whole data space is addressable using MOV instructions, which support Memory Direct Addressing with a 16-bit address field. Data byte reads will read the complete word which contains the byte, using the LSb of any EA to determine which byte to select. The selected byte is placed onto the LSB of the data path. That is, data memory and registers are organized as two parallel, byte-wide entities with shared (word) address decode, but separate write lines. Data byte writes only write to the corresponding side of the array or register which matches the byte address. 4.2.4 SFR SPACE The first 2 Kbytes of the Near Data Space, from 0000h to 07FFh, are primarily occupied with Special Function Registers (SFRs). These are used by the PIC24F core and peripheral modules for controlling the operation of the device. All word accesses must be aligned to an even address. Misaligned word data fetches are not supported, so care must be taken when mixing byte and word operations, or translating from 8-bit MCU code. If a misaligned read or write is attempted, an address error trap will be generated. If the error occurred on a read, the instruction underway is completed; if it occurred on a write, the instruction will be executed but the write will not occur. In either case, a trap is then executed, allowing the system and/or user to examine the machine state prior to execution of the address Fault. SFRs are distributed among the modules that they control, and are generally grouped together by module. Much of the SFR space contains unused addresses; these are read as ‘0’. A diagram of the SFR space, showing where SFRs are actually implemented, is shown in Table 4-2. Each implemented area indicates a 32-byte region where at least one address is implemented as an SFR. A complete listing of implemented SFRs, including their addresses, is shown in Tables 4-3 through 4-30. All byte loads into any W register are loaded into the Least Significant Byte. The Most Significant Byte is not modified. TABLE 4-2: NEAR DATA SPACE IMPLEMENTED REGIONS OF SFR DATA SPACE SFR Space Address xx00 xx20 xx60 Core 000h Timers 100h 200h xx40 I 2C™ ICN Capture UART A/D 300h xx80 — SPI xxA0 xxC0 xxE0 Interrupts Compare — — — — — — I/O — — — — — — 400h — — — — — — — — 500h — — — — — — — — 600h PMP RTC/Comp CRC — — — 700h — — System NVM/PMD — — I/O — — Legend: — = No implemented SFRs in this block DS39747F-page 34 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 4-3: CPU CORE REGISTERS MAP WREG0 0000 Working Register 0 0000 WREG1 0002 Working Register 1 0000 WREG2 0004 Working Register 2 0000 WREG3 0006 Working Register 3 0000 WREG4 0008 Working Register 4 0000 WREG5 000A Working Register 5 0000 WREG6 000C Working Register 6 0000 WREG7 000E Working Register 7 0000 WREG8 0010 Working Register 8 0000 WREG9 0012 Working Register 9 0000 WREG10 0014 Working Register 10 0000 WREG11 0016 Working Register 11 0000 WREG12 0018 Working Register 12 0000 WREG13 001A Working Register 13 0000 WREG14 001C Working Register 14 0000 WREG15 001E Working Register 15 0800 SPLIM 0020 Stack Pointer Limit xxxx PCL 002E Program Counter Low Word PCH 0030 — — — — — — — — TBLPAG 0032 — — — — — — — PSVPAG 0034 — — — — — — — RCOUNT 0036 SR 0042 — — — — — — — DC IPL2 IPL1 IPL0 RA N OV Z C 0000 CORCON 0044 — — — — — — — — — — — — IPL3 PSV — — 0000 0052 — — Legend: Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 0000 Program Counter High Byte 0000 — Table Page Address Pointer 0000 — Program Memory Visibility Page Address Pointer 0000 Repeat Loop Counter xxxx Disable Interrupts Counter x = unknown value on Reset; — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. xxxx DS39747F-page 35 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY Addr DISICNT Bit 15 All Resets File Name INTERRUPT CONTROLLER REGISTER MAP File Name Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 INTCON1 0080 NSTDIS — — — — — — — — — — INTCON2 0082 ALTIVT DISI — — — — — — — — — IFS0 0084 — — AD1IF U1TXIF U1RXIF SPI1IF SPF1IF T3IF T2IF OC2IF IC2IF IFS1 0086 U2TXIF U2RXIF INT2IF T5IF T4IF OC4IF OC3IF — — — — Bit 4 Bit 3 MATHERR ADDRERR Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets STKERR OSCFAIL — 0000 INT3EP INT2EP INT1EP INT0EP 0000 — T1IF OC1IF IC1IF INT0IF 0000 INT1IF CNIF CMIF MI2C1IF SI2C1IF 0000 INT4EP IFS2 0088 — — PMPIF — — — OC5IF — IC5IF IC4IF IC3IF — — — SPI2IF SPF2IF 0000 IFS3 008A — RTCIF — — — — — — — INT4IF INT3IF — — MI2C2IF SI2C2IF — 0000 IFS4 008C — — — — — — — — — — — — CRCIF U2ERIF U1ERIF — 0000 IEC0 0094 — — AD1IE U1TXIE U1RXIE SPI1IE SPF1IE T3IE T2IE OC2IE IC2IE — T1IE OC1IE IC1IE INT0IE 0000 IEC1 0096 U2TXIE U2RXIE INT2IE T5IE T4IE OC4IE OC3IE — — — — INT1IE CNIE CMIE MI2C1IE SI2C1IE 0000 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. IEC2 0098 — — PMPIE — — — OC5IE — IC5IE IC4IE IC3IE — — — SPI2IE SPF2IE 0000 IEC3 009A — RTCIE — — — — — — — INT4IE INT3IE — — MI2C2IE SI2C2IE — 0000 IEC4 009C — — — — — — — — — — — — CRCIE U2ERIE U1ERIE — 0000 IPC0 00A4 — T1IP2 T1IP1 T1IP0 — OC1IP2 OC1IP1 OC1IP0 — IC1IP2 IC1IP1 IC1IP0 — INT0IP2 INT0IP1 INT0IP0 4444 IPC1 00A6 — T2IP2 T2IP1 T2IP0 — OC2IP2 OC2IP1 OC2IP0 — IC2IP2 IC2IP1 IC2IP0 — — — — 4440 IPC2 00A8 — — SPI1IP2 SPI1IP1 SPI1IP0 — SPF1IP2 SPF1IP1 SPF1IP0 — T3IP2 T3IP1 T3IP0 4444 IPC3 00AA — — — — — — — — — AD1IP2 AD1IP1 AD1IP0 — U1TXIP2 U1TXIP1 U1TXIP0 0044 IPC4 00AC — CNIP2 CNIP1 CNIP0 — CMIP2 CMIP1 CMIP0 — MI2C1IP2 MI2C1IP1 MI2C1IP0 — SI2C1IP2 SI2C1IP1 SI2C1IP0 4444 IPC5 00AE — — — — — — — — — — — — — INT1IP2 INT1IP1 INT1IP0 0004 IPC6 00B0 — T4IP2 T4IP1 T4IP0 — OC4IP2 OC4IP1 OC4IP0 — OC3IP2 OC3IP1 OC3IP0 — — — — 4440 IPC7 00B2 — U2TXIP2 U2TXIP1 U2TXIP0 — U2RXIP2 U2RXIP1 U2RXIP0 — INT2IP2 INT2IP1 INT2IP0 — T5IP2 T5IP1 T5IP0 4444 IPC8 00B4 — — — — — — — — — SPI2IP2 SPI2IP1 SPI2IP0 — SPF2IP2 SPF2IP1 SPF2IP0 0044 IPC9 00B6 — IC5IP2 IC5IP1 IC5IP0 — IC4IP2 IC4IP1 IC4IP0 — IC3IP2 IC3IP1 IC3IP0 — — — — 4440 IPC10 00B8 — — — — — — — — — OC5IP2 OC5IP1 OC5IP0 — — — — 0040 IPC11 00BA — — — — — — — — — PMPIP2 PMPIP1 PMPIP0 — — — — 0040 IPC12 00BC — — — — — — SI2C2IP2 SI2C2IP1 SI2C2IP0 — — — — 0440 IPC13 00BE — — — — — INT4IP2 INT4IP1 INT4IP0 — INT3IP2 INT3IP1 INT3IP0 — — — — 0440 IPC15 00C2 — — — — — RTCIP2 RTCIP1 RTCIP0 — — — — — — — — 0400 IPC16 00C4 — CRCIP2 CRCIP1 CRCIP0 — — U1ERIP2 U1ERIP1 U1ERIP0 — — — — INTTREG 00E0 CPUIRQ — VHOLD — ILR3 Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. U1RXIP2 U1RXIP1 U1RXIP0 MI2C2IP2 MI2C2IP1 MI2C2IP0 U2ERIP2 U2ERIP1 U2ERIP0 ILR2 ILR1 ILR0 — VECNUM6 VECNUM5 VECNUM4 VECNUM3 VECNUM2 VECNUM1 VECNUM0 4440 0000 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY DS39747F-page 36 TABLE 4-4: 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 4-5: File Name Addr ICN REGISTER MAP Bit 5 CN1IE CN0IE 0000 CN16IE 0000 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 CNEN1 0060 CN15IE CN14IE CN13IE CN12IE CN11IE CN10IE CN9IE CN8IE CN7IE CN6IE CN5IE CN4IE CN3IE CN2IE CNEN2 0062 — — — — — — — — — — CN21IE(1) CN20IE(1) CN19IE(1) CN18IE CN5PUE CN4PUE CN3PUE CN2PUE CN1PUE CN0PUE 0000 CN21PUE(1) CN20PUE(1) CN19PUE(1) CN18PUE CN17PUE CN16PUE 0000 Legend: Note 1: — — — — — — — — — Bit 1 — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal Implemented in 80-pin and 100-pin devices only. TABLE 4-6: File Name — Bit 2 CN17IE Bit 13 CNPU2 006A Bit 3 All Resets Bit 14 CNPU1 0068 CN15PUE CN14PUE CN13PUE CN12PUE CN11PUE CN10PUE CN9PUE CN8PUE CN7PUE CN6PUE Bit 4 Bit 0 Bit 15 Addr TIMER REGISTER MAP Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets TMR1 0100 Timer1 Register PR1 0102 Period Register 1 T1CON 0104 TMR2 0106 Timer2 Register xxxx TMR3HLD 0108 Timer3 Holding Register (For 32-bit timer operations only) xxxx TMR3 010A Timer3 Register xxxx PR2 010C Period Register 2 FFFF PR3 010E Period Register 3 T2CON 0110 TON — TSIDL — — — — — — TGATE TCKPS1 TCKPS0 T32 — TCS — 0000 T3CON 0112 TON — TSIDL — — — — — — TGATE TCKPS1 TCKPS0 — — TCS — 0000 TMR4 0114 Timer4 Register xxxx TMR5HLD 0116 Timer5 Holding Register (For 32-bit operations only) xxxx TMR5 0118 Timer5 Register xxxx PR4 011A Period Register 4 FFFF PR5 011C Period Register 5 T4CON 011E TON — TSIDL — — — — — — TGATE TCKPS1 TCKPS0 T32 — TCS — 0000 0120 TON — TSIDL — — — — — — TGATE TCKPS1 TCKPS0 — — TCS — 0000 Legend: — TSIDL — — — — — — x = unknown value on Reset; — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. FFFF TGATE TCKPS1 TCKPS0 — TSYNC TCS — 0000 FFFF FFFF DS39747F-page 37 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY T5CON TON xxxx File Name Addr IC1BUF 0140 IC1CON 0142 IC2BUF 0144 IC2CON 0146 IC3BUF 0148 IC3CON 014A IC4BUF 014C IC4CON 014E IC5BUF 0150 IC5CON 0152 INPUT CAPTURE REGISTER MAP Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 — — ICSIDL — — — — Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 ICI1 ICI0 ICOV ICBNE ICM2 ICM1 ICM0 Input 1 Capture Register — ICTMR xxxx Input 2 Capture Register — — ICSIDL — — — — — ICTMR — ICSIDL — — — — — ICI1 ICTMR ICOV ICBNE ICM2 ICM1 ICM0 — ICSIDL — — — — — ICI1 ICTMR ICI0 ICOV ICBNE ICM2 ICM1 ICM0 — ICSIDL — — — — — ICTMR 0000 xxxx ICI1 ICI0 ICOV ICBNE ICM2 ICM1 ICM0 Input 5 Capture Register — 0000 xxxx 0000 xxxx ICI1 ICI0 ICOV ICBNE ICM2 ICM1 ICM0 0000 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets x = unknown value on Reset; — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. Legend: TABLE 4-8: File Name Addr OUTPUT COMPARE REGISTER MAP Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 OC1RS 0180 Output Compare 1 Secondary Register OC1R 0182 Output Compare 1 Register OC1CON 0184 OC2RS 0186 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. OC2R 0188 OC2CON 018A OC3RS 018C OC3R 018E OC3CON 0190 OC4RS 0192 OC4R 0194 OC4CON 0196 OC5RS 0198 OC5R 019A OC5CON 019C Legend: ICI0 Input 4 Capture Register — 0000 xxxx Input 3 Capture Register — All Resets — — OCSIDL — — — — — — — Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 xxxx xxxx — OCFLT OCTSEL OCM2 OCM1 OCM0 Output Compare 2 Secondary Register Output Compare 2 Register — — OCSIDL — — — — — — — xxxx — OCFLT OCTSEL OCM2 OCM1 OCM0 Output Compare 3 Secondary Register — OCSIDL — — — — — — — xxxx — OCFLT OCTSEL OCM2 OCM1 OCM0 Output Compare 4 Secondary Register — OCSIDL — — — — — — — xxxx — OCFLT OCTSEL OCM2 OCM1 OCM0 Output Compare 5 Secondary Register — OCSIDL — — — — — — x = unknown value on Reset; — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. — 0000 xxxx Output Compare 5 Register — 0000 xxxx Output Compare 4 Register — 0000 xxxx Output Compare 3 Register — 0000 xxxx xxxx — OCFLT OCTSEL OCM2 OCM1 OCM0 0000 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY DS39747F-page 38 TABLE 4-7: 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 4-9: I2C1 REGISTER MAP File Name Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 I2C1RCV 0200 — — — — — — — — Receive Register I2C1TRN 0202 — — — — — — — — Transmit Register I2C1BRG 0204 — — — — — — — Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets 0000 00FF Baud Rate Generator 0000 I2C1CON 0206 I2CEN — I2CSIDL SCLREL IPMIEN A10M DISSLW SMEN GCEN STREN ACKDT ACKEN RCEN PEN RSEN SEN 1000 I2C1STAT 0208 ACKSTAT TRSTAT — — — BCL GCSTAT ADD10 IWCOL I2COV D/A P S R/W RBF TBF 0000 I2C1ADD 020A — — — — — — Address Register 0000 I2C1MSK 020C — — — — — — Address Mask 0000 Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. TABLE 4-10: File Name I2C2 REGISTER MAP Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 I2C2RCV 0210 — — — — — — — — Receive Register I2C2TRN 0212 — — — — — — — — Transmit Register I2C2BRG 0214 — — — — — — — I2C2CON 0216 I2CEN — I2CSIDL SCLREL IPMIEN A10M DISSLW SMEN GCEN STREN I2C2STAT 0218 ACKSTAT TRSTAT — — — BCL GCSTAT ADD10 IWCOL I2CPOV I2C2ADD 021A — — — — — — Address Register 0000 021C — — — — — — Address Mask 0000 I2C2MSK Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. 0000 00FF Baud Rate Generator 0000 ACKDT ACKEN RCEN PEN RSEN SEN D/A P S R/W RBF TBF 1000 0000 DS39747F-page 39 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY All Resets File Name Addr UART1 REGISTER MAP Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 WAKE LPBACK Bit 0 All Resets Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 ABAUD RXINV BRGH PDSEL1 PDSEL0 STSEL 0000 ADDEN RIDLE PERR FERR OERR URXDA 0110 U1MODE 0220 UARTEN — USIDL IREN RTSMD — UEN1 UEN0 U1STA 0222 UTXISEL1 TXINV UTXISEL0 — UTXBRK UTXEN UTXBF TRMT U1TXREG 0224 — — — — — — — Transmit Register xxxx U1RXREG 0226 — — — — — — — Receive Register 0000 U1BRG 0228 Legend: Baud Rate Generator Prescaler UART2 REGISTER MAP File Name Addr U2MODE 0230 UARTEN U2STA 0232 UTXISEL1 U2TXREG 0234 — U2RXREG 0236 — U2BRG 0238 Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 WAKE LPBACK Bit 0 All Resets PDSEL0 STSEL 0000 OERR URXDA 0110 Bit 13 Bit 12 — USIDL IREN RTSMD — UEN1 UEN0 TXINV UTXISEL0 — UTXBRK UTXEN UTXBF TRMT — — — — — — Transmit Register xxxx — — — — — — Receive Register 0000 URXISEL1 URXISEL0 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 ABAUD RXINV BRGH PDSEL1 ADDEN RIDLE PERR FERR Baud Rate Generator Prescaler 0000 x = unknown value on Reset; — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. TABLE 4-13: File Name 0000 x = unknown value on Reset; — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. TABLE 4-12: Legend: URXISEL1 URXISEL0 SPI1 REGISTER MAP Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. SPI1STAT 0240 SPIEN — SPISIDL — — SRMPT SPIROV SRXMPT SISEL2 SISEL1 SISEL0 SPITBF SPIRBF 0000 SPI1CON1 0242 — — — DISSCK DISSDO MODE16 SMP CKE SSEN CKP MSTEN SPRE2 SPRE1 SPRE0 PPRE1 PPRE0 0000 SPI1CON2 0244 FRMEN SPIFSD SPIFPOL — — — — — — — — — — — SPIFE SPIBEN 0000 SPI1BUF 0248 Legend: SPI1 Transmit and Receive Buffer 0000 — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. TABLE 4-14: File Name SPIBEC2 SPIBEC1 SPIBEC0 Bit 7 SPI2 REGISTER MAP Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets SPI2STAT 0260 SPIEN — SPISIDL — — SRMPT SPIROV SRXMPT SISEL2 SISEL1 SISEL0 SPITBF SPIRBF 0000 SPI2CON1 0262 — — — DISSCK DISSDO MODE16 SMP CKE SSEN CKP MSTEN SPRE2 SPRE1 SPRE0 PPRE1 PPRE0 0000 SPI2CON2 0264 FRMEN SPIFSD SPIFPOL — — — — — — — — — — — SPIFE SPIBEN 0000 SPI2BUF 0268 Legend: SPIBEC2 SPIBEC1 SPIBEC0 — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. SPI2 Transmit and Receive Buffer 0000 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY DS39747F-page 40 TABLE 4-11: 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 4-15: File Name Addr A/D REGISTER MAP Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets ADC1BUF0 0300 A/D Data Buffer 0 xxxx ADC1BUF1 0302 A/D Data Buffer 1 xxxx xxxx ADC1BUF2 0304 A/D Data Buffer 2 ADC1BUF3 0306 A/D Data Buffer 3 xxxx ADC1BUF4 0308 A/D Data Buffer 4 xxxx ADC1BUF5 030A A/D Data Buffer 5 xxxx ADC1BUF6 030C A/D Data Buffer 6 xxxx ADC1BUF7 030E A/D Data Buffer 7 xxxx ADC1BUF8 0310 A/D Data Buffer 8 xxxx 0312 A/D Data Buffer 9 xxxx 0314 A/D Data Buffer 10 xxxx ADC1BUFB 0316 A/D Data Buffer 11 xxxx ADC1BUFC 0318 A/D Data Buffer 12 xxxx ADC1BUFD 031A A/D Data Buffer 13 xxxx ADC1BUFE 031C A/D Data Buffer 14 xxxx ADC1BUFF 031E A/D Data Buffer 15 AD1CON1 0320 ADON — ADSIDL AD1CON2 0322 VCFG2 VCFG1 VCFG0 AD1CON3 0324 ADRC — — — FORM1 FORM0 SSRC2 xxxx — — SSRC1 SSRC0 — — ASAM SAMP DONE r — CSCNA — — BUFS — SMPI3 SMPI2 SMPI1 SMPI0 BUFM ALTS 0000 SAMC4 SAMC3 SAMC2 SAMC1 SAMC0 ADCS7 ADCS6 ADCS5 ADCS4 ADCS3 ADCS2 ADCS1 ADCS0 0000 0000 AD1CHS 0328 CH0NB — — — CH0SB3 CH0SB2 CH0SB1 CH0SB0 CH0NA — — — CH0SA3 CH0SA2 CH0SA1 CH0SA0 0000 AD1PCFG 032C PCFG15 PCFG14 PCFG13 PCFG12 PCFG11 PCFG10 PCFG9 PCFG8 PCFG7 PCFG6 PCFG5 PCFG4 PCFG3 PCFG2 PCFG1 PCFG0 0000 AD1CSSL 0330 CSSL15 CSSL14 CSSL13 CSSL12 CSSL11 CSSL10 CSSL9 CSSL8 CSSL7 CSSL6 CSSL5 CSSL4 CSSL3 CSSL2 CSSL1 CSSL0 0000 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets Legend: x = unknown value on Reset; — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’; r = reserved, maintain as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. TABLE 4-16: PORTA REGISTER MAP DS39747F-page 41 File Name Addr TRISA 02C0 PORTA 02C2 RA15(1) RA14(1) LATA 02C4 LATA15(1) ODCA 06C0 ODA15(1) Legend: Note 1: 2: Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 — — — — — — RA10(1) RA9(1) — RA7 RA6 RA5(2) RA4(2) RA3(2) RA2(2) RA1(2) RA0(2) xxxx LATA14(1) — — — LATA10(1) LATA9(1) — LATA7 LATA6 LATA5(2) LATA4(2) LATA3(2) LATA2(2) LATA1(2) LATA0(2) xxxx ODA14(1) — — — ODA10(1) ODA9(1) — ODA7 ODA6 ODA5(2) ODA4(2) ODA3(2) ODA2(2) ODA1(2) ODA0(2) 0000 TRISA15(1) TRISA14(1) Bit 10 Bit 9 TRISA10(1) TRISA9(1) Bit 8 — Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 TRISA7(2) TRISA6(2) TRISA5(2) x = unknown value on Reset; — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal for 100-pin devices. Implemented in 80-pin and 100-pin devices only. Implemented in 100-pin devices only. Bit 4 TRISA4(2) TRISA3(2) TRISA2(2) TRISA1(2) TRISA0(2) C6FF PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY ADC1BUF9 ADC1BUFA File Name PORTB REGISTER MAP Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 TRISB13(1) TRISB12(1) TRISB11(1) TRISB10(1) Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets TRISB 02C6 TRISB15 TRISB14 TRISB9 TRISB8 TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 FFFF PORTB 02C8 RB15 RB14 RB13(1) RB12(1) RB11(1) RB10(1) RB9 RB8 RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0 xxxx LATB 02CA LATB15 LATB14 LATB13(1) LATB12(1) LATB11(1) LATB10(1) LATB9 LATB8 LATB7 LATB6 LATB5 LATB4 LATB3 LATB2 LATB1 LATB0 xxxx ODCB 06C6 ODB15 ODB14 ODB13(1) ODB12(1) ODB11(1) ODB10(1) ODB9 ODB8 ODB7 ODB6 ODB5 ODB4 ODB3 ODB2 ODB1 ODB0 0000 Legend: Note 1: x = unknown value on Reset; — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal for 100-pin devices Unimplemented when JTAG is enabled. TABLE 4-18: PORTC REGISTER MAP File Name Addr TRISC 02CC PORTC 02CE RC15 RC14 RC13 LATC 02D0 LATC15 LATC14 ODCC 06CC ODC15 ODC14 Legend: Note 1: 2: Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 2 — F01E — xxxx LATC1(1) — xxxx ODC1(1) — 0000 All Resets Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 1 — — — — — — — RC12 — — — — — — — RC4(2) RC3(1) RC2(2) RC1(1) LATC13 LATC12 — — — — — — — LATC4(2) LATC3(1) LATC2(2) ODC13 ODC12 — — — — — — — ODC4(2) ODC3(1) ODC2(2) TRISC4(2) TRISC3(1) TRISC2(2) TRISC1(1) x = unknown value on Reset; — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal for 100-pin devices. Implemented in 80-pin and 100-pin devices only. Implemented in 100-pin devices only TABLE 4-19: PORTD REGISTER MAP 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. File Name Addr TRISD 02D2 PORTD 02D4 RD15(1) RD14(1) RD13(1) RD12(1) LATD 02D6 LATD15(1) LATD14(1) LATD13(1) ODCD 06D2 ODD15(1) ODD14(1) ODD13(1) Legend: Note 1: Bit 3 All Resets Bit 10 TRISC15 TRISC14 TRISC13 TRISC12 Bit 4 Bit 0 Bit 11 Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 TRISD11 TRISD10 TRISD9 TRISD8 TRISD7 TRISD6 TRISD5 TRISD4 TRISD3 TRISD2 TRISD1 TRISD0 FFFF RD11 RD10 RD9 RD8 RD7 RD6 RD5 RD4 RD3 RD2 RD1 RD0 xxxx LATD12(1) LATD11 LATD10 LATD9 LATD8 LATD7 LATD6 LATD5 LATD4 LATD3 LATD2 LATD1 LATD0 xxxx ODD12(1) ODD11 ODD10 ODD9 ODD8 ODD7 ODD6 ODD5 ODD4 ODD3 ODD2 ODD1 ODD0 0000 TRISD15(1) TRISD14(1) TRISD13(1) TRISD12(1) x = unknown value on Reset; — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal for 100-pin devices. Implemented in 80-pin and 100-pin devices only. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY DS39747F-page 42 TABLE 4-17: 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 4-20: PORTE REGISTER MAP File Name Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 TRISE 02D8 — — — — — — PORTE 02DA — — — — — — RE9(1) RE8(1) LATE 02DC — — — — — — LATE9(1) — (1) ODCE Legend: Note 1: 06D8 — — — — — Bit 9 Bit 8 All Resets Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 TRISE7 TRISE6 TRISE5 TRISE4 TRISE3 TRISE2 TRISE1 TRISE0 03FF RE7 RE6 RE5 RE4 RE3 RE2 RE1 RE0 xxxx LATE8(1) LATE7 LATE6 LATE5 LATE4 LATE3 LATE2 LATE1 LATE0 xxxx ODE8(1) ODE7 ODE6 ODE5 ODE4 ODE3 ODE2 ODE1 ODE0 0000 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets TRISE9(1) TRISE8(1) ODE9 x = unknown value on Reset; — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal for 100-pin devices. Implemented in 80-pin and 100-pin devices only. TABLE 4-21: PORTF REGISTER MAP File Name Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 TRISF 02DE — — Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 TRISF13(1) TRISF12(1) Bit 8 Bit 7 TRISF8(2) TRISF7(2) — — — TRISF6 TRISF5 TRISF4 TRISF3 TRISF2 TRISF1 TRISF0 31FF RF12(1) — — — RF8(2) RF7(2) RF6 RF5 RF4 RF3 RF2 RF1 RF0 xxxx 02E0 — — LATF 02E2 — — LATF13(1) LATF12(1) — — — LATF8(2) LATF7(2) LATF6 LATF5 LATF4 LATF3 LATF2 LATF1 LATF0 xxxx ODCF 06DE — — ODF13(1) ODF12(1) — — — ODF8(2) ODF7(2) ODF6 ODF5 ODF4 ODF3 ODF2 ODF1 ODF0 0000 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 0 All Resets Legend: Note 1: 2: x = unknown value on Reset; — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal for 100-pin devices. Implemented in 100-pin devices only. Implemented in 80-pin and 100-pin devices only. TABLE 4-22: PORTG REGISTER MAP File Name Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 TRISG14(1) TRISG13(1) TRISG12(1) Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 1 TRISG1(2) TRISG0(2) TRISG 02E4 TRISG15 — — TRISG9 TRISG6 — — TRISG3 TRISG2 PORTG 02E6 RG15 RG14(1) RG13(1) RG12(1) — — RG9 RG8 RG7 RG6 — — RG3 RG2 RG1(2) RG0(2) xxxx LATG 02E8 LATG15 LATG14(1) LATG13(1) LATG12(1) — — LATG9 LATG8 LATG7 LATG6 — — LATG3 LATG2 LATG1(2) LATG0(2) xxxx ODCG 06E4 ODG15 ODG14(1) ODG13(1) ODG12(1) — — ODG9 ODG8 ODG7 ODG6 — — ODG3 ODG2 ODG1(2) ODG0(2) 0000 Legend: Note 1: 2: DS39747F-page 43 PADCFG1 Legend: F3CF x = unknown value on Reset; — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal for 100-pin devices. Implemented in 100-pin devices only. Implemented in 80-pin and 100-pin devices only. TABLE 4-23: File Name TRISG8 TRISG7 PAD CONFIGURATION MAP Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets 02FC — — — — — — — — — — — — — — RTSECSEL PMPTTL 0000 — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal for 100-pin devices. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY PORTF RF13(1) File Name PARALLEL MASTER/SLAVE PORT REGISTER MAP Addr Bit 15 PMCON 0600 PMPEN — PSIDL PMMODE 0602 BUSY IRQM1 IRQM0 CS2 CS1 PMADDR(1) PMDOUT1(1) 0604 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 ADRMUX1 ADRMUX0 PTBEEN PTWREN PTRDEN INCM1 INCM0 MODE16 MODE1 MODE0 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets 0000 CSF1 CSF0 ALP CS2P CS1P BEP WRSP RDSP WAITB1 WAITB0 WAITM3 WAITM2 WAITM1 WAITM0 WAITE1 WAITE0 Parallel Port Destination Address<13:0> (Master modes) 0000 0000 Parallel Port Data Out Register 1 (Buffers 0 and 1) 0000 PMDOUT2 0606 Parallel Port Data Out Register 2 (Buffers 2 and 3) 0000 PMDIN1 0608 Parallel Port Data In Register 1 (Buffers 0 and 1) 0000 PMDIN2 060A Parallel Port Data In Register 2 (Buffers 2 and 3) PMAEN 060C PTEN15 PTEN14 PTEN13 PTEN12 PTEN11 PTEN10 PTEN9 PTEN8 PTEN7 PTEN6 PTEN5 PTEN4 PTEN3 PTEN2 PTEN1 PTEN0 0000 PMSTAT 060E IBF IBOV — — IB3F IB2F IB1F IB0F OBE OBUF — — OB3E OB2E OB1E OB0E 008F Legend: Note 1: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. PMADDR and PMDOUT1 share the same physical register. The register functions as PMDOUT1 only in Slave modes and as PMADDR only in Master modes. TABLE 4-25: File Name Addr ALRMVAL 0620 ALCFGRPT 0622 RTCVAL 0624 RCFGCAL(1) 0626 Legend: Note 1: REAL-TIME CLOCK AND CALENDAR REGISTER MAP Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 ALRMEN CHIME AMASK3 AMASK2 AMASK1 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 ARPT5 ARPT4 ARPT3 ARPT2 ARPT1 ARPT0 CAL5 CAL4 CAL3 CAL2 CAL1 CAL0 Alarm Value Register Window Based on ALRMPTR<1:0> AMASK0 ALRMPTR1 ALRMPTR0 ARPT7 ARPT6 RTCEN — RTCWREN RTCSYNC HALFSEC RTCOE RTCPTR1 RTCPTR0 CAL7 All Resets xxxx RTCC Value Register Window Based on RTCPTR<1:0> CAL6 0000 xxxx 0000 DUAL COMPARATOR REGISTER MAP 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 CMCON 0630 CMIDL — C2EVT C1EVT C2EN C1EN C2OUTEN C1OUTEN CVRCON 0632 — — — — — — — — Legend: Bit 7 x = unknown value on Reset; — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. RCFGCAL register Reset value is dependent on the type of Reset. TABLE 4-26: File Name 0000 — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. Bit 7 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets C2INV C1INV C2NEG C2POS C1NEG C1POS 0000 CVRR CVRSS CVR3 CVR2 CVR1 CVR0 0000 Bit 6 Bit 5 C2OUT C1OUT CVREN CVROE PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY DS39747F-page 44 TABLE 4-24: 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 4-27: File Name CRC REGISTER MAP Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets — CRCGO PLEN3 PLEN2 PLEN1 PLEN0 0000 Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 CRCCON 0640 — — CSIDL CRCXOR 0642 CRC XOR Polynomial Register CRCDAT 0644 CRC Data Input Register 0000 CRCWDAT 0646 CRC Result Register 0000 Legend: Bit 12 Bit 5 Addr VWORD4 VWORD3 VWORD2 VWORD1 VWORD0 CRCFUL CRCMPT 0000 — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. TABLE 4-28: SYSTEM REGISTER MAP File Name Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 All Resets RCON 0740 TRAPR IOPUWR — — — — CM VREGS EXTR SWR SWDTEN WDTO SLEEP IDLE BOR POR xxxx(1) OSCCON 0742 — COSC2 COSC1 COSC0 — NOSC2 NOSC1 NOSC0 CLKLOCK — LOCK — CF — SOSCEN OSWEN xxxx(2) CLKDIV 0744 ROI DOZE2 DOZE1 DOZE0 DOZEN RCDIV2 RCDIV1 RCDIV0 — — — — — — — — OSCTUN 0748 — — — — — — — — — — x = unknown value on Reset; — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. RCON register Reset values are dependent on the type of Reset. OSCCON register Reset values are dependent on the FOSC Configuration bits and by type of Reset. TABLE 4-29: NVM REGISTER MAP File Name Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 NVMCON 0760 WR WREN NVMKEY 0766 — — Legend: Note 1: Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 WRERR — — — Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 — — — — — — — ERASE — — — Bit 4 — Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 NVMOP3 NVMOP2 NVMOP1 NVMOP0 NVMKEY<7:0> All Resets 0000(1) 0000 — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. Reset value shown is for POR only. Value on other Reset states is dependent on the state of memory write or erase operations at the time of Reset. TABLE 4-30: PMD REGISTER MAP DS39747F-page 45 File Name Addr Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 PMD1 0770 T5MD T4MD T3MD T2MD T1MD — PMD2 0772 — — — IC5MD IC4MD IC3MD PMD3 0774 — — — — — Legend: 0100 0000 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 0 All Resets — — ADC1MD 0000 OC3MD OC2MD OC1MD 0000 I2C2MD — 0000 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 — — I2C1MD U2MD U1MD SPI2MD SPI1MD IC2MD IC1MD — — — OC5MD OC4MD PMPMD CRCPMD — — — — — CMPMD RTCCMD — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Reset values are shown in hexadecimal. Bit 1 Bit 8 Bit 2 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY Legend: Note 1: 2: TUN<5:0> PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 4.2.5 SOFTWARE STACK 4.3 In addition to its use as a working register, the W15 register in PIC24F devices is also used as a Software Stack Pointer. The pointer always points to the first available free word and grows from lower to higher addresses. It predecrements for stack pops and postincrements for stack pushes, as shown in Figure 4-4. Note that for a PC push during any CALL instruction, the MSB of the PC is zero-extended before the push, ensuring that the MSB is always clear. Note: A PC push during exception processing will concatenate the SRL register to the MSB of the PC prior to the push. The Stack Pointer Limit register (SPLIM) associated with the Stack Pointer sets an upper address boundary for the stack. SPLIM is uninitialized at Reset. As is the case for the Stack Pointer, SPLIM<0> is forced to ‘0’ because all stack operations must be word-aligned. Whenever an EA is generated using W15 as a source or destination pointer, the resulting address is compared with the value in SPLIM. If the contents of the Stack Pointer (W15) and the SPLIM register are equal and a push operation is performed, a stack error trap will not occur. The stack error trap will occur on a subsequent push operation. Thus, for example, if it is desirable to cause a stack error trap when the stack grows beyond address, 2000h, in RAM, initialize the SPLIM with the value, 1FFEh. Similarly, a Stack Pointer underflow (stack error) trap is generated when the Stack Pointer address is found to be less than 0800h. This prevents the stack from interfering with the Special Function Register (SFR) space. A write to the SPLIM register should not be immediately followed by an indirect read operation using W15. FIGURE 4-4: Stack Grows Towards Higher Address 0000h CALL STACK FRAME 15 0 PC<15:0> 000000000 PC<22:16> <Free Word> W15 (before CALL) W15 (after CALL) POP : [--W15] PUSH : [W15++] DS39747F-page 46 Interfacing Program and Data Memory Spaces The PIC24F architecture uses a 24-bit wide program space and 16-bit wide data space. The architecture is also a modified Harvard scheme, meaning that data can also be present in the program space. To use this data successfully, it must be accessed in a way that preserves the alignment of information in both spaces. Aside from normal execution, the PIC24F architecture provides two methods by which program space can be accessed during operation: • Using table instructions to access individual bytes or words anywhere in the program space • Remapping a portion of the program space into the data space (Program Space Visibility) Table instructions allow an application to read or write to small areas of the program memory. This makes the method ideal for accessing data tables that need to be updated from time to time. It also allows access to all bytes of the program word. The remapping method allows an application to access a large block of data on a read-only basis, which is ideal for look ups from a large table of static data. It can only access the least significant word of the program word. 4.3.1 ADDRESSING PROGRAM SPACE Since the address ranges for the data and program spaces are 16 and 24 bits, respectively, a method is needed to create a 23-bit or 24-bit program address from 16-bit data registers. The solution depends on the interface method to be used. For table operations, the 8-bit Table Page register (TBLPAG) is used to define a 32K word region within the program space. This is concatenated with a 16-bit EA to arrive at a full 24-bit program space address. In this format, the Most Significant bit of TBLPAG is used to determine if the operation occurs in the user memory (TBLPAG<7> = 0) or the configuration memory (TBLPAG<7> = 1). For remapping operations, the 8-bit Program Space Visibility register (PSVPAG) is used to define a 16K word page in the program space. When the Most Significant bit of the EA is ‘1’, PSVPAG is concatenated with the lower 15 bits of the EA to form a 23-bit program space address. Unlike table operations, this limits remapping operations strictly to the user memory area. Table 4-31 and Figure 4-5 show how the program EA is created for table operations and remapping accesses from the data EA. Here, P<23:0> refers to a program space word, whereas D<15:0> refers to a data space word. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 4-31: PROGRAM SPACE ADDRESS CONSTRUCTION Program Space Address Access Space Access Type <23> <22:16> <15> <14:1> <0> Instruction Access (Code Execution) User TBLRD/TBLWT (Byte/Word Read/Write) User TBLPAG<7:0> Data EA<15:0> 0xxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx Configuration TBLPAG<7:0> Data EA<15:0> 1xxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx 0 0xx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxx0 Program Space Visibility (Block Remap/Read) Note 1: PC<22:1> 0 User 0 PSVPAG<7:0> Data EA<14:0>(1) 0 xxxx xxxx xxx xxxx xxxx xxxx Data EA<15> is always ‘1’ in this case, but is not used in calculating the program space address. Bit 15 of the address is PSVPAG<0>. FIGURE 4-5: DATA ACCESS FROM PROGRAM SPACE ADDRESS GENERATION Program Counter(1) Program Counter 0 0 23 Bits EA Table Operations(2) 1/0 1/0 TBLPAG 8 Bits 16 Bits 24 Bits Select Program Space (Remapping) Visibility(1) 0 EA 1 0 PSVPAG 8 Bits 15 Bits 23 Bits User/Configuration Space Select Byte Select Note 1: The LSb of program space addresses is always fixed as ‘0’ in order to maintain word alignment of data in the program and data spaces. 2: Table operations are not required to be word-aligned. Table read operations are permitted in the configuration memory space. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 47 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 4.3.2 DATA ACCESS FROM PROGRAM MEMORY USING TABLE INSTRUCTIONS The TBLRDL and TBLWTL instructions offer a direct method of reading or writing the lower word of any address within the program space, without going through data space. The TBLRDH and TBLWTH instructions are the only method to read or write the upper 8 bits of a program space word as data. The PC is incremented by two for each successive 24-bit program word. This allows program memory addresses to directly map to data space addresses. Program memory can thus be regarded as two 16-bit, word-wide address spaces, residing side by side, each with the same address range. TBLRDL and TBLWTL access the space which contains the least significant data word, and TBLRDH and TBLWTH access the space which contains the upper data byte. Two table instructions are provided to move byte or word-sized (16-bit) data to and from program space. Both function as either byte or word operations. 1. TBLRDL (Table Read Low): In Word mode, it maps the lower word of the program space location (P<15:0>) to a data address (D<15:0>). In Byte mode, either the upper or lower byte of the lower program word is mapped to the lower byte of a data address. The upper byte is selected when byte select is ‘1’; the lower byte is selected when it is ‘0’. FIGURE 4-6: 2. TBLRDH (Table Read High): In Word mode, it maps the entire upper word of a program address (P<23:16>) to a data address. Note that D<15:8>, the “phantom byte”, will always be ‘0’. In Byte mode, it maps the upper or lower byte of the program word to D<7:0> of the data address, as above. Note that the data will always be ‘0’ when the upper “phantom” byte is selected (byte select = 1). In a similar fashion, two table instructions, TBLWTH and TBLWTL, are used to write individual bytes or words to a program space address. The details of their operation are explained in Section 5.0 “Flash Program Memory”. For all table operations, the area of program memory space to be accessed is determined by the Table Page register (TBLPAG). TBLPAG covers the entire program memory space of the device, including user and configuration spaces. When TBLPAG<7> = 0, the Table Page is located in the user memory space. When TBLPAG<7> = 1, the page is located in configuration space. Note: Only table read operations will execute in the configuration memory space, and only then, in implemented areas such as the Device ID. Table write operations are not allowed. ACCESSING PROGRAM MEMORY WITH TABLE INSTRUCTIONS Program Space TBLPAG 02 Data EA<15:0> 23 15 0 000000h 23 16 8 0 00000000 020000h 030000h 00000000 00000000 00000000 ‘Phantom’ Byte TBLRDH.B (Wn<0> = 0) TBLRDL.B (Wn<0> = 1) TBLRDL.B (Wn<0> = 0) TBLRDL.W 800000h DS39747F-page 48 The address for the table operation is determined by the data EA within the page defined by the TBLPAG register. Only read operations are shown; write operations are also valid in the user memory area. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 4.3.3 READING DATA FROM PROGRAM MEMORY USING PROGRAM SPACE VISIBILITY The upper 32 Kbytes of data space may optionally be mapped into any 16K word page of the program space. This provides transparent access of stored constant data from the data space without the need to use special instructions (i.e., TBLRDL/H). Program space access through the data space occurs if the Most Significant bit of the data space EA is ‘1’ and Program Space Visibility is enabled by setting the PSV bit in the Core Control register (CORCON<2>). The location of the program memory space to be mapped into the data space is determined by the Program Space Visibility Page register (PSVPAG). This 8-bit register defines any one of 256 possible pages of 16K words in program space. In effect, PSVPAG functions as the upper 8 bits of the program memory address, with the 15 bits of the EA functioning as the lower bits. Note that by incrementing the PC by 2 for each program memory word, the lower 15 bits of data space addresses directly map to the lower 15 bits in the corresponding program space addresses. Data reads to this area add an additional cycle to the instruction being executed, since two program memory fetches are required. Although each data space address, 8000h and higher, maps directly into a corresponding program memory address (see Figure 4-7), only the lower 16 bits of the FIGURE 4-7: 24-bit program word are used to contain the data. The upper 8 bits of any program space locations used as data should be programmed with ‘1111 1111’ or ‘0000 0000’ to force a NOP. This prevents possible issues should the area of code ever be accidentally executed. PSV access is temporarily disabled during table reads/writes. Note: For operations that use PSV and are executed outside a REPEAT loop, the MOV and MOV.D instructions will require one instruction cycle in addition to the specified execution time. All other instructions will require two instruction cycles in addition to the specified execution time. For operations that use PSV which are executed inside a REPEAT loop, there will be some instances that require two instruction cycles in addition to the specified execution time of the instruction: • Execution in the first iteration • Execution in the last iteration • Execution prior to exiting the loop due to an interrupt • Execution upon re-entering the loop after an interrupt is serviced Any other iteration of the REPEAT loop will allow the instruction accessing data, using PSV, to execute in a single cycle. PROGRAM SPACE VISIBILITY OPERATION When CORCON<2> = 1 and EA<15> = 1: Program Space PSVPAG 02 23 15 Data Space 0 000000h 0000h Data EA<14:0> 010000h 018000h The data in the page designated by PSVPAG is mapped into the upper half of the data memory space.... 8000h PSV Area FFFFh 800000h 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. ...while the lower 15 bits of the EA specify an exact address within the PSV area. This corresponds exactly to the same lower 15 bits of the actual program space address. DS39747F-page 49 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY NOTES: DS39747F-page 50 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 5.0 controller just before shipping the product. This also allows the most recent firmware or a custom firmware to be programmed. FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY Note: This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 4. “Program Memory” (DS39715) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. RTSP is accomplished using TBLRD (table read) and TBLWT (table write) instructions. With RTSP, the user may write program memory data in blocks of 64 instructions (192 bytes) at a time, and erase program memory in blocks of 512 instructions (1536 bytes) at a time. 5.1 The PIC24FJ128GA010 family of devices contains internal Flash program memory for storing and executing application code. The memory is readable, writable and erasable during normal operation over the specified VDD range. Regardless of the method used, all programming of Flash memory is done with the table read and table write instructions. These allow direct read and write access to the program memory space from the data memory while the device is in normal operating mode. The 24-bit target address in the program memory is formed using the TBLPAG<7:0> bits and the Effective Address (EA) from a W register specified in the table instruction, as shown in Figure 5-1. Flash memory can be programmed in four ways: 1. 2. 3. 4. In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™) Run-Time Self-Programming (RTSP) JTAG Enhanced In-Circuit Serial Programming (Enhanced ICSP) The TBLRDL and the TBLWTL instructions are used to read or write to bits<15:0> of program memory. TBLRDL and TBLWTL can access program memory in both Word and Byte modes. ICSP allows a PIC24FJ128GA010 family device to be serially programmed while in the end application circuit. This is simply done with two lines for Programming Clock and Programming Data (which are named PGCx and PGDx, respectively), and three other lines for power (VDD), ground (VSS) and Master Clear (MCLR). This allows customers to manufacture boards with unprogrammed devices and then program the micro- FIGURE 5-1: Table Instructions and Flash Programming The TBLRDH and TBLWTH instructions are used to read or write to bits<23:16> of program memory. TBLRDH and TBLWTH can also access program memory in Word or Byte mode. ADDRESSING FOR TABLE REGISTERS 24 Bits Using Program Counter Program Counter 0 0 Working Reg EA Using Table Instruction User/Configuration Space Select 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 1/0 TBLPAG Reg 8 Bits 16 Bits 24-Bit EA Byte Select DS39747F-page 51 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 5.2 RTSP Operation The PIC24F Flash program memory array is organized into rows of 64 instructions or 192 bytes. RTSP allows the user to erase blocks of eight rows (512 instructions) at a time and to program one row at a time. It is also possible to program single words. The 8-row erase blocks and single row write blocks are edge-aligned, from the beginning of program memory, on boundaries of 1536 bytes and 192 bytes, respectively. When data is written to program memory using TBLWT instructions, the data is not written directly to memory. Instead, data written using table writes is stored in holding latches until the programming sequence is executed. Any number of TBLWT instructions can be executed and a write will be successfully performed. However, 64 TBLWT instructions are required to write the full row of memory. To ensure that no data is corrupted during a write, any unused addresses should be programmed with FFFFFFh. This is because the holding latches reset to an unknown state, so if the addresses are left in the Reset state, they may overwrite the locations on rows which were not rewritten. The basic sequence for RTSP programming is to set up a Table Pointer, then do a series of TBLWT instructions to load the buffers. Programming is performed by setting the control bits in the NVMCON register. Data can be loaded in any order and the holding registers can be written to multiple times before performing a write operation. Subsequent writes, however, will wipe out any previous writes. Note: Writing to a location multiple times without erasing is not recommended. All of the table write operations are single-word writes (2 instruction cycles), because only the buffers are written. A programming cycle is required for programming each row. 5.3 5.4 Enhanced In-Circuit Serial Programming Enhanced In-Circuit Serial Programming uses an onboard bootloader, known as the program executive, to manage the programming process. Using an SPI data frame format, the program executive can erase, program and verify program memory. See the device programming specification for more information on Enhanced ICSP 5.5 Control Registers There are two SFRs used to read and write the program Flash memory: NVMCON and NVMKEY. The NVMCON register (Register 5-1) controls which blocks are to be erased, which memory type is to be programmed and the start of the programming cycle. NVMKEY is a write-only register that is used for write protection. To start a programming or erase sequence, the user must consecutively write 55h and AAh to the NVMKEY register. Refer to Section 5.6 “Programming Operations” for further details. 5.6 Programming Operations A complete programming sequence is necessary for programming or erasing the internal Flash in RTSP mode. During a programming or an erase operation, the processor stalls (Waits) until the operation is finished. Setting the WR bit (NVMCON<15>) starts the operation and the WR bit is automatically cleared when the operation is finished. Configuration Word values are stored in the last two locations of program memory. Performing a page erase operation on the last page of program memory clears these values and enables code protection. As a result, avoid performing page erase operations on the last page of program memory. JTAG Operation The PIC24F family supports JTAG programming and boundary scan. Boundary scan can improve the manufacturing process by verifying pin to PCB connectivity. Programming can be performed with industry standard JTAG programmers supporting Serial Vector Format (SVF). DS39747F-page 52 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 5-1: NVMCON: FLASH MEMORY CONTROL REGISTER R/SO-0(1) R/W-0(1) R/W-0(1) U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 WR WREN WRERR — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0(1) U-0 — U-0 ERASE — U-0 R/W-0(1) R/W-0(1) R/W-0(1) R/W-0(1) — NVMOP3(2) NVMOP2(2) NVMOP1(2) NVMOP0(2) bit 7 bit 0 Legend: SO = Settable Only bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 WR: Write Control bit 1 = Initiates a Flash memory program or erase operation. The operation is self-timed and the bit is cleared by hardware once operation is complete. 0 = Program or erase operation is complete and inactive bit 14 WREN: Write Enable bit 1 = Enables Flash program/erase operations 0 = Inhibits Flash program/erase operations bit 13 WRERR: Write Sequence Error Flag bit 1 = An improper program or erase sequence attempt or termination has occurred (bit is set automatically on any set attempt of the WR bit) 0 = The program or erase operation completed normally bit 12-7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6 ERASE: Erase/Program Enable bit 1 = Performs the erase operation specified by NVMOP<3:0> on the next WR command 0 = Performs the program operation specified by NVMOP<3:0> on the next WR command bit 5-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3-0 NVMOP<3:0>: NVM Operation Select bits(2) 1111 = Memory bulk erase operation (ERASE = 1) or no operation (ERASE = 0)(3) 0011 = Memory word program operation (ERASE = 0) or no operation (ERASE = 1) 0010 = Memory page erase operation (ERASE = 1) or no operation (ERASE = 0) 0001 = Memory row program operation (ERASE = 0) or no operation (ERASE = 1) Note 1: 2: 3: These bits can only be reset on a POR. All other combinations of NVMOP<3:0> are unimplemented. Available in ICSP™ mode only. Refer to the device programming specifications. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 53 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 5.6.1 PROGRAMMING ALGORITHM FOR FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY 4. 5. The user can program one row of program Flash memory at a time. To do this, it is necessary to erase the 8-row erase block containing the desired row. The general process is: 1. 2. 3. Read eight rows of program memory (512 instructions) and store in data RAM. Update the program data in RAM with the desired new data. Erase the block (see Example 5-1): a) Set the NVMOP bits (NVMCON<3:0>) to ‘0010’ to configure for block erase. Set the ERASE (NVMCON<6>) and WREN (NVMCON<14>) bits. b) Write the starting address of the block to be erased into the TBLPAG and W registers. c) Write 55h to NVMKEY. d) Write AAh to NVMKEY. e) Set the WR bit (NVMCON<15>). The erase cycle begins and the CPU stalls for the duration of the erase cycle. When the erase is done, the WR bit is cleared automatically. EXAMPLE 5-1: DS39747F-page 54 For protection against accidental operations, the write initiate sequence for NVMKEY must be used to allow any erase or program operation to proceed. After the programming command has been executed, the user must wait for the programming time until programming is complete. The two instructions following the start of the programming sequence should be NOPs, as shown in Example 5-3. ERASING A PROGRAM MEMORY BLOCK ; Set up NVMCON for block erase operation MOV #0x4042, W0 MOV W0, NVMCON ; Init pointer to row to be ERASED MOV #tblpage(PROG_ADDR), W0 MOV W0, TBLPAG MOV #tbloffset(PROG_ADDR), W0 TBLWTL W0, [W0] DISI #5 MOV MOV MOV MOV BSET NOP NOP 6. Write the first 64 instructions from data RAM into the program memory buffers (see Example 5-2). Write the program block to Flash memory: a) Set the NVMOP bits to ‘0001’ to configure for row programming. Clear the ERASE bit and set the WREN bit. b) Write 55h to NVMKEY. c) Write AAh to NVMKEY. d) Set the WR bit. The programming cycle begins and the CPU stalls for the duration of the write cycle. When the write to Flash memory is done, the WR bit is cleared automatically. Repeat Steps 4 and 5, using the next available 64 instructions from the block in data RAM by incrementing the value in TBLPAG, until all 512 instructions are written back to Flash memory. #0x55, W0 W0, NVMKEY #0xAA, W1 W1, NVMKEY NVMCON, #WR ; ; Initialize NVMCON ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; Initialize PM Page Boundary SFR Initialize in-page EA[15:0] pointer Set base address of erase block Block all interrupts with priority <7 for next 5 instructions Write the 55 key Write the AA key Start the erase sequence Insert two NOPs after the erase command is asserted 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY EXAMPLE 5-2: LOADING THE WRITE BUFFERS ; Set up NVMCON for row programming operations MOV #0x4001, W0 ; MOV W0, NVMCON ; Initialize NVMCON ; Set up a pointer to the first program memory location to be written ; program memory selected, and writes enabled MOV #0x0000, W0 ; MOV W0, TBLPAG ; Initialize PM Page Boundary SFR MOV #0x6000, W0 ; An example program memory address ; Perform the TBLWT instructions to write the latches ; 0th_program_word MOV #LOW_WORD_0, W2 ; MOV #HIGH_BYTE_0, W3 ; TBLWTL W2, [W0] ; Write PM low word into program latch TBLWTH W3, [W0++] ; Write PM high byte into program latch ; 1st_program_word MOV #LOW_WORD_1, W2 ; MOV #HIGH_BYTE_1, W3 ; TBLWTL W2, [W0] ; Write PM low word into program latch TBLWTH W3, [W0++] ; Write PM high byte into program latch ; 2nd_program_word MOV #LOW_WORD_2, W2 ; MOV #HIGH_BYTE_2, W3 ; ; Write PM low word into program latch TBLWTL W2, [W0] ; Write PM high byte into program latch TBLWTH W3, [W0++] • • • ; 63rd_program_word MOV #LOW_WORD_31, W2 ; MOV #HIGH_BYTE_31, W3 ; ; Write PM low word into program latch TBLWTL W2, [W0] ; Write PM high byte into program latch TBLWTH W3, [W0] EXAMPLE 5-3: INITIATING A PROGRAMMING SEQUENCE DISI #5 MOV MOV MOV MOV BSET BTSC BRA #0x55, W0 W0, NVMKEY #0xAA, W1 W1, NVMKEY NVMCON, #WR NVMCON, #15 $-2 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. ; Block all interrupts with priority <7 ; for next 5 instructions ; ; ; ; ; ; Write the 55 key Write the AA key Start the program/erase sequence and wait for it to be completed DS39747F-page 55 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 5.6.2 PROGRAMMING A SINGLE WORD OF FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY If a Flash location has been erased, it can be programmed using table write instructions to write an instruction word (24-bit) into the write latch. The TBLPAG register is loaded with the 8 Most Significant Bytes of the Flash address. The TBLWTL and TBLWTH EXAMPLE 5-4: instructions write the desired data into the write latches and specify the lower 16 bits of the program memory address to write to. To configure the NVMCON register for a word write, set the NVMOP bits (NVMCON<3:0>) to ‘0011’. The write is performed by executing the unlock sequence and setting the WR bit. PROGRAMMING A SINGLE WORD OF FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY ; Setup a pointer to data Program Memory MOV #tblpage(PROG_ADDR), W0 ; MOV W0, TBLPAG ;Initialize PM Page Boundary SFR MOV #tbloffset(PROG_ADDR), W0 ;Initialize a register with program memory address MOV MOV TBLWTL TBLWTH #LOW_WORD_N, W2 #HIGH_BYTE_N, W3 W2, [W0] W3, [W0++] ; ; ; Write PM low word into program latch ; Write PM high byte into program latch ; Setup NVMCON for programming one word to data Program Memory MOV #0x4003, W0 ; MOV W0, NVMCON ; Set NVMOP bits to 0011 DISI #5 MOV MOV MOV MOV BSET #0x55, W0 W0, NVMKEY #0xAA, W0 W0, NVMKEY NVMCON, #WR DS39747F-page 56 ; Disable interrupts while the KEY sequence is written ; Write the key sequence ; Start the write cycle 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 6.0 Note: RESETS Note: This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 7. “Reset” (DS39712) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. All types of device Reset will set a corresponding status bit in the RCON register to indicate the type of Reset (see Register 6-1). A POR will clear all bits except for the BOR and POR bits (RCON<1:0>), which are set. The user may set or clear any bit at any time during code execution. The RCON bits only serve as status bits. Setting a particular Reset status bit in software will not cause a device Reset to occur. The Reset module combines all Reset sources and controls the device Master Reset Signal, SYSRST. The following is a list of device Reset sources: • • • • • • • • • Refer to the specific peripheral or CPU section of this manual for register Reset states. POR: Power-on Reset MCLR: Pin Reset SWR: RESET Instruction WDT: Watchdog Timer Reset BOR: Brown-out Reset CM: Configuration Word Mismatch Reset TRAPR: Trap Conflict Reset IOPUWR: Illegal Opcode Reset UWR: Uninitialized W Register Reset The RCON register also has other bits associated with the Watchdog Timer and device power-saving states. The function of these bits is discussed in other sections of this manual. Note: The status bits in the RCON register should be cleared after they are read so that the next RCON register value after a device Reset will be meaningful. A simplified block diagram of the Reset module is shown in Figure 6-1. Any active source of Reset will make the SYSRST signal active. Many registers associated with the CPU and peripherals are forced to a known Reset state. Most registers are unaffected by a Reset; their status is unknown on POR and unchanged by all other Resets. FIGURE 6-1: RESET SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM RESET Instruction Glitch Filter MCLR WDT Module Sleep or Idle VDD Rise Detect POR SYSRST VDD Brown-out Reset BOR Enable Voltage Regulator Trap Conflict Illegal Opcode Uninitialized W Register Configuration Word Mismatch Reset 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 57 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY RCON: RESET CONTROL REGISTER(1) REGISTER 6-1: R/W-0 TRAPR bit 15 R/W-0 IOPUWR U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — R/W-0 CM R/W-0 VREGS bit 8 R/W-0 EXTR bit 7 R/W-0 SWR R/W-0 SWDTEN(2) R/W-0 WDTO R/W-0 SLEEP R/W-0 IDLE R/W-1 BOR R/W-1 POR bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit -n = Value at POR bit 15 bit 14 bit 13-10 bit 9 bit 8 bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 Note 1: 2: W = Writable bit ‘1’ = Bit is set U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown TRAPR: Trap Reset Flag bit 1 = A Trap Conflict Reset has occurred 0 = A Trap Conflict Reset has not occurred IOPUWR: Illegal Opcode or Uninitialized W Access Reset Flag bit 1 = An illegal opcode detection, an illegal address mode or uninitialized W register used as an Address Pointer caused a Reset 0 = An illegal opcode or uninitialized W Reset has not occurred Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ CM: Configuration Word Mismatch Reset Flag bit 1 = A Configuration Word Mismatch Reset has occurred 0 = A Configuration Word Mismatch Reset has not occurred VREGS: Voltage Regulator Standby Enable bit 1 = Regulator remains active during Sleep 0 = Regulator goes to standby during Sleep EXTR: External Reset (MCLR) Pin bit 1 = A Master Clear (pin) Reset has occurred 0 = A Master Clear (pin) Reset has not occurred SWR: Software Reset (Instruction) Flag bit 1 = A RESET instruction has been executed 0 = A RESET instruction has not been executed SWDTEN: Software Enable/Disable of WDT bit(2) 1 = WDT is enabled 0 = WDT is disabled WDTO: Watchdog Timer Time-out Flag bit 1 = WDT time-out has occurred 0 = WDT time-out has not occurred SLEEP: Wake From Sleep Flag bit 1 = Device has been in Sleep mode 0 = Device has not been in Sleep mode IDLE: Wake-up From Idle Flag bit 1 = Device was in Idle mode 0 = Device was not in Idle mode All of the Reset status bits may be set or cleared in software. Setting one of these bits in software does not cause a device Reset. If the FWDTEN Configuration bit is ‘1’ (unprogrammed), the WDT is always enabled, regardless of the SWDTEN bit setting. DS39747F-page 58 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY RCON: RESET CONTROL REGISTER(1) (CONTINUED) REGISTER 6-1: bit 1 BOR: Brown-out Reset Flag bit 1 = A Brown-out Reset has occurred (note that BOR is also set after a Power-on Reset) 0 = A Brown-out Reset has not occurred POR: Power-on Reset Flag bit 1 = A Power-on Reset has occurred 0 = A Power-on Reset has not occurred bit 0 Note 1: 2: All of the Reset status bits may be set or cleared in software. Setting one of these bits in software does not cause a device Reset. If the FWDTEN Configuration bit is ‘1’ (unprogrammed), the WDT is always enabled, regardless of the SWDTEN bit setting. TABLE 6-1: RESET FLAG BIT OPERATION Flag Bit Setting Event Clearing Event TRAPR (RCON<15>) Trap conflict event POR IOPUWR (RCON<14>) Illegal opcode or uninitialized W register access POR EXTR (RCON<7>) MCLR Reset POR SWR (RCON<6>) RESET instruction POR WDTO (RCON<4>) WDT time-out PWRSAV instruction, POR SLEEP (RCON<3>) PWRSAV #SLEEP instruction POR IDLE (RCON<2>) PWRSAV #IDLE instruction POR BOR (RCON<1>) POR, BOR — POR (RCON<0>) POR — Note: 6.1 All Reset flag bits may be set or cleared by the user software. Clock Source Selection at Reset If clock switching is enabled, the system clock source at device Reset is chosen as shown in Table 6-2. If clock switching is disabled, the system clock source is always selected according to the oscillator Configuration bits. Refer to Section 8.0 “Oscillator Configuration” for further details. TABLE 6-2: Reset Type POR BOR MCLR WDTR OSCILLATOR SELECTION vs. TYPE OF RESET (CLOCK SWITCHING ENABLED) Clock Source Determinant Oscillator Configuration bits (FNOSC<2:0>) 6.2 Device Reset Times The Reset times for various types of device Reset are summarized in Table 6-3. Note that the system Reset signal, SYSRST, is released after the POR and PWRT delay times expire. The time that the device actually begins to execute code will also depend on the system oscillator delays, which include the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) and the PLL lock time. The OST and PLL lock times occur in parallel with the applicable SYSRST delay times. The FSCM delay determines the time at which the FSCM begins to monitor the system clock source after the SYSRST signal is released. COSC Control bits (OSCCON<14:12>) SWR 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 59 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 6-3: Reset Type RESET DELAY TIMES FOR VARIOUS DEVICE RESETS Clock Source SYSRST Delay EC, FRC, FRCDIV, LPRC TPOR + TSTARTUP + TRST POR BOR System Clock Delay FSCM Delay — — Notes 1, 2, 3 ECPLL, FRCPLL TPOR + TSTARTUP + TRST TLOCK TFSCM 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 XT, HS, SOSC TPOR + TSTARTUP + TRST TOST TFSCM 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 XTPLL, HSPLL 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 TPOR + TSTARTUP + TRST TOST + TLOCK TFSCM EC, FRC, FRCDIV, LPRC TSTARTUP + TRST — — 2, 3 ECPLL, FRCPLL TSTARTUP + TRST TLOCK TFSCM 2, 3, 5, 6 XT, HS, SOSC TSTARTUP + TRST TOST TFSCM 2, 3, 4, 6 XTPLL, HSPLL TSTARTUP + TRST TOST + TLOCK TFSCM 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 MCLR Any Clock TRST — — 3 WDT Any Clock TRST — — 3 Software Any Clock TRST — — 3 Illegal Opcode Any Clock TRST — — 3 Uninitialized W Any Clock TRST — — 3 Trap Conflict Any Clock TRST — — 3 Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: TPOR = Power-on Reset delay (10 s nominal). TSTARTUP = TVREG (10 s nominal) if the on-chip regulator is enabled or TPWRT (64 ms nominal) if an on-chip regulator is disabled. TRST = Internal state Reset time (20 s nominal). TOST = Oscillator Start-up Timer. A 10-bit counter counts 1024 oscillator periods before releasing the oscillator clock to the system. TLOCK = PLL lock time. TFSCM = Fail-Safe Clock Monitor delay (100 s nominal). DS39747F-page 60 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 6.2.1 POR AND LONG OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMES The oscillator start-up circuitry and its associated delay timers are not linked to the device Reset delays that occur at power-up. Some crystal circuits (especially low-frequency crystals) will have a relatively long start-up time. Therefore, one or more of the following conditions is possible after SYSRST is released: • The oscillator circuit has not begun to oscillate. • The Oscillator Start-up Timer has NOT expired (if a crystal oscillator is used). • The PLL has not achieved a lock (if PLL is used). The device will not begin to execute code until a valid clock source has been released to the system. Therefore, the oscillator and PLL start-up delays must be considered when the Reset delay time must be known. 6.2.2 FAIL-SAFE CLOCK MONITOR (FSCM) AND DEVICE RESETS If the FSCM is enabled, it will begin to monitor the system clock source when SYSRST is released. If a valid clock source is not available at this time, the device will automatically switch to the FRC oscillator and the user can switch to the desired crystal oscillator in the Trap Service Routine. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 6.2.2.1 FSCM Delay for Crystal and PLL Clock Sources When the system clock source is provided by a crystal oscillator and/or the PLL, a small delay, TFSCM, will automatically be inserted after the POR and PWRT delay times. The FSCM will not begin to monitor the system clock source until this delay expires. The FSCM delay time is nominally 100 s and provides additional time for the oscillator and/or PLL to stabilize. In most cases, the FSCM delay will prevent an oscillator failure trap at a device Reset when the PWRT is disabled. 6.3 Special Function Register Reset States Most of the Special Function Registers (SFRs) associated with the PIC24F CPU and peripherals are reset to a particular value at a device Reset. The SFRs are grouped by their peripheral or CPU function and their Reset values are specified in each section of this manual. The Reset value for each SFR does not depend on the type of Reset, with the exception of four registers. The Reset value for the Reset Control register, RCON, will depend on the type of device Reset. The Reset value for the Oscillator Control register, OSCCON, will depend on the type of Reset and the programmed values of the oscillator Configuration bits in the FOSC Device Configuration register (see Table 6-2). The RCFGCAL and NVMCON registers are only affected by a POR. DS39747F-page 61 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY NOTES: DS39747F-page 62 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 7.0 Note: INTERRUPT CONTROLLER This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 8. “Interrupts” (DS39707) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. The PIC24F interrupt controller reduces the numerous peripheral interrupt request signals to a single interrupt request signal to the PIC24F CPU. It has the following features: • • • • Up to 8 processor exceptions and software traps 7 user-selectable priority levels Interrupt Vector Table (IVT) with up to 118 vectors A unique vector for each interrupt or exception source • Fixed priority within a specified user priority level • Alternate Interrupt Vector Table (AIVT) for debug support • Fixed interrupt entry and return latencies 7.1 Interrupt Vector Table The Interrupt Vector Table (IVT) is shown in Figure 7-1. The IVT resides in program memory, starting at location, 000004h. The IVT contains 126 vectors, consisting of 8 non-maskable trap vectors, plus up to 118 sources of interrupt. In general, each interrupt source has its own vector. Each interrupt vector contains a 24-bit wide address. The value programmed into each interrupt vector location is the starting address of the associated Interrupt Service Routine (ISR). 7.1.1 ALTERNATE INTERRUPT VECTOR TABLE The Alternate Interrupt Vector Table (AIVT) is located after the IVT, as shown in Figure 7-1. Access to the AIVT is provided by the ALTIVT control bit (INTCON2<15>). If the ALTIVT bit is set, all interrupt and exception processes will use the alternate vectors instead of the default vectors. The alternate vectors are organized in the same manner as the default vectors. The AIVT supports emulation and debugging efforts by providing a means to switch between an application and a support environment without requiring the interrupt vectors to be reprogrammed. This feature also enables switching between applications for evaluation of different software algorithms at run time. If the AIVT is not needed, the AIVT should be programmed with the same addresses used in the IVT. 7.2 Reset Sequence A device Reset is not a true exception because the interrupt controller is not involved in the Reset process. The PIC24F device clears its registers in response to a Reset which forces the PC to zero. The microcontroller then begins program execution at location, 000000h. The user programs a GOTO instruction at the Reset address, which redirects program execution to the appropriate start-up routine. Note: Any unimplemented or unused vector locations in the IVT and AIVT should be programmed with the address of a default interrupt handler routine that contains a RESET instruction. Interrupt vectors are prioritized in terms of their natural priority; this is linked to their position in the vector table. All other things being equal, lower addresses have a higher natural priority. For example, the interrupt associated with Vector 0 will take priority over interrupts at any other vector address. PIC24FJ128GA010 family devices implement nonmaskable traps and unique interrupts. These are summarized in Table 7-1 and Table 7-2. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 63 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY FIGURE 7-1: PIC24F INTERRUPT VECTOR TABLE Decreasing Natural Order Priority Reset – GOTO Instruction Reset – GOTO Address Reserved Oscillator Fail Trap Vector Address Error Trap Vector Stack Error Trap Vector Math Error Trap Vector Reserved Reserved Reserved Interrupt Vector 0 Interrupt Vector 1 — — — Interrupt Vector 52 Interrupt Vector 53 Interrupt Vector 54 — — — Interrupt Vector 116 Interrupt Vector 117 Reserved Reserved Reserved Oscillator Fail Trap Vector Address Error Trap Vector Stack Error Trap Vector Math Error Trap Vector Reserved Reserved Reserved Interrupt Vector 0 Interrupt Vector 1 — — — Interrupt Vector 52 Interrupt Vector 53 Interrupt Vector 54 — — — Interrupt Vector 116 Interrupt Vector 117 Start of Code Note 1: TABLE 7-1: 000000h 000002h 000004h 000014h 00007Ch 00007Eh 000080h 0000FCh 0000FEh 000100h 000102h 000114h Alternate Interrupt Vector Table (AIVT)(1) 00017Ch 00017Eh 000180h 0001FEh 000200h See Table 7-2 for the interrupt vector list. TRAP VECTOR DETAILS Vector Number IVT Address AIVT Address 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 000004h 000006h 000008h 00000Ah 00000Ch 00000Eh 000010h 000012h 000104h 000106h 000108h 00010Ah 00010Ch 00010Eh 000110h 000112h DS39747F-page 64 Interrupt Vector Table (IVT)(1) Trap Source Reserved Oscillator Failure Address Error Stack Error Math Error Reserved Reserved Reserved 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 7-2: IMPLEMENTED INTERRUPT VECTORS Interrupt Source ADC1 Conversion Done Vector Number IVT Address 13 00002Eh Interrupt Bit Locations AIVT Address Flag Enable Priority 00012Eh IFS0<13> IEC0<13> IPC3<6:4> Comparator Event 18 000038h 000138h IFS1<2> IEC1<2> IPC4<10:8> CRC Generator 67 00009Ah 00019Ah IFS4<3> IEC4<3> IPC16<14:12> External Interrupt 0 0 000014h 000114h IFS0<0> IEC0<0> IPC0<2:0> External Interrupt 1 20 00003Ch 00013Ch IFS1<4> IEC1<4> IPC5<2:0> External Interrupt 2 29 00004Eh 00014Eh IFS1<13> IEC1<13> IPC7<6:4> External Interrupt 3 53 00007Eh 00017Eh IFS3<5> IEC3<5> IPC13<6:4> External Interrupt 4 54 000080h 000180h IFS3<6> IEC3<6> IPC13<10:8> I2C1 Master Event 17 000036h 000136h IFS1<1> IEC1<1> IPC4<6:4> I2C1 Slave Event 16 000034h 000134h IFS1<0> IEC1<0> IPC4<2:0> I2C2 Master Event 50 000078h 000178h IFS3<2> IEC3<2> IPC12<10:8> I2C2 Slave Event 49 000076h 000176h IFS3<1> IEC3<1> IPC12<6:4> Input Capture 1 1 000016h 000116h IFS0<1> IEC0<1> IPC0<6:4> Input Capture 2 5 00001Eh 00011Eh IFS0<5> IEC0<5> IPC1<6:4> Input Capture 3 37 00005Eh 00015Eh IFS2<5> IEC2<5> IPC9<6:4> Input Capture 4 38 000060h 000160h IFS2<6> IEC2<6> IPC9<10:8> Input Capture 5 39 000062h 000162h IFS2<7> IEC2<7> IPC9<14:12> Input Change Notification 19 00003Ah 00013Ah IFS1<3> IEC1<3> IPC4<14:12> Output Compare 1 2 000018h 000118h IFS0<2> IEC0<2> IPC0<10:8> Output Compare 2 6 000020h 000120h IFS0<6> IEC0<6> IPC1<10:8> Output Compare 3 25 000046h 000146h IFS1<9> IEC1<9> IPC6<6:4> Output Compare 4 26 000048h 000148h IFS1<10> IEC1<10> IPC6<10:8> Output Compare 5 41 000066h 000166h IFS2<9> IEC2<9> IPC10<6:4> Parallel Master Port 45 00006Eh 00016Eh IFS2<13> IEC2<13> IPC11<6:4> Real-Time Clock/Calendar 62 000090h 000190h IFS3<14> IEC3<14> IPC15<10:8> SPI1 Error 9 000026h 000126h IFS0<9> IEC0<9> IPC2<6:4> SPI1 Event 10 000028h 000128h IFS0<10> IEC0<10> IPC2<10:8> SPI2 Error 32 000054h 000154h IFS2<0> IEC0<0> IPC8<2:0> SPI2 Event 33 000056h 000156h IFS2<1> IEC2<1> IPC8<6:4> Timer1 3 00001Ah 00011Ah IFS0<3> IEC0<3> IPC0<14:12> Timer2 7 000022h 000122h IFS0<7> IEC0<7> IPC1<14:12> Timer3 8 000024h 000124h IFS0<8> IEC0<8> IPC2<2:0> Timer4 27 00004Ah 00014Ah IFS1<11> IEC1<11> IPC6<14:12> Timer5 28 00004Ch 00014Ch IFS1<12> IEC1<12> IPC7<2:0> UART1 Error 65 000096h 000196h IFS4<1> IEC4<1> IPC16<6:4> UART1 Receiver 11 00002Ah 00012Ah IFS0<11> IEC0<11> IPC2<14:12> UART1 Transmitter 12 00002Ch 00012Ch IFS0<12> IEC0<12> IPC3<2:0> IPC16<10:8> UART2 Error 66 000098h 000198h IFS4<2> IEC4<2> UART2 Receiver 30 000050h 000150h IFS1<14> IEC1<14> IPC7<10:8> UART2 Transmitter 31 000052h 000152h IFS1<15> IEC1<15> IPC7<14:12> 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 65 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 7.3 Interrupt Control and Status Registers The PIC24FJ128GA010 family devices implement a total of 29 registers for the interrupt controller: • • • • • • INTCON1 INTCON2 IFS0 through IFS4 IEC0 through IEC4 IPC0 through IPC14, and IPC16 INTTREG Global interrupt control functions are controlled from INTCON1 and INTCON2. INTCON1 contains the Interrupt Nesting Disable (NSTDIS) bit, as well as the control and status flags for the processor trap sources. The INTCON2 register controls the external interrupt request signal behavior and the use of the Alternate Interrupt Vector Table. The IFS registers maintain all of the interrupt request flags. Each source of interrupt has a status bit which is set by the respective peripherals, or external signal, and is cleared via software. The IEC registers maintain all of the interrupt enable bits. These control bits are used to individually enable interrupts from the peripherals or external signals. The IPC registers are used to set the Interrupt Priority Level for each source of interrupt. Each user interrupt source can be assigned to one of eight priority levels. DS39747F-page 66 The interrupt sources are assigned to the IFSx, IECx and IPCx registers in the same sequence that they are listed in Table 7-2. For example, the INT0 (External Interrupt 0) is shown as having a vector number and a natural order priority of 0. Thus, the INT0IF status bit is found in IFS0<0>, the enable bit in IEC0<0> and the priority bits in the first position of IPC0 (IPC0<2:0>). Although they are not specifically part of the interrupt control hardware, two of the CPU control registers contain bits that control interrupt functionality. The CPU STATUS register (SR) contains the IPL<2:0> bits (SR<7:5>). These indicate the current CPU Interrupt Priority Level. The user may change the current CPU priority level by writing to the IPL bits. The CORCON register contains the IPL3 bit, which together with IPL<2:0>, also indicates the current CPU priority level. IPL3 is a read-only bit so that trap events cannot be masked by the user software. The interrupt controller has the Interrupt Controller Test Register (INTTREG) that displays the status of the interrupt controller. When an interrupt request occurs, its associated vector number and the new interrupt priority level are latched into INTTREG. This information can be used to determine a specific interrupt source if a generic ISR is used for multiple vectors, such as when ISR remapping is used in bootloader applications. It also could be used to check if another interrupt is pending while in an ISR. All Interrupt registers are described in Register 7-1 through Register 7-30, in the following pages. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-1: SR: CPU STATUS REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 — — — — — — — DC(1) bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0(1) R/W-0(1) R/W-0(1) R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 (2,3) (2,3) IPL0(2,3) RA(1) N(1) OV(1) Z(1) C(1) IPL2 IPL1 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown IPL<2:0>: CPU Interrupt Priority Level Status bits(2,3) 111 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 7 (15); user interrupts are disabled 110 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 6 (14) 101 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 5 (13) 100 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 4 (12) 011 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 3 (11) 010 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 2 (10) 001 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 1 (9) 000 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 0 (8) bit 7-5 Note 1: 2: 3: See Register 3-1 for the description of the remaining bit(s) that are not dedicated to interrupt control functions. The IPL bits are concatenated with the IPL3 bit (CORCON<3>) to form the CPU Interrupt Priority Level. The value in parentheses indicates the Interrupt Priority Level if IPL3 = 1. The IPL Status bits are read-only when NSTDIS (INTCON1<15>) = 1. REGISTER 7-2: CORCON: CORE CONTROL REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 — U-0 — — U-0 R/C-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 — IPL3(2) PSV(1) — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: C = Clearable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 3 Note 1: 2: x = Bit is unknown IPL3: CPU Interrupt Priority Level Status bit(2) 1 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is greater than 7 0 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 7 or less See Register 3-2 for the description of the remaining bit(s) that are not dedicated to interrupt control functions. The IPL3 bit is concatenated with the IPL<2:0> bits (SR<7:5>) to form the CPU Interrupt Priority Level. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 67 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-3: INTCON1: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER 1 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 NSTDIS — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 — — — MATHERR ADDRERR STKERR OSCFAIL — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 NSTDIS: Interrupt Nesting Disable bit 1 = Interrupt nesting is disabled 0 = Interrupt nesting is enabled bit 14-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4 MATHERR: Arithmetic Error Trap Status bit 1 = Overflow trap has occurred 0 = Overflow trap has not occurred bit 3 ADDRERR: Address Error Trap Status bit 1 = Address error trap has occurred 0 = Address error trap has not occurred bit 2 STKERR: Stack Error Trap Status bit 1 = Stack error trap has occurred 0 = Stack error trap has not occurred bit 1 OSCFAIL: Oscillator Failure Trap Status bit 1 = Oscillator failure trap has occurred 0 = Oscillator failure trap has not occurred bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ DS39747F-page 68 x = Bit is unknown 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-4: INTCON2: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER 2 R/W-0 R-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 ALTIVT DISI — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — INT4EP INT3EP INT2EP INT1EP INT0EP bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 ALTIVT: Enable Alternate Interrupt Vector Table bit 1 = Use alternate vector table 0 = Use standard (default) vector table bit 14 DISI: DISI Instruction Status bit 1 = DISI instruction is active 0 = DISI is not active bit 13-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4 INT4EP: External Interrupt 4 Edge Detect Polarity Select bit 1 = Interrupt on negative edge 0 = Interrupt on positive edge bit 3 INT3EP: External Interrupt 3 Edge Detect Polarity Select bit 1 = Interrupt on negative edge 0 = Interrupt on positive edge bit 2 INT2EP: External Interrupt 2 Edge Detect Polarity Select bit 1 = Interrupt on negative edge 0 = Interrupt on positive edge bit 1 INT1EP: External Interrupt 1 Edge Detect Polarity Select bit 1 = Interrupt on negative edge 0 = Interrupt on positive edge bit 0 INT0EP: External Interrupt 0 Edge Detect Polarity Select bit 1 = Interrupt on negative edge 0 = Interrupt on positive edge 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39747F-page 69 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-5: U-0 — bit 15 R/W-0 T2IF bit 7 Legend: R = Readable bit -n = Value at POR bit 15-14 bit 13 bit 12 bit 11 bit 10 bit 9 bit 8 bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 IFS0: INTERRUPT FLAG STATUS REGISTER 0 U-0 — R/W-0 AD1IF R/W-0 U1TXIF R/W-0 U1RXIF R/W-0 SPI1IF R/W-0 SPF1IF R/W-0 T3IF bit 8 R/W-0 OC2IF R/W-0 IC2IF U-0 — R/W-0 T1IF R/W-0 OC1IF R/W-0 IC1IF R/W-0 INT0IF bit 0 W = Writable bit ‘1’ = Bit is set U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ AD1IF: A/D Conversion Complete Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred U1TXIF: UART1 Transmitter Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred U1RXIF: UART1 Receiver Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred SPI1IF: SPI1 Event Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred SPF1IF: SPI1 Fault Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred T3IF: Timer3 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred T2IF: Timer2 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred OC2IF: Output Compare Channel 2 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred IC2IF: Input Capture Channel 2 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ T1IF: Timer1 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred OC1IF: Output Compare Channel 1 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred IC1IF: Input Capture Channel 1 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred INT0IF: External Interrupt 0 Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred DS39747F-page 70 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-6: IFS1: INTERRUPT FLAG STATUS REGISTER 1 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U2TXIF U2RXIF INT2IF T5IF T4IF OC4IF OC3IF — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — INT1IF CNIF CMIF MI2C1IF SI2C1IF bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 U2TXIF: UART2 Transmitter Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 14 U2RXIF: UART2 Receiver Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 13 INT2IF: External Interrupt 2 Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 12 T5IF: Timer5 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 11 T4IF: Timer4 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 10 OC4IF: Output Compare Channel 4 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 9 OC3IF: Output Compare Channel 3 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 8-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4 INT1IF: External Interrupt 1 Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 3 CNIF: Input Change Notification Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 2 CMIF: Comparator Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 1 MI2C1IF: Master I2C1 Event Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 0 SI2C1IF: Slave I2C1 Event Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39747F-page 71 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-7: IFS2: INTERRUPT FLAG STATUS REGISTER 2 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 — — PMPIF — — — OC5IF — bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 IC5IF IC4IF IC3IF — — — SPI2IF SPF2IF bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 PMPIF: Parallel Master Port Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 12-10 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 9 OC5IF: Output Compare Channel 5 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 8 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 7 IC5IF: Input Capture Channel 5 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 6 IC4IF: Input Capture Channel 4 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 5 IC3IF: Input Capture Channel 3 Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 4-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1 SPI2IF: SPI2 Event Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 0 SPF2IF: SPI2 Fault Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred DS39747F-page 72 x = Bit is unknown 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-8: IFS3: INTERRUPT FLAG STATUS REGISTER 3 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — PMPIF — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 — INT4IF INT3IF — — MI2C2IF SI2C2IF — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14 RTCIF: Real-Time Clock/Calendar Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 13-7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6 INT4IF: External Interrupt 4 Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 5 INT3IF: External Interrupt 3 Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 4-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2 MI2C2IF: Master I2C2 Event Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 1 SI2C2IF: Slave I2C2 Event Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39747F-page 73 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-9: IFS4: INTERRUPT FLAG STATUS REGISTER 4 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 — — — — CRCIF U2ERIF U1ERIF — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3 CRCIF: CRC Generator Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 2 U2ERIF: UART2 Error Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 1 U1ERIF: UART1 Error Interrupt Flag Status bit 1 = Interrupt request has occurred 0 = Interrupt request has not occurred bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ DS39747F-page 74 x = Bit is unknown 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-10: U-0 — bit 15 R/W-0 T2IE bit 7 Legend: R = Readable bit -n = Value at POR bit 15-14 bit 13 bit 12 bit 11 bit 10 bit 9 bit 8 bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 IEC0: INTERRUPT ENABLE CONTROL REGISTER 0 U-0 — R/W-0 AD1IE R/W-0 U1TXIE R/W-0 U1RXIE R/W-0 SPI1IE R/W-0 SPF1IE R/W-0 T3IE bit 8 R/W-0 OC2IE R/W-0 IC2IE U-0 — R/W-0 T1IE R/W-0 OC1IE R/W-0 IC1IE R/W-0 INT0IE bit 0 W = Writable bit ‘1’ = Bit is set U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ AD1IE: A/D Conversion Complete Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled U1TXIE: UART1 Transmitter Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled U1RXIE: UART1 Receiver Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled SPI1IE: SPI1 Transfer Complete Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled SPF1IE: SPI1 Fault Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled T3IE: Timer3 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled T2IE: Timer2 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled OC2IE: Output Compare Channel 2 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled IC2IE: Input Capture Channel 2 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ T1IE: Timer1 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled OC1IE: Output Compare Channel 1 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled IC1IE: Input Capture Channel 1 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled INT0IE: External Interrupt 0 Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 75 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-11: IEC1: INTERRUPT ENABLE CONTROL REGISTER 1 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U2TXIE U2RXIE INT2IE T5IE T4IE OC4IE OC3IE — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — INT1IE CNIE CMIE MI2C1IE SI2C1IE bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 U2TXIE: UART2 Transmitter Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 14 U2RXIE: UART2 Receiver Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 13 INT2IE: External Interrupt 2 Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 12 T5IE: Timer5 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 11 T4IE: Timer4 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 10 OC4IE: Output Compare Channel 4 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 9 OC3IE: Output Compare Channel 3 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 8-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4 INT1IE: External Interrupt 1 Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 3 CNIE: Input Change Notification Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 2 CMIE: Comparator Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 1 MI2C1IE: Master I2C1 Event Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 0 SI2C1IE: Slave I2C1 Event Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled DS39747F-page 76 x = Bit is unknown 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-12: IEC2: INTERRUPT ENABLE CONTROL REGISTER 2 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 — — PMPIE — — — OC5IE — bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 IC5IE IC4IE IC3IE — — — SPI2IE SPF2IE bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 PMPIE: Parallel Master Port Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 12-10 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 9 OC5IE: Output Compare Channel 5 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 8 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 7 IC5IE: Input Capture Channel 5 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 6 IC4IE: Input Capture Channel 4 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 5 IC3IE: Input Capture Channel 3 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 4-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1 SPI2IE: SPI2 Event Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 0 SPF2IE: SPI2 Fault Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39747F-page 77 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-13: IEC3: INTERRUPT ENABLE CONTROL REGISTER 3 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — RTCIE — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 — INT4IE INT3IE — — MI2C2IE SI2C2IE — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14 RTCIE: Real-Time Clock/Calendar Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 13-7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6 INT4IE: External Interrupt 4 Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 5 INT3IE: External Interrupt 3 Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 4-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2 MI2C2IE: Master I2C2 Event Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 1 SI2C2IE: Slave I2C2 Event Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ DS39747F-page 78 x = Bit is unknown 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-14: IEC4: INTERRUPT ENABLE CONTROL REGISTER 4 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 — — — — CRCIE U2ERIE U1ERIE — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3 CRCIE: CRC Generator Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 2 U2ERIE: UART2 Error Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 1 U1ERIE: UART1 Error Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Interrupt request is enabled 0 = Interrupt request is not enabled bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39747F-page 79 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-15: IPC0: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — T1IP2 T1IP1 T1IP0 — OC1IP2 OC1IP1 OC1IP0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — IC1IP2 IC1IP1 IC1IP0 — INT0IP2 INT0IP1 INT0IP0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14-12 T1IP<2:0>: Timer1 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 OC1IP<2:0>: Output Compare Channel 1 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 IC1IP<2:0>: Input Capture Channel 1 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2-0 INT0IP<2:0:> External Interrupt 0 Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled DS39747F-page 80 x = Bit is unknown 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-16: IPC1: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 1 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — T2IP2 T2IP1 T2IP0 — OC2IP2 OC2IP1 OC2IP0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — IC2IP2 IC2IP1 IC2IP0 — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14-12 T2IP<2:0>: Timer2 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 OC2IP<2:0>: Output Compare Channel 2 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 IC2IP<2:0>: Input Capture Channel 2 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39747F-page 81 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-17: IPC2: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 2 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — U1RXIP2 U1RXIP1 U1RXIP0 — SPI1IP2 SPI1IP1 SPI1IP0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — SPF1IP2 SPF1IP1 SPF1IP0 — T3IP2 T3IP1 T3IP0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14-12 U1RXIP<2:0>: UART1 Receiver Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 SPI1IP<2:0>: SPI1 Event Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 SPF1IP<2:0>: SPI1 Fault Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2-0 T3IP<2:0>: Timer3 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled DS39747F-page 82 x = Bit is unknown 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-18: IPC3: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 3 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — AD1IP2 AD1IP1 AD1IP0 — U1TXIP2 U1TXIP1 U1TXIP0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 AD1IP<2:0>: A/D Conversion Complete Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2-0 U1TXIP<2:0>: UART1 Transmitter Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39747F-page 83 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-19: IPC4: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 4 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — CNIP2 CNIP1 CNIP0 — CMIP2 CMIP1 CMIP0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — MI2C1IP2 MI2C1IP1 MI2C1IP0 — SI2C1IP2 SI2C1IP1 SI2C1IP0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14-12 CNIP<2:0>: Input Change Notification Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 CMIP<2:0>: Comparator Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 MI2C1IP<2:0>: Master I2C1 Event Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2-0 SI2C1IP<2:0>: Slave I2C1 Event Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled DS39747F-page 84 x = Bit is unknown 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-20: IPC5: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 5 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — — — INT1IP2 INT1IP1 INT1IP0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2-0 INT1IP<2:0>: External Interrupt 1 Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39747F-page 85 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-21: IPC6: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 6 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — T4IP2 T4IP1 T4IP0 — OC4IP2 OC4IP1 OC4IP0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — OC3IP2 OC3IP1 OC3IP0 — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14-12 T4IP<2:0>: Timer4 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 OC4IP<2:0>: Output Compare Channel 4 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 OC3IP<2:0>: Output Compare Channel 3 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ DS39747F-page 86 x = Bit is unknown 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-22: IPC7: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 7 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — U2TXIP2 U2TXIP1 U2TXIP0 — U2RXIP2 U2RXIP1 U2RXIP0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — INT2IP2 INT2IP1 INT2IP0 — T5IP2 T5IP1 T5IP0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14-12 U2TXIP<2:0>: UART2 Transmitter Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 U2RXIP<2:0>: UART2 Receiver Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 INT2IP<2:0>: External Interrupt 2 Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2-0 T5IP<2:0>: Timer5 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39747F-page 87 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-23: IPC8: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — SPI2IP2 SPI2IP1 SPI2IP0 — SPF2IP2 SPF2IP1 SPF2IP0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 SPI2IP<2:0>: SPI2 Event Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2-0 SPF2IP<2:0>: SPI2 Fault Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled DS39747F-page 88 x = Bit is unknown 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-24: IPC9: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 9 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — IC5IP2 IC5IP1 IC5IP0 — IC4IP2 IC4IP1 IC4IP0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — IC3IP2 IC3IP1 IC3IP0 — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14-12 IC5IP<2:0>: Input Capture Channel 5 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 IC4IP<2:0>: Input Capture Channel 4 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 IC3IP<2:0>: Input Capture Channel 3 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39747F-page 89 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-25: IPC10: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 10 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — OC5IP2 OC5IP1 OC5IP0 — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 OC5IP<2:0>: Output Compare Channel 5 Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ REGISTER 7-26: IPC11: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 11 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — PMPIP2 PMPIP1 PMPIP0 — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 PMPIP<2:0>: Parallel Master Port Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ DS39747F-page 90 x = Bit is unknown 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-27: IPC12: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 12 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — — — MI2C2IP2 MI2C2IP1 MI2C2IP0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — SI2C2IP2 SI2C2IP1 SI2C2IP0 — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 MI2C2IP<2:0>: Master I2C2 Event Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 SI2C2IP<2:0>: Slave I2C2 Event Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39747F-page 91 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-28: IPC13: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 13 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — — — INT4IP2 IN4IP1 INT4IP0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — INT3IP2 INT3IP1 INT3IP0 — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 INT4IP<2:0>: External Interrupt 4 Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 INT3IP<2:0>: External Interrupt 3 Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ DS39747F-page 92 x = Bit is unknown 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-29: IPC15: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 15 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — — — RTCIP2 RTCIP1 RTCIP0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 RTCIP<2:0>: Real-Time Clock/Calendar Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 7-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39747F-page 93 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-30: IPC16: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 16 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 — CRCIP2 CRCIP1 CRCIP0 — U2ERIP2 U2ERIP1 U2ERIP0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — U1ERIP2 U1ERIP1 U1ERIP0 — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14-12 CRCIP2:0>: CRC Generator Error Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 U2ERIP<2:0>: UART2 Error Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 U1ERIP<2:0>: UART1 Error Interrupt Priority bits 111 = Interrupt is Priority 7 (highest priority interrupt) • • • 001 = Interrupt is Priority 1 000 = Interrupt source is disabled bit 3-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ DS39747F-page 94 x = Bit is unknown 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 7-31: INTTREG: INTERRUPT CONTROL AND STATUS REGISTER R-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 CPUIRQ — VHOLD — ILR3 ILR2 ILR1 ILR0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 — VECNUM6 VECNUM5 VECNUM4 VECNUM3 VECNUM2 VECNUM1 VECNUM0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 x = Bit is unknown CPUIRQ: Interrupt Request from Interrupt Controller CPU bit 1 = An interrupt request has occurred but has not yet been Acknowledged by the CPU; this happens when the CPU priority is higher than the interrupt priority 0 = No interrupt request is unacknowledged bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 VHOLD: Vector Number Capture Configuration bit 1 = The VECNUM bits contain the value of the highest priority pending interrupt 0 = The VECNUM bits contain the value of the last Acknowledged interrupt (i.e., the last interrupt that has occurred with higher priority than the CPU, even if other interrupts are pending) bit 12 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 11-8 ILR<3:0>: New CPU Interrupt Priority Level bits 1111 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 15 • • • 0001 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 1 0000 = CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 0 bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-0 VECNUM<6:0>: Pending Interrupt Vector ID bits (pending vector number is VECNUM + 8) 0111111 = Interrupt Vector pending is number 135 • • • 0000001 = Interrupt Vector pending is number 9 0000000 = Interrupt Vector pending is number 8 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 95 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 7.4 Interrupt Setup Procedures 7.4.1 INITIALIZATION To configure an interrupt source: 1. 2. Set the NSTDIS Control bit (INTCON1<15>) if nested interrupts are not desired. Select the user-assigned priority level for the interrupt source by writing the control bits in the appropriate IPCx Control register. The priority level will depend on the specific application and type of interrupt source. If multiple priority levels are not desired, the IPCx register control bits for all enabled interrupt sources may be programmed to the same non-zero value. Note: 3. 4. At a device Reset, the IPC registers are initialized, such that all user interrupt sources are assigned to Priority Level 4. Clear the interrupt flag status bit associated with the peripheral in the associated IFSx Status register. Enable the interrupt source by setting the interrupt enable control bit associated with the source in the appropriate IECx Control register. 7.4.2 7.4.3 TRAP SERVICE ROUTINE A Trap Service Routine (TSR) is coded like an ISR, except that the appropriate trap status flag in the INTCON1 register must be cleared to avoid re-entry into the TSR. 7.4.4 INTERRUPT DISABLE All user interrupts can be disabled using the following procedure: 1. 2. Push the current SR value onto the software stack using the PUSH instruction. Force the CPU to Priority Level 7 by inclusive ORing the value OEh with SRL. To enable user interrupts, the POP instruction may be used to restore the previous SR value. Note that only user interrupts with a priority level of 7 or less can be disabled. Trap sources (Level 8-15) cannot be disabled. The DISI instruction provides a convenient way to disable interrupts of Priority Levels 1-6 for a fixed period of time. Level 7 interrupt sources are not disabled by the DISI instruction. INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINE The method that is used to declare an ISR and initialize the IVT with the correct vector address will depend on the programming language (i.e., ‘C’ or assembler) and the language development toolsuite that is used to develop the application. In general, the user must clear the interrupt flag in the appropriate IFSx register for the source of interrupt that the ISR handles. Otherwise, the ISR will be re-entered immediately after exiting the routine. If the ISR is coded in assembly language, it must be terminated using a RETFIE instruction to unstack the saved PC value, SRL value and old CPU priority level. DS39747F-page 96 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 8.0 • On-chip 4x PLL to boost internal operating frequency on select internal and external oscillator sources • Software-controllable switching between various clock sources • Software-controllable postscaler for selective clocking of CPU for system power savings • A Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM) that detects clock failure and permits safe application recovery or shutdown OSCILLATOR CONFIGURATION Note: This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 6. “Oscillator” (DS39700) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. A simplified diagram of the oscillator system is shown in Figure 8-1. The oscillator system for PIC24FJ128GA010 family devices has the following features: • A total of four external and internal oscillator options as clock sources, providing 11 different clock modes PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY CLOCK DIAGRAM PIC24FJ128GA010 Family Primary Oscillator XT, HS, EC OSC1 OSC2 FRC Oscillator 8 MHz (Nominal) 4 x PLL Postscaler 8 MHz/ 4 MHz CLKDIV<14:12> XTPLL, HSPLL, ECPLL, FRCPLL CPU FRCDIV CLKDIV<10:8> LPRC Oscillator CLKO Postscaler FIGURE 8-1: Peripherals FRC LPRC 31 kHz (Nominal) Secondary Oscillator SOSC SOSCO SOSCI SOSCEN Enable Oscillator Clock Control Logic Fail-Safe Clock Monitor WDT, PWRT Clock Source Option for Other Modules 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 97 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 8.1 CPU Clocking Scheme 8.2 The system clock source can be provided by one of four sources: • Primary Oscillator (POSC) on the OSC1 and OSC2 pins • Secondary Oscillator (SOSC) on the SOSCI and SOSCO pins • Fast Internal RC (FRC) Oscillator • Low-Power Internal RC (LPRC) Oscillator The primary oscillator and FRC sources have the option of using the internal 4x PLL. The frequency of the FRC clock source can optionally be reduced by the programmable clock divider. The selected clock source generates the processor and peripheral clock sources. The processor clock source is divided by two to produce the internal instruction cycle clock, FCY. In this document, the instruction cycle clock is also denoted by FOSC/2. The internal instruction cycle clock, FOSC/2, can be provided on the OSC2 I/O pin for some operating modes of the primary oscillator. Oscillator Configuration The oscillator source (and operating mode) that is used at a device Power-on Reset event is selected using Configuration bit settings. The oscillator Configuration bit settings are located in the Configuration registers in the program memory (refer to Section 24.1 “Configuration Bits” for further details). The Primary Oscillator Configuration bits, POSCMD<1:0> (Configuration Word 2<1:0>), and the Initial Oscillator Select Configuration bits, FNOSC<2:0> (Configuration Word 2<10:8>), select the oscillator source that is used at a Power-on Reset. The FRC primary oscillator with postscaler (FRCDIV) is the default (unprogrammed) selection. The secondary oscillator, or one of the internal oscillators, may be chosen by programming these bit locations. The Configuration bits allow users to choose between the various clock modes, shown in Table 8-1. 8.2.1 CLOCK SWITCHING MODE CONFIGURATION BITS The FCKSM Configuration bits (Configuration Word 2<7:6>) are used to jointly configure device clock switching and the Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM). Clock switching is enabled only when FCKSM1 is programmed (‘0’). The FSCM is enabled only when FCKSM<1:0> are both programmed (‘00’). TABLE 8-1: CONFIGURATION BIT VALUES FOR CLOCK SELECTION Oscillator Mode Oscillator Source POSCMD<1:0> FNOSC<2:0> Fast RC Oscillator with Postscaler (FRCDIV) Internal 11 111 1, 2 (Reserved) Internal xx 110 1 Low-Power RC Oscillator (LPRC) Internal 11 101 1 Secondary 11 100 1 Primary Oscillator (HS) with PLL Module (HSPLL) Primary 10 011 Primary Oscillator (XT) with PLL Module (XTPLL) Primary 01 011 Primary Oscillator (EC) with PLL Module (ECPLL) Primary 00 011 Primary Oscillator (HS) Primary 10 010 Primary Oscillator (XT) Primary 01 010 Primary Oscillator (EC) Primary 00 010 Fast RC Oscillator with PLL Module (FRCPLL) Internal 11 001 1 Fast RC Oscillator (FRC) Internal 11 000 1 Secondary (Timer1) Oscillator (SOSC) Note 1: 2: Note OSC2 pin function is determined by the OSCIOFNC Configuration bit. This is the default oscillator mode for an unprogrammed (erased) device. DS39747F-page 98 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 8.3 Control Registers The operation of the oscillator is controlled by three Special Function Registers: • OSCCON • CLKDIV • OSCTUN The OSCCON register (Register 8-1) is the main control register for the oscillator. It controls clock source switching, and allows the monitoring of clock sources. REGISTER 8-1: The Clock Divider register (Register 8-2) controls the features associated with Doze mode, as well as the postscaler for the FRC oscillator. The FRC Oscillator Tune register (Register 8-3) allows the user to fine-tune the FRC oscillator over a range of approximately ±12%. Each increment may adjust the FRC frequency by varying amounts and may not be monotonic. The next closest frequency may be multiple steps apart. OSCCON: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 U-0 R/W-x(1) R/W-x(1) R/W-x(1) — COSC2 COSC1 COSC0 — NOSC2 NOSC1 NOSC0 bit 15 bit 8 R/SO-0 U-0 R-0(2) U-0 R/CO-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 CLKLOCK — LOCK — CF — SOSCEN OSWEN bit 7 bit 0 Legend: CO = Clearable Only bit SO = Settable Only bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14-12 COSC<2:0>: Current Oscillator Selection bits 111 = Fast RC Oscillator with Postscaler (FRCDIV) 110 = Reserved 101 = Low-Power RC Oscillator (LPRC) 100 = Secondary Oscillator (SOSC) 011 = Primary Oscillator with PLL module (XTPLL, HSPLL, ECPLL) 010 = Primary Oscillator (XT, HS, EC) 001 = Fast RC Oscillator with postscaler and PLL module (FRCPLL) 000 = Fast RC Oscillator (FRC) bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 NOSC<2:0>: New Oscillator Selection bits(1) 111 = Fast RC Oscillator with Postscaler (FRCDIV) 110 = Reserved 101 = Low-Power RC Oscillator (LPRC) 100 = Secondary Oscillator (SOSC) 011 = Primary Oscillator with PLL module (XTPLL, HSPLL, ECPLL) 010 = Primary Oscillator (XT, HS, EC) 001 = Fast RC Oscillator with postscaler and PLL module (FRCPLL) 000 = Fast RC Oscillator (FRC) bit 7 CLKLOCK: Clock Selection Lock Enable bit If FSCM is enabled (FCKSM1 = 1): 1 = Clock and PLL selections are locked 0 = Clock and PLL selections are not locked and may be modified by setting the OSWEN bit If FSCM is disabled (FCKSM1 = 0): Clock and PLL selections are never locked and may be modified by setting the OSWEN bit. bit 6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ Note 1: 2: Reset values for these bits are determined by the FNOSC Configuration bits. Also resets to ‘0’ during any valid clock switch or whenever a non-PLL Clock mode is selected. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 99 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 8-1: OSCCON: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED) bit 5 LOCK: PLL Lock Status bit(2) 1 = PLL module is in lock or PLL module start-up timer is satisfied 0 = PLL module is out of lock, PLL start-up timer is running or PLL is disabled bit 4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3 CF: Clock Fail Detect bit 1 = FSCM has detected a clock failure 0 = No clock failure has been detected bit 2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1 SOSCEN: 32 kHz Secondary Oscillator (SOSC) Enable bit 1 = Enable secondary oscillator 0 = Disable secondary oscillator bit 0 OSWEN: Oscillator Switch Enable bit 1 = Initiate an oscillator switch to clock source specified by NOSC<2:0> bits 0 = Oscillator switch is complete Note 1: 2: Reset values for these bits are determined by the FNOSC Configuration bits. Also resets to ‘0’ during any valid clock switch or whenever a non-PLL Clock mode is selected. DS39747F-page 100 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 8-2: CLKDIV: CLOCK DIVIDER REGISTER R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-1 ROI DOZE2 DOZE1 DOZE0 DOZEN(1) RCDIV2 RCDIV1 RCDIV0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 ROI: Recover on Interrupt bit 1 = Interrupts clear the DOZEN bit and reset the CPU peripheral clock ratio to 1:1 0 = Interrupts have no effect on the DOZEN bit bit 14-12 DOZE<2:0>: CPU Peripheral Clock Ratio Select bits 111 = 1:128 110 = 1:64 101 = 1:32 100 = 1:16 011 = 1:8 010 = 1:4 001 = 1:2 000 = 1:1 bit 11 DOZEN: DOZE Enable bit(1) 1 = DOZE<2:0> bits specify the CPU peripheral clock ratio 0 = CPU peripheral clock ratio set to 1:1 bit 10-8 RCDIV<2:0>: FRC Postscaler Select bits 111 = 31.25 kHz (divide-by-256) 110 = 125 kHz (divide-by-64) 101 = 250 kHz (divide-by-32) 100 = 500 kHz (divide-by-16) 011 = 1 MHz (divide-by-8) 010 = 2 MHz (divide-by-4) 001 = 4 MHz (divide-by-2) 000 = 8 MHz (divide-by-1) bit 7-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ Note 1: This bit is automatically cleared when the ROI bit is set and an interrupt occurs. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 101 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 8-3: OSCTUN: FRC OSCILLATOR TUNE REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — TUN5 TUN4 TUN3 TUN2 TUN1 TUN0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5-0 TUN<5:0>: FRC Oscillator Tuning bits 011111 = Maximum frequency deviation 011110 = x = Bit is unknown 000001 = 000000 = Center frequency, oscillator is running at factory calibrated frequency 111111 = 100001 = 100000 = Minimum frequency deviation DS39747F-page 102 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 8.4 Clock Switching Operation With few limitations, applications are free to switch between any of the four clock sources (POSC, SOSC, FRC and LPRC) under software control and at any time. To limit the possible side effects that could result from this flexibility, PIC24F devices have a safeguard lock built into the switching process. Note: 8.4.1 Primary oscillator mode has three different submodes (XT, HS and EC) which are determined by the POSCMD Configuration bits. While an application can switch to and from primary oscillator mode in software, it cannot switch between the different primary submodes without reprogramming the device. ENABLING CLOCK SWITCHING To enable clock switching, the FCKSM1 Configuration bit in the Flash Configuration Word 2 register must be programmed to ‘0’. (Refer to Section 24.1 “Configuration Bits” for further details.) If the FCKSM1 Configuration bit is unprogrammed (‘1’), the clock switching function and Fail-Safe Clock Monitor function are disabled. This is the default setting. The NOSC control bits (OSCCON<10:8>) do not control the clock selection when clock switching is disabled. However, the COSC bits (OSCCON<14:12>) will reflect the clock source selected by the FNOSC Configuration bits. The OSWEN control bit (OSCCON<0>) has no effect when clock switching is disabled; it is held at ‘0’ at all times. 8.4.2 OSCILLATOR SWITCHING SEQUENCE At a minimum, performing a clock switch requires this basic sequence: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Once the basic sequence is completed, the system clock hardware responds automatically as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. The clock switching hardware compares the COSC status bits with the new value of the NOSC control bits. If they are the same, then the clock switch is a redundant operation. In this case, the OSWEN bit is cleared automatically and the clock switch is aborted. If a valid clock switch has been initiated, the LOCK (OSCCON<5>) and CF (OSCCON<3>) status bits are cleared. The new oscillator is turned on by the hardware if it is not currently running. If a crystal oscillator must be turned on, the hardware will wait until the OST expires. If the new source is using the PLL, then the hardware waits until a PLL lock is detected (LOCK = 1). The hardware waits for ten clock cycles from the new clock source and then performs the clock switch. The hardware clears the OSWEN bit to indicate a successful clock transition. In addition, the NOSC bit values are transferred to the COSC status bits. The old clock source is turned off at this time with the exception of LPRC (if WDT or FSCM is enabled) or SOSC (if SOSCEN remains set). Note 1: The processor will continue to execute code throughout the clock switching sequence. Timing-sensitive code should not be executed during this time. 2: Direct clock switches between any primary oscillator mode with PLL and FRCPLL mode are not permitted. This applies to clock switches in either direction. In these instances, the application must switch to FRC mode as a transition clock source between the two PLL modes. If desired, read the COSC bits (OSCCON<14:12>) to determine the current oscillator source. Perform the unlock sequence to allow a write to the OSCCON register high byte. Write the appropriate value to the NOSC control bits (OSCCON<10:8>) for the new oscillator source. Perform the unlock sequence to allow a write to the OSCCON register low byte. Set the OSWEN bit to initiate the oscillator switch. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 103 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY A recommended code sequence for a clock switch includes the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Disable interrupts during the OSCCON register unlock and write sequence. Execute the unlock sequence for the OSCCON high byte by writing 78h and 9Ah to OSCCON<15:8> in two back-to-back instructions. Write new oscillator source to the NOSC control bits in the instruction immediately following the unlock sequence. Execute the unlock sequence for the OSCCON low byte by writing 46h and 57h to OSCCON<7:0> in two back-to-back instructions. Set the OSWEN bit in the instruction immediately following the unlock sequence. Continue to execute code that is not clock-sensitive (optional). Invoke an appropriate amount of software delay (cycle counting) to allow the selected oscillator and/or PLL to start and stabilize. Check to see if OSWEN is ‘0’. If it is, the switch was successful. If OSWEN is still set, then check the LOCK bit to determine the cause of the failure. The core sequence for unlocking the OSCCON register and initiating a clock switch is shown in Example 8-1. DS39747F-page 104 EXAMPLE 8-1: BASIC CODE SEQUENCE FOR CLOCK SWITCHING .global __reset .include "p24fxxxx.inc" .text __reset: ;Place the new oscillator selection in W0 ;OSCCONH (high byte) Unlock Sequence DISI #18 PUSH w1 PUSH w2 PUSH w3 MOV #OSCCONH, w1 MOV #0x78, w2 MOV #0x9A, w3 MOV.b w2, [w1] MOV.b w3, [w1] ;Set new oscillator selection MOV.b WREG, OSCCONH ;OSCCONL (low byte) unlock sequence MOV #OSCCONL, w1 MOV #0x46, w2 MOV #0x57, w3 MOV.b w2, [w1] MOV.b w3, [w1] ;Start oscillator switch operation BSET OSCCON, #0 POP w3 POP w2 POP w1 .end 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 9.0 Note: POWER-SAVING FEATURES This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 10. PowerSaving Features” (DS39698) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. The PIC24FJ128GA010 family of devices provides the ability to manage power consumption by selectively managing clocking to the CPU and the peripherals. In general, a lower clock frequency and a reduction in the number of circuits being clocked constitutes lower consumed power. All PIC24F devices manage power consumption in four different ways: • • • • Clock Frequency Instruction-Based Sleep and Idle modes Software-Controlled Doze mode Selective Peripheral Control in Software Combinations of these methods can be used to selectively tailor an application’s power consumption, while still maintaining critical application features, such as timing-sensitive communications. 9.1 Clock Frequency and Clock Switching PIC24F devices allow for a wide range of clock frequencies to be selected under application control. If the system clock configuration is not locked, users can choose low-power or high-precision oscillators by simply changing the NOSC bits. The process of changing a system clock during operation, as well as limitations to the process, are discussed in more detail in Section 8.0 “Oscillator Configuration”. 9.2 Instruction-Based Power-Saving Modes PIC24F devices have two special power-saving modes that are entered through the execution of a special PWRSAV instruction. Sleep mode stops clock operation and halts all code execution; Idle mode halts the CPU EXAMPLE 9-1: PWRSAV#SLEEP_MODE PWRSAV#IDLE_MODE and code execution, but allows peripheral modules to continue operation. The assembly syntax of the PWRSAV instruction is shown in Example 9-1. Sleep and Idle modes can be exited as a result of an enabled interrupt, WDT time-out or a device Reset. When the device exits these modes, it is said to “wake-up”. Note: 9.2.1 SLEEP_MODE and IDLE_MODE are constants defined in the assembler include file for the selected device. SLEEP MODE Sleep mode has these features: • The system clock source is shut down. If an on-chip oscillator is used, it is turned off. • The device current consumption will be reduced to a minimum provided that no I/O pin is sourcing current. • The Fail-Safe Clock Monitor does not operate during Sleep mode since the system clock source is disabled. • The LPRC clock will continue to run in Sleep mode if the WDT is enabled. • The WDT, if enabled, is automatically cleared prior to entering Sleep mode. • Some device features or peripherals may continue to operate in Sleep mode. This includes items, such as the input change notification on the I/O ports, or peripherals that use an external clock input. Any peripheral that requires the system clock source for its operation will be disabled in Sleep mode. The device will wake-up from Sleep mode on any of these events: • On any interrupt source that is individually enabled • On any form of device Reset • On a WDT time-out On wake-up from Sleep, the processor will restart with the same clock source that was active when Sleep mode was entered. PWRSAV INSTRUCTION SYNTAX ; Put the device into SLEEP mode ; Put the device into IDLE mode 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 105 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 9.2.2 IDLE MODE Idle mode has these features: • The CPU will stop executing instructions. • The WDT is automatically cleared. • The system clock source remains active. By default, all peripheral modules continue to operate normally from the system clock source, but can also be selectively disabled (see Section 9.4 “Selective Peripheral Module Control”). • If the WDT or FSCM is enabled, the LPRC will also remain active. The device will wake from Idle mode on any of these events: • Any interrupt that is individually enabled. • Any device Reset. • A WDT time-out. On wake-up from Idle, the clock is re-applied to the CPU and instruction execution begins immediately, starting with the instruction following the PWRSAV instruction or the first instruction in the ISR. 9.2.3 INTERRUPTS COINCIDENT WITH POWER SAVE INSTRUCTIONS Any interrupt that coincides with the execution of a PWRSAV instruction will be held off until entry into Sleep or Idle mode has completed. The device will then wake-up from Sleep or Idle mode. 9.3 Doze Mode Generally, changing clock speed and invoking one of the power-saving modes are the preferred strategies for reducing power consumption. There may be circumstances, however, where this is not practical. For example, it may be necessary for an application to maintain uninterrupted synchronous communication, even while it is doing nothing else. Reducing system clock speed may introduce communication errors, while using a power-saving mode may stop communications completely. Doze mode is a simple and effective alternative method to reduce power consumption while the device is still executing code. In this mode, the system clock continues to operate from the same source and at the same speed. Peripheral modules continue to be clocked at the same speed, while the CPU clock speed is reduced. Synchronization between the two clock domains is maintained, allowing the peripherals to access the SFRs while the CPU executes code at a slower rate. Doze mode is enabled by setting the DOZEN bit (CLKDIV<11>). The ratio between peripheral and core clock speed is determined by the DOZE<2:0> bits (CLKDIV<14:12>). There are eight possible configurations, from 1:1 to 1:128, with 1:1 being the default. DS39747F-page 106 It is also possible to use Doze mode to selectively reduce power consumption in event driven applications. This allows clock-sensitive functions, such as synchronous communications, to continue without interruption while the CPU idles, waiting for something to invoke an interrupt routine. Enabling the automatic return to full-speed CPU operation on interrupts is enabled by setting the ROI bit (CLKDIV<15>). By default, interrupt events have no effect on Doze mode operation. 9.4 Selective Peripheral Module Control Idle and Doze modes allow users to substantially reduce power consumption by slowing or stopping the CPU clock. Even so, peripheral modules still remain clocked, and thus, consume power. There may be cases where the application needs what these modes do not provide: the allocation of power resources to CPU processing with minimal power consumption from the peripherals. PIC24F devices address this requirement by allowing peripheral modules to be selectively disabled, reducing or eliminating their power consumption. This can be done with two control bits: • The Peripheral Enable bit, generically named “XXXEN”, located in the module’s main control SFR. • The Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) bit, generically named “XXXMD”, located in one of the PMD Control registers. Both bits have similar functions in enabling or disabling its associated module. Setting the PMD bit for a module disables all clock sources to that module, reducing its power consumption to an absolute minimum. In this state, the control and status registers associated with the peripheral will also be disabled, so writes to those registers will have no effect and read values will be invalid. Many peripheral modules have a corresponding PMD bit. In contrast, disabling a module by clearing its XXXEN bit disables its functionality, but leaves its registers available to be read and written to. Power consumption is reduced, but not by as much as the PMD bit does. Most peripheral modules have an enable bit; exceptions include Capture, Compare and RTCC. To achieve more selective power savings, peripheral modules can also be selectively disabled when the device enters Idle mode. This is done through the control bit of the generic name format, “XXXIDL”. By default, all modules that can operate during Idle mode will do so. Using the disable on Idle feature allows further reduction of power consumption during Idle mode, enhancing power savings for extremely critical power applications. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 10.0 Note: I/O PORTS This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 12. “I/O Ports with Peripheral Pin Select (PPS)” (DS39711) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. All of the device pins (except VDD, VSS, MCLR and OSC1/CLKI) are shared between the peripherals and the parallel I/O ports. All I/O input ports feature Schmitt Trigger inputs for improved noise immunity. 10.1 Parallel I/O (PIO) Ports A parallel I/O port that shares a pin with a peripheral is, in general, subservient to the peripheral. The peripheral’s output buffer data and control signals are provided to a pair of multiplexers. The multiplexers select whether the peripheral or the associated port has ownership of the output data and control signals of the I/O pin. The logic also prevents “loop through”, in which a port’s digital output can drive the input of a peripheral that shares the same pin. Figure 10-1 shows how ports are shared with other peripherals and the associated I/O pin to which they are connected. FIGURE 10-1: When a peripheral is enabled and the peripheral is actively driving an associated pin, the use of the pin as a general purpose output pin is disabled. The I/O pin may be read, but the output driver for the parallel port bit will be disabled. If a peripheral is enabled, but the peripheral is not actively driving a pin, that pin may be driven by a port. All port pins have three registers directly associated with their operation as digital I/O. The Data Direction register (TRISx) determines whether the pin is an input or an output. If the data direction bit is a ‘1’, then the pin is an input. All port pins are defined as inputs after a Reset. Reads from the latch (LATx), read the latch. Writes to the latch, write the latch. Reads from the port (PORTx), read the port pins, while writes to the port pins, write the latch. Any bit and its associated data and control registers that are not valid for a particular device will be disabled. That means the corresponding LATx and TRISx registers, and the port pin will read as zeros. When a pin is shared with another peripheral or function that is defined as an input only, it is nevertheless, regarded as a dedicated port because there is no other competing source of outputs. An example is the INT4 pin. BLOCK DIAGRAM OF A TYPICAL SHARED PORT STRUCTURE Peripheral Module Output Multiplexers Peripheral Input Data Peripheral Module Enable Peripheral Output Enable Peripheral Output Data Output Data 0 Read TRIS WR TRIS Output Enable 0 1 PIO Module Data Bus I/O 1 D Q I/O Pin CK TRIS Latch D WR LAT + WR PORT Q CK Data Latch Read LAT Input Data Read PORT 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 107 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 10.1.1 OPEN-DRAIN CONFIGURATION In addition to the PORT, LAT and TRIS registers for data control, each port pin can also be individually configured for either digital or open-drain output. This is controlled by the Open-Drain Control register, ODCx, associated with each port. Setting any of the bits configures the corresponding pin to act as an open-drain output. The open-drain feature allows the generation of outputs higher than VDD (e.g., 5V) on any desired digital only pins by using external pull-up resistors. The maximum open-drain voltage allowed is the same as the maximum VIH specification. 10.2 10.2.2 The voltage tolerance of pins used as device inputs is dependent on the pin’s input function. Pins that are used as digital only inputs are able to handle DC voltages up to 5.5V, a level typical for digital logic circuits. In contrast, pins that also have analog input functions of any kind can only tolerate voltages up to VDD. On these pins, voltage excursions beyond VDD are always to be avoided. Table 10-1 summarizes the input capabilities. Refer to Section 27.1 “DC Characteristics” for more details. Note: Configuring Analog Port Pins The use of the AD1PCFG and TRIS registers control the operation of the A/D port pins. The port pins that are desired as analog inputs must have their corresponding TRIS bit set (input). If the TRIS bit is cleared (output), the digital output level (VOH or VOL) will be converted. When reading the PORT register, all pins configured as analog input channels will read as cleared (a low level). ANALOG INPUT PINS AND VOLTAGE CONSIDERATIONS For easy identification, the pin diagrams at the beginning of this data sheet also indicate 5.5V tolerant pins with dark grey shading. TABLE 10-1: Port or Pin PORTA<10:9> PORTC<15:12> 10.2.1 PORTE<9:0> One instruction cycle is required between a port direction change or port write operation and a read operation of the same port. Typically this instruction would be a NOP. Tolerated Input PORTA<15:14> PORTA<7:0> PORTC<4:1> PORTD<15:0> Description VDD Only VDD input levels are tolerated. 5.5V Tolerates input levels above VDD, useful for most standard logic. PORTB<15:0> Pins configured as digital inputs will not convert an analog input. Analog levels on any pin that is defined as a digital input (including the ANx pins) may cause the input buffer to consume current that exceeds the device specifications. I/O PORT WRITE/READ TIMING INPUT VOLTAGE LEVELS(1) PORTF<13:12> PORTF<8:0> PORTG<15:12> PORTG<9:6> PORTG<3:0> Note 1: EXAMPLE 10-1: MOV MOV NOP btss 0xFF00, W0 W0, TRISBB PORTB, #13 DS39747F-page 108 Not all port pins shown here are implemented on 64-pin and 80-pin devices. Refer to Section 1.0 “Device Overview” to confirm which ports are available in specific devices. PORT WRITE/READ EXAMPLE ; ; ; ; Configure PORTB<15:8> as inputs and PORTB<7:0> as outputs Delay 1 cycle Next Instruction 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 10.3 Input Change Notification The input change notification function of the I/O ports allows the PIC24FJ128GA010 family of devices to generate interrupt requests to the processor in response to a Change-of-State (COS) on selected input pins. This feature is capable of detecting input Change-of-States, even in Sleep mode, when the clocks are disabled. Depending on the device pin count, there are up to 22 external signals (CN0 through CN21) that may be selected (enabled) for generating an interrupt request on a Change-of-State. There are four control registers associated with the CN module. The CNEN1 and CNEN2 registers contain the interrupt enable control bits for each of the CN input pins. Setting any of these bits enables a CN interrupt for the corresponding pins. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. Each CN pin also has a weak pull-up connected to it. The pull-ups act as a current source that is connected to the pin and eliminate the need for external resistors when push button or keypad devices are connected. The pull-ups are enabled separately using the CNPU1 and CNPU2 registers, which contain the control bits for each of the CN pins. Setting any of the control bits enables the weak pull-ups for the corresponding pins. When the internal pull-up is selected, the pin pulls up to VDD – 0.7V (typical). Make sure that there is no external pull-up source when the internal pull-ups are enabled, as the voltage difference can cause a current path. Note: Pull-ups on Change Notification (CN) pins should always be disabled whenever the port pin is configured as a digital output. DS39747F-page 109 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY NOTES: DS39747F-page 110 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 11.0 Note: Figure 11-1 presents a block diagram of the 16-bit timer module. TIMER1 This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 14. “Timers” (DS39704) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. To configure Timer1 for operation: 1. 2. 3. The Timer1 module is a 16-bit timer which can serve as the time counter for the Real-Time Clock (RTC) or operate as a free-running, interval timer/counter. Timer1 can operate in three modes: 4. 5. • 16-Bit Timer • 16-Bit Synchronous Counter • 16-Bit Asynchronous Counter 6. Set the TON bit (= 1). Select the timer prescaler ratio using the TCKPS<1:0> bits. Set the Clock and Gating modes using the TCS and TGATE bits. Set or clear the TSYNC bit to configure synchronous or asynchronous operation. Load the timer period value into the PR1 register. If interrupts are required, set the Timer1 Interrupt Enable bit, T1IE. Use the priority bits, T1IP<2:0>, to set the interrupt priority. Timer1 also supports these features: • Timer gate operation • Selectable prescaler settings • Timer operation during CPU Idle and Sleep modes • Interrupt on 16-bit Period register match or falling edge of the external gate signal FIGURE 11-1: 16-BIT TIMER1 MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM TCKPS<1:0> TON SOSCO/ T1CK 2 1x SOSCEN SOSCI Gate Sync 01 TCY 00 Prescaler 1, 8, 64, 256 TGATE TCS TGATE 1 Q D 0 Q CK Set T1IF 0 Reset TMR1 1 Equal Comparator Sync TSYNC PR1 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 111 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 11-1: T1CON: TIMER1 CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 TON — TSIDL — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 — TGATE TCKPS1 TCKPS0 — TSYNC TCS — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 TON: Timer1 On bit 1 = Starts 16-bit Timer1 0 = Stops 16-bit Timer1 bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 TSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit 1 = Discontinues module operation when device enters Idle mode 0 = Continues module operation in Idle mode bit 12-7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6 TGATE: Timer1 Gated Time Accumulation Enable bit When TCS = 1: This bit is ignored. When TCS = 0: 1 = Gated time accumulation is enabled 0 = Gated time accumulation is disabled bit 5-4 TCKPS<1:0>: Timer1 Input Clock Prescale Select bits 11 = 1:256 10 = 1:64 01 = 1:8 00 = 1:1 bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2 TSYNC: Timer1 External Clock Input Synchronization Select bit When TCS = 1: 1 = Synchronizes external clock input 0 = Does not synchronize external clock input When TCS = 0: This bit is ignored. bit 1 TCS: Timer1 Clock Source Select bit 1 = External clock from pin, T1CK (on the rising edge) 0 = Internal clock (FOSC/2) bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ DS39747F-page 112 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 12.0 Note: TIMER2/3 AND TIMER4/5 This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 14. “Timers” (DS39704) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. The Timer2/3 and Timer4/5 modules are 32-bit timers, which can also be configured as four independent, 16-bit timers with selectable operating modes. To configure Timer2/3 or Timer4/5 for 32-bit operation: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. As a 32-bit timer, Timer2/3 and Timer4/5 operate in three modes: • Two Independent 16-Bit Timers (Timer2 and Timer3) with All 16-Bit Operating modes • Single 32-Bit Timer • Single 32-Bit Synchronous Counter They also support these features: • • • • • Timer Gate Operation Selectable Prescaler Settings Timer Operation During Idle and Sleep modes Interrupt on a 32-Bit Period Register Match A/D Event Trigger (Timer2/3 only) Individually, all four of the 16-bit timers can function as synchronous timers or counters. They also offer the features listed above, except for the A/D Event Trigger; this is implemented only with Timer3. The operating modes and enabled features are determined by setting the appropriate bit(s) in the T2CON, T3CON, T4CON and T5CON registers. T2CON and T4CON are shown in generic form in Register 12-1; T3CON and T5CON are shown in Register 12-2. For 32-bit timer/counter operation, Timer2 and Timer4 are the least significant word; Timer3 and Timer4 are the most significant word of the 32-bit timers. Note: 6. Set the T32 bit (T2CON<3> or T4CON<3> = 1). Select the prescaler ratio for Timer2 or Timer4 using the TCKPS<1:0> bits. Set the Clock and Gating modes using the TCS and TGATE bits. Load the timer period value. PR3 (or PR5) will contain the most significant word of the value, while PR2 (or PR4) contains the least significant word. If interrupts are required, set the interrupt enable bit, T3IE or T5IE. Use the interrupt priority bits, T3IP<2:0> or T5IP<2:0>, to set the interrupt priority. Note that while Timer2 or Timer4 controls the timer, the interrupt appears as a Timer3 or Timer5 interrupt. Set the TON bit (= 1). The timer value, at any point, is stored in the register pair: TMR3:TMR2 (or TMR5:TMR4). TMR3 (TMR5) always contains the most significant word of the count, while TMR2 (TMR4) contains the least significant word. To configure any of the timers for individual 16-bit operation: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Clear the T32 bit corresponding to that timer (T2CON<3> for Timer2 and Timer3 or T4CON<3> for Timer4 and Timer5). Select the timer prescaler ratio using the TCKPS<1:0> bits. Set the Clock and Gating modes using the TCS and TGATE bits. Load the timer period value into the PRx register. If interrupts are required, set the interrupt enable bit, TxIE; use the priority bits, TxIP<2:0>, to set the interrupt priority. Set the TON bit (TxCON<15> = 1). For 32-bit operation, T3CON and T5CON control bits are ignored. Only T2CON and T4CON control bits are used for setup and control. Timer2 and Timer4 clock and gate inputs are utilized for the 32-bit timer modules, but an interrupt is generated with the Timer3 or Timer5 interrupt flags. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 113 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY FIGURE 12-1: TIMER2/3 AND TIMER4/5 (32-BIT) BLOCK DIAGRAM TCKPS<1:0> 2 TON T2CK (T4CK) 1x Gate Sync 01 TCY 00 Prescaler 1, 8, 64, 256 TGATE TGATE TCS Q 1 Set T3IF (T5IF) Q 0 PR3 (PR5) A/D Event Trigger* Equal D CK PR2 (PR4) Comparator MSB LSB TMR3 (TMR5) Reset TMR2 (TMR4) Sync 16 Read TMR2 (TMR4) Write TMR2 (TMR4) 16 TMR3HLD (TMR5HLD) 16 Data Bus<15:0> Note: * The 32-bit Timer Configuration bit, T32, must be set for 32-bit timer/counter operation. All control bits are respective to the T2CON and T4CON registers. The A/D Event Trigger is only available on Timer2/3. DS39747F-page 114 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY FIGURE 12-2: TIMER2 AND TIMER4 (16-BIT SYNCHRONOUS) BLOCK DIAGRAM TON T2CK (T4CK) TCKPS<1:0> 2 1x Gate Sync Prescaler 1, 8, 64, 256 01 00 TGATE TCS TCY 1 Set T2IF (T4IF) 0 Reset Equal Q D Q CK TGATE TMR2 (TMR4) Sync Comparator PR2 (PR4) FIGURE 12-3: TIMER3 AND TIMER5 (16-BIT SYNCHRONOUS) BLOCK DIAGRAM T3CK (T5CK) Sync 1x TON TCKPS<1:0> 2 Prescaler 1, 8, 64, 256 01 00 TGATE TCY 1 Set T3IF (T5IF) 0 Reset A/D Event Trigger* Equal Q D Q CK TCS TGATE TMR3 (TMR5) Comparator PR3 (PR5) * The A/D Event Trigger is available only on Timer2/3. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 115 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 12-1: TxCON: TIMER2 AND TIMER4 CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 TON — TSIDL — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-0 — TGATE R/W-0 TCKPS1 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 TCKPS0 T32(1) — TCS — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 TON: Timerx On bit When TxCON<3> = 1: 1 = Starts 32-bit Timerx/y 0 = Stops 32-bit Timerx/y When TxCON<3> = 0: 1 = Starts 16-bit Timerx 0 = Stops 16-bit Timerx bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 TSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit 1 = Discontinues module operation when the device enters Idle mode 0 = Continues module operation in Idle mode bit 12-7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6 TGATE: Timerx Gated Time Accumulation Enable bit When TCS = 1: This bit is ignored. When TCS = 0: 1 = Gated time accumulation is enabled 0 = Gated time accumulation is disabled bit 5-4 TCKPS<1:0>: Timer2 Input Clock Prescale Select bits 11 = 1:256 10 = 1:64 01 = 1:8 00 = 1:1 bit 3 T32: 32-Bit Timer Mode Select bit(1) 1 = Timerx and Timery form a single 32-bit timer 0 = Timerx and Timery act as two 16-bit timers bit 2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1 TCS: Timerx Clock Source Select bit 1 = External clock from pin, TxCK (on the rising edge) 0 = Internal clock (FOSC/2) bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ Note 1: In 32-bit mode, the T3CON or T5CON control bits do not affect 32-bit timer operation. DS39747F-page 116 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 12-2: R/W-0 TON (1) TyCON: TIMER3 AND TIMER5 CONTROL REGISTER U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — TSIDL(1) — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — TGATE(1) TCKPS1(1) TCKPS0(1) U-0 — U-0 R/W-0 U-0 — TCS(1) — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 TON: Timery On bit(1) 1 = Starts 16-bit Timery 0 = Stops 16-bit Timery bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 TSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit(1) 1 = Discontinues module operation when the device enters Idle mode 0 = Continues module operation in Idle mode bit 12-7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6 TGATE: Timery Gated Time Accumulation Enable bit(1) When TCS = 1: This bit is ignored. When TCS = 0: 1 = Gated time accumulation is enabled 0 = Gated time accumulation is disabled bit 5-4 TCKPS<1:0>: Timery Input Clock Prescale Select bits(1) 11 = 1:256 10 = 1:64 01 = 1:8 00 = 1:1 bit 3-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1 TCS: Timery Clock Source Select bit(1) 1 = External clock from pin, TyCK (on the rising edge) 0 = Internal clock (FOSC/2) bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ Note 1: x = Bit is unknown When 32-bit operation is enabled (T2CON<3> = 1), these bits have no effect on Timery operation; all timer functions are set through T2CON. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 117 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY NOTES: DS39747F-page 118 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 13.0 INPUT CAPTURE Note: This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 15. “Input Capture” (DS39701) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. The input capture module has multiple operating modes, which are selected via the ICxCON register. The operating modes include: • Capture timer value on every fourth rising edge of input, applied at the ICx pin • Capture timer value on every 16th rising edge of input, applied at the ICx pin • Capture timer value on every rising and every falling edge of input, applied at the ICx pin • Device wake-up from capture pin during CPU Sleep and Idle modes The input capture module has a four-level FIFO buffer. The number of capture events required to generate a CPU interrupt can be selected by the user. • Capture timer value on every falling edge of input, applied at the ICx pin • Capture timer value on every rising edge of input, applied at the ICx pin FIGURE 13-1: INPUT CAPTURE BLOCK DIAGRAM From 16-Bit Timers TMRy TMRx 16 1 Prescaler Counter (1, 4, 16) ICx Pin 3 16 0 FIFO R/W Logic Edge Detection Logic and Clock Synchronizer ICTMR (ICxCON<7>) ICM<2:0> (ICxCON<2:0>) Mode Select ICOV, ICBNE (ICxCON<4:3>) ICxBUF ICI<1:0> ICxCON System Bus Interrupt Logic Set Flag ICxIF (in IFSx Register) Note: An ‘x’ in a signal, register or bit name denotes the number of the capture channel. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 119 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 13.1 Input Capture Registers REGISTER 13-1: ICxCON: INPUT CAPTURE x CONTROL REGISTER U-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — ICSIDL — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R-0, HC R/W-0, HC R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 ICTMR(1) ICI1 ICI0 ICOV ICBNE ICM2 ICM1 ICM0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: HC = Hardware Clearable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 ICSIDL: Input Capture x Module Stop in Idle Control bit 1 = Input capture module will Halt in CPU Idle mode 0 = Input capture module will continue to operate in CPU Idle mode bit 12-8 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 7 ICTMR: Input Capture x Timer Select bit(1) 1 = TMR2 contents are captured on capture event 0 = TMR3 contents are captured on capture event bit 6-5 ICI<1:0>: Select Number of Captures per Interrupt bits 11 = Interrupt on every fourth capture event 10 = Interrupt on every third capture event 01 = Interrupt on every second capture event 00 = Interrupt on every capture event bit 4 ICOV: Input Capture x Overflow Status Flag bit (read-only) 1 = Input capture overflow occurred 0 = No input capture overflow occurred bit 3 ICBNE: Input Capture x Buffer Empty Status bit (read-only) 1 = Input capture buffer is not empty, at least one more capture value can be read 0 = Input capture buffer is empty bit 2-0 ICM<2:0>: Input Capture x Mode Select bits 111 = Input capture functions as an interrupt pin only when the device is in Sleep or Idle mode (rising edge detect only, all other control bits are not applicable) 110 = Unused (module is disabled) 101 = Capture mode, every 16th rising edge 100 = Capture mode, every 4th rising edge 011 = Capture mode, every rising edge 010 = Capture mode, every falling edge 001 = Capture mode, every edge (rising and falling); ICI<1:0> does not control interrupt generation for this mode 000 = Input capture module is turned off Note 1: Timer selections may vary. Refer to the specific device data sheet for details. DS39747F-page 120 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 14.0 Note: 14.1 • Dual Compare Match mode generating: - Single Output Pulse mode - Continuous Output Pulse mode • Simple Pulse-Width Modulation mode: - with Fault protection input - without Fault protection input OUTPUT COMPARE This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 16. “Output Compare” (DS39706) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. 14.2 MODES OF OPERATION Each output compare module has the following modes of operation: • Single Compare Match mode FIGURE 14-1: Setup for Single Output Pulse Generation When the OCM control bits (OCxCON<2:0>) are set to ‘100’, the selected output compare channel initializes the OCx pin to the low state and generates a single output pulse. OUTPUT COMPARE MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM Set Flag bit OCxIF(1) OCxRS(1) Output Logic OCxR(1) 3 OCM<2:0> Mode Select Comparator 0 16 OCTSEL 1 0 S Q R OCx(1) Output Enable OCFA or OCFB(2) 1 16 TMR Register Inputs from Time Bases (see Note 3) Period Match Signals from Time Bases (see Note 3) Where ‘x’ is shown, reference is made to the registers associated with the respective output compare channels, 1 through 5. 2: OCFA pin controls OC1-OC4 channels; OCFB pin controls OC5. 3: Each output compare channel can use either Timer2 or Timer3. Note 1: 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 121 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY To generate a single output pulse, the following steps are required (these steps assume the timer source is initially turned off, but this is not a requirement for the module operation): 1. Determine the instruction clock cycle time. Take into account the frequency of the external clock to the timer source (if one is used) and the timer prescaler settings. 2. Calculate time to the rising edge of the output pulse relative to the TMRy start value (0000h). 3. Calculate the time to the falling edge of the pulse based on the desired pulse width and the time to the rising edge of the pulse. 4. Write the values computed in Steps 2 and 3 above into the Compare register, OCxR, and the Secondary Compare register, OCxRS, respectively. 5. Set the Timer Period register, PRy, to a value equal to or greater than the value in OCxRS, the Secondary Compare register. 6. Set the OCM bits to ‘100’ and the OCTSEL (OCxCON<3>) bit to the desired timer source. The OCx pin state will now be driven low. 7. Set the TON (TyCON<15>) bit to ‘1’, which enables the compare time base to count. 8. Upon the first match between TMRy and OCxR, the OCx pin will be driven high. 9. When the incrementing timer, TMRy, matches the Secondary Compare register, OCxRS, the second and trailing edge (high-to-low) of the pulse is driven onto the OCx pin. No additional pulses are driven onto the OCx pin and it remains at low. As a result of the second compare match event, the OCxIF interrupt flag bit is set which will result in an interrupt, if it is enabled, by setting the OCxIE bit. For further information on peripheral interrupts, refer to Section 7.0 “Interrupt Controller”. 10. To initiate another single pulse output, change the Timer and Compare register settings, if needed, and then issue a write to set the OCM bits to ‘100’. Disabling and re-enabling of the timer, and clearing the TMRy register are not required, but may be advantageous for defining a pulse from a known event time boundary. The output compare module does not have to be disabled after the falling edge of the output pulse. Another pulse can be initiated by rewriting the value of the OCxCON register. DS39747F-page 122 14.3 Setup for Continuous Output Pulse Generation When the OCM control bits (OCxCON<2:0>) are set to ‘101’, the selected output compare channel initializes the OCx pin to the low state, and generates output pulses on each and every compare match event. For the user to configure the module for the generation of a continuous stream of output pulses, the following steps are required (these steps assume the timer source is initially turned off, but this is not a requirement for the module operation): 1. Determine the instruction clock cycle time. Take into account the frequency of the external clock to the timer source (if one is used) and the timer prescaler settings. 2. Calculate the time to the rising edge of the output pulse relative to the TMRy start value (0000h). 3. Calculate the time to the falling edge of the pulse, based on the desired pulse width and the time to the rising edge of the pulse. 4. Write the values computed in Step 2 and 3 above, into the Compare register, OCxR, and the Secondary Compare register, OCxRS, respectively. 5. Set the Timer Period register, PRy, to a value, equal to or greater than, the value in OCxRS, the Secondary Compare register. 6. Set the OCM bits to ‘101’ and the OCTSEL bit to the desired timer source. The OCx pin state will now be driven low. 7. Enable the compare time base by setting the TON (TyCON<15>) bit to ‘1’. 8. Upon the first match between TMRy and OCxR, the OCx pin will be driven high. 9. When the compare time base, TMRy, matches the Secondary Compare register, OCxRS, the second and trailing edge (high-to-low) of the pulse is driven onto the OCx pin. 10. As a result of the second compare match event, the OCxIF interrupt flag bit is set. 11. When the compare time base and the value in its respective Period register match, the TMRy register resets to 0x0000 and resumes counting. 12. Steps 8 through 11 are repeated and a continuous stream of pulses is generated indefinitely. The OCxIF flag is set on each OCxRS-TMRy compare match event. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 14.4 EQUATION 14-1: Pulse-Width Modulation Mode The following steps should be taken when configuring the output compare module for PWM operation: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. PWM Period = [(PRy) + 1] • TCY • (Timer Prescale Value) where: PWM Frequency = 1/[PWM Period] Set the PWM period by writing to the selected Timer Period register (PRy). Set the PWM duty cycle by writing to the OCxRS register. Write the OCxR register with the initial duty cycle. Enable interrupts, if required, for the timer and output compare modules. The output compare interrupt is required for PWM Fault pin utilization. Configure the output compare module for one of two PWM operation modes by writing to the Output Compare mode bits, OCM<2:0> (OCxCON<2:0>). Set the TMRy prescale value and enable the time base by setting TON (TxCON<15>) = 1. Note: 14.4.1 Note 1: Based on TCY = TOSC * 2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled. Note: 14.4.2 A PRy value of N will produce a PWM period of N + 1 time base count cycles. For example, a value of 7 written into the PRy register will yield a period consisting of 8 time base cycles. PWM DUTY CYCLE The PWM duty cycle is specified by writing to the OCxRS register. The OCxRS register can be written to at any time, but the duty cycle value is not latched into OCxR until a match between PRy and TMRy occurs (i.e., the period is complete). This provides a double buffer for the PWM duty cycle and is essential for glitchless PWM operation. In the PWM mode, OCxR is a read-only register. The OCxR register should be initialized before the output compare module is first enabled. The OCxR register becomes a Read-Only Duty Cycle register when the module is operated in the PWM modes. The value held in OCxR will become the PWM duty cycle for the first PWM period. The contents of the Duty Cycle Buffer register, OCxRS, will not be transferred into OCxR until a time base period match occurs. Some important boundary parameters of the PWM duty cycle include: • If the Duty Cycle register, OCxR, is loaded with 0000h, the OCx pin will remain low (0% duty cycle). • If OCxR is greater than PRy (Timer Period register), the pin will remain high (100% duty cycle). • If OCxR is equal to PRy, the OCx pin will be low for one time base count value and high for all other count values. PWM PERIOD The PWM period is specified by writing to PRy, the Timer Period register. The PWM period can be calculated using Equation 14-1. EQUATION 14-2: CALCULATING THE PWM PERIOD(1) See Example 14-1 for PWM mode timing details. Table 14-1 shows example PWM frequencies and resolutions for a device operating at 10 MIPS. CALCULATION FOR MAXIMUM PWM RESOLUTION(1) log10 Maximum PWM Resolution (bits) = (F PWM ) FCY • (Timer Prescale Value) bits log10(2) Note 1: Based on FCY = FOSC/2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 123 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY EXAMPLE 14-1: PWM PERIOD AND DUTY CYCLE CALCULATIONS(1) 1. Find the Period register value for a desired PWM frequency of 52.08 kHz, where FOSC = 8 MHz with PLL (32 MHz device clock rate) and a Timer2 prescaler setting of 1:1. TCY = 2/FOSC = 62.5 ns PWM Period = 1/PWM Frequency = 1/52.08 kHz = 19.2 s PWM Period = (PR2 + 1) • TCY • (Timer2 Prescale Value) 19.2 s = (PR2 + 1) • 62.5 ns • 1 PR2 = 306 2. Find the maximum resolution of the duty cycle that can be used with a 52.08 kHz frequency and a 32 MHz device clock rate: PWM Resolution = log10 (FCY/FPWM)/log102) bits = (log10 (16 MHz/52.08 kHz)/log102) bits = 8.3 bits Note 1: Based on TCY = TOSC * 2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled. TABLE 14-1: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS AT 4 MIPS (FCY = 4 MHz)(1) PWM Frequency 7.6 Hz 61 Hz 122 Hz 977 Hz 3.9 kHz 31.3 kHz 125 kHz Timer Prescaler Ratio 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 Period Register Value FFFFh FFFFh 7FFFh 0FFFh 03FFh 007Fh 001Fh 16 16 15 12 10 7 5 Resolution (bits) Note 1: Based on TCY = TOSC * 2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled. TABLE 14-2: EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS AT 16 MIPS (FCY = 16 MHz)(1) PWM Frequency 30.5 Hz 244 Hz 488 Hz 3.9 kHz 15.6 kHz 125 kHz 500 kHz Timer Prescaler Ratio 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 Period Register Value FFFFh FFFFh 7FFFh 0FFFh 03FFh 007Fh 001Fh 16 16 15 12 10 7 5 Resolution (bits) Note 1: Based on TCY = TOSC * 2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled. DS39747F-page 124 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 14-1: OCxCON: OUTPUT COMPARE x CONTROL REGISTER U-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — OCSIDL — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 — — U-0 R-0, HC R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — OCFLT(1) OCTSEL(1) OCM2 OCM1 OCM0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: HC = Hardware Clearable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 OCSIDL: Stop Output Compare x Module Stop in Idle Control bit 1 = Output capture x will halt in CPU Idle mode 0 = Output capture x will continue to operate in CPU Idle mode bit 12-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4 OCFLT: PWM Fault Condition Status bit(1) 1 = PWM Fault condition has occurred (cleared in HW only) 0 = No PWM Fault condition has occurred (this bit is only used when OCM<2:0> = 111) bit 3 OCTSEL: Output Compare x Timer Select bit(1) 1 = Timer3 is the clock source for output Compare x 0 = Timer2 is the clock source for output Compare x bit 2-0 OCM<2:0>: Output Compare x Mode Select bits 111 = PWM mode on OCx, Fault pin is enabled(2) 110 = PWM mode on OCx, Fault pin is disabled(2) 101 = Initialize the OCx pin low, generate continuous output pulses on the OCx pin 100 = Initialize the OCx pin low, generate single output pulse on the OCx pin 011 = Compare event toggles OCx pin 010 = Initialize the OCx pin high, a compare event forces the OCx pin low 001 = Initialize the OCx pin low, a compare event forces the OCx pin high 000 = Output compare channel is disabled Note 1: 2: Refer to the device data sheet for specific time bases available to the output compare module. The OCFA pin controls the OC1-OC4 channels; OCFB pin controls the OC5 channel. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 125 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY NOTES: DS39747F-page 126 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 15.0 Note: SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE (SPI) This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 23. “Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)” (DS39699) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) module is a synchronous serial interface useful for communicating with other peripheral or microcontroller devices. These peripheral devices may be serial EEPROMs, shift registers, display drivers, A/D Converters, etc. The SPI module is compatible with SPI and SIOP interfaces from Motorola®. The module supports operation in two buffer modes. In Standard mode, data is shifted through a single serial buffer. In Enhanced Buffer mode, data is shifted through an 8-level FIFO buffer. Note: Do not perform read-modify-write operations (such as bit-oriented instructions) on the SPIxBUF register, in either Standard or Enhanced Buffer mode. To set up the SPI module for the Standard Master mode of operation: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. To set up the SPI module for the Standard Slave mode of operation: 1. 2. The module also supports a basic framed SPI protocol while operating in either Master or Slave modes. A total of four framed SPI configurations are supported. The SPI serial interface consists of four pins: • • • • SDIx: Serial Data Input SDOx: Serial Data Output SCKx: Shift Clock Input or Output SSx: Active-Low Slave Select or Frame Synchronization I/O Pulse The SPI module can be configured to operate using 2, 3 or 4 pins. In the 3-pin mode, SSx is not used. In the 2-pin mode, both SDOx and SSx are not used. A block diagram of the module is shown in Figure 15-1 and Figure 15-2. Note: If using interrupts: a) Clear the SPIxIF bit in the respective IFSx register. b) Set the SPIxIE bit in the respective IECx register. c) Write the SPIxIP bits in the respective IPCx register to set the interrupt priority. Write the desired settings to the SPIxCON register with MSTEN (SPIxCON1<5>) = 1. Clear the SPIROV bit (SPIxSTAT<6>). Enable SPI operation by setting the SPIEN bit (SPIxSTAT<15>). Write the data to be transmitted to the SPIxBUF register. Transmission (and reception) will start as soon as data is written to the SPIxBUF register. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Clear the SPIxBUF register. If using interrupts: a) Clear the SPIxIF bit in the respective IFSx register. b) Set the SPIxIE bit in the respective IECx register. c) Write the SPIxIP bits in the respective IPCx register to set the interrupt priority. Write the desired settings to the SPIxCON1 and SPIxCON2 registers with MSTEN (SPIxCON1<5>) = 0. Clear the SMP bit. If the CKE bit is set, then the SSEN bit (SPIxCON1<7>) must be set to enable the SSx pin. Clear the SPIROV bit (SPIxSTAT<6>). Enable SPI operation by setting the SPIEN bit (SPIxSTAT<15>). In this section, the SPI modules are referred to together as SPIx, or separately as SPI1 and SPI2. Special Function Registers will follow a similar notation. For example, SPIxCON refers to the control register for the SPI1 or SPI2 module. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 127 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY To set up the SPI module for the Enhanced Buffer Master mode of operation: To set up the SPI module for the Enhanced Buffer Slave mode of operation: 1. 1. 2. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. If using interrupts: a) Clear the SPIxIF bit in the respective IFSx register. b) Set the SPIxIE bit in the respective IECx register. c) Write the SPIxIP bits in the respective IPCx register. Write the desired settings to the SPIxCON1 and SPIxCON2 registers with MSTEN (SPIxCON1<5>) = 1. Clear the SPIROV bit (SPIxSTAT<6>). Select Enhanced Buffer mode by setting the SPIBEN bit (SPIxCON2<0>). Enable SPI operation by setting the SPIEN bit (SPIxSTAT<15>). Write the data to be transmitted to the SPIxBUF register. Transmission (and reception) will start as soon as data is written to the SPIxBUF register. FIGURE 15-1: 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Clear the SPIxBUF register. If using interrupts: • Clear the SPIxIF bit in the respective IFSx register. • Set the SPIxIE bit in the respective IECx register. • Write the SPIxIP bits in the respective IPCx register to set the interrupt priority. Write the desired settings to the SPIxCON1 and SPIxCON2 registers with MSTEN (SPIxCON1<5>) = 0. Clear the SMP bit. If the CKE bit is set, then the SSEN bit must be set, thus enabling the SSx pin. Clear the SPIROV bit (SPIxSTAT<6>). Select Enhanced Buffer mode by setting the SPIBEN bit (SPIxCON2<0>). Enable SPI operation by setting the SPIEN bit (SPIxSTAT<15>). SPIx MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM (STANDARD MODE) SCKx 1:1 to 1:8 Secondary Prescaler SSx/FSYNCx Sync Control 1:1/4/16/64 Primary Prescaler Select Edge Control Clock SPIxCON1<1:0> SPIxCON1<4:2> Shift Control SDOx Enable Master Clock bit 0 SDIx FCY SPIxSR Transfer Transfer SPIxBUF Read SPIxBUF Write SPIxBUF 16 Internal Data Bus DS39747F-page 128 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY FIGURE 15-2: SPIx MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM (ENHANCED MODE) SCKx 1:1 to 1:8 Secondary Prescaler SSx/FSYNCx Sync Control 1:1/4/16/64 Primary Prescaler Select Edge Control Clock SPIxCON1<1:0> Shift Control SDOx SPIxCON1<4:2> Enable Master Clock bit 0 SDIx FCY SPIxSR Transfer Transfer 8-Level FIFO Receive Buffer 8-Level FIFO Transmit Buffer SPIxBUF Read SPIxBUF Write SPIxBUF 16 Internal Data Bus 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 129 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 15-1: SPIxSTAT: SPIx STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 SPIEN — SPISIDL — — SPIBEC2 SPIBEC1 SPIBEC0 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/C-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R-0 R-0 SRMPT SPIROV SRXMPT SISEL2 SISEL1 SISEL0 SPITBF SPIRBF bit 7 bit 0 Legend: C = Clearable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 SPIEN: SPIx Enable bit 1 = Enables module and configures SCKx, SDOx, SDIx and SSx as serial port pins 0 = Disables module bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 SPISIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit 1 = Discontinues module operation when device enters Idle mode 0 = Continues module operation in Idle mode bit 12-11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 SPIBEC<2:0>: SPIx Buffer Element Count bits Master mode: Number of SPI transfers pending. Slave mode: Number of SPI transfers unread. bit 7 SRMPT: Shift Register (SPIxSR) Empty bit (valid in Enhanced Buffer mode) 1 = SPIx Shift register is empty and ready to send or receive 0 = SPIx Shift register is not empty; read as ‘0’ bit 6 SPIROV: Receive Overflow Flag bit 1 = A new byte/word is completely received and discarded; the user software has not read the previous data in the SPIxBUF register 0 = No overflow has occurred bit 5 SRXMPT: Receive FIFO Empty bit (valid in Enhanced Buffer mode) 1 = Receive FIFO is empty 0 = Receive FIFO is not empty’ bit 4-2 SISEL<2:0>: SPIx Buffer Interrupt Mode bits (valid in Enhanced Buffer mode) 111 = Interrupt when the SPIx transmit buffer is full (SPITBF bit is set) 110 = Interrupt when the last bit is shifted into SPIxSR, as a result, the TX FIFO is empty 101 = Interrupt when the last bit is shifted out of SPIxSR, now the transmit is complete 100 = Interrupt when one data is shifted into the SPIxSR, as a result, the TX FIFO has one open spot 011 = Interrupt when the SPIx receive buffer is full (SPIRBF bit is set) 010 = Interrupt when the SPIx receive buffer is 3/4 or more full 001 = Interrupt when data is available in the receive buffer (SRMPT bit is set) 000 = Interrupt when the last data in the receive buffer is read, and as a result, the buffer is empty (SRXMPT bit set) DS39747F-page 130 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 15-1: SPIxSTAT: SPIx STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED) bit 1 SPITBF: SPIx Transmit Buffer Full Status bit 1 = Transmit not yet started, SPIxTXB is full 0 = Transmit started, SPIxTXB is empty In Standard Buffer mode: Automatically set in hardware when the CPU writes to the SPIxBUF location, loading SPIxTXB. Automatically cleared in hardware when the SPIx module transfers data from SPIxTXB to SPIxSR. In Enhanced Buffer mode: Automatically set in hardware when the CPU writes to the SPIxBUF location, loading the last available buffer location. Automatically cleared in hardware when a buffer location is available for a CPU write. bit 0 SPIRBF: SPIx Receive Buffer Full Status bit 1 = Receive complete, SPIxRXB is full 0 = Receive is not complete, SPIxRXB is empty In Standard Buffer mode: Automatically set in hardware when the SPIx transfers data from SPIxSR to SPIxRXB. Automatically cleared in hardware when the core reads the SPIxBUF location, reading SPIxRXB. In Enhanced Buffer mode: Automatically set in hardware when the SPIx transfers data from SPIxSR to the buffer, filling the last unread buffer location. Automatically cleared in hardware when a buffer location is available for a transfer from SPIxSR. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 131 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 15-2: SPIXCON1: SPIx CONTROL REGISTER 1 U-0 — bit 15 U-0 — U-0 — R/W-0 DISSCK R/W-0 DISSDO R/W-0 MODE16 R/W-0 SMP R/W-0 CKE(1) bit 8 R/W-0 SSEN bit 7 R/W-0 CKP R/W-0 MSTEN R/W-0 SPRE2 R/W-0 SPRE1 R/W-0 SPRE0 R/W-0 PPRE1 R/W-0 PPRE0 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit -n = Value at POR bit 15-13 bit 12 bit 11 bit 10 bit 9 bit 8 bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4-2 bit 1-0 Note 1: W = Writable bit ‘1’ = Bit is set U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ DISSCK: Disable SCKx pin bit (SPI Master modes only) 1 = Internal SPI clock is disabled, the pin functions as an I/O 0 = Internal SPI clock is enabled DISSDO: Disable SDOx pin bit 1 = SDOx pin is not used by the module; the pin functions as an I/O 0 = SDOx pin is controlled by the module MODE16: Word/Byte Communication Select bit 1 = Communication is word-wide (16 bits) 0 = Communication is byte-wide (8 bits) SMP: SPIx Data Input Sample Phase bit Master mode: 1 = Input data is sampled at the end of data output time 0 = Input data is sampled at the middle of data output time Slave mode: SMP must be cleared when SPIx is used in Slave mode. CKE: SPIx Clock Edge Select bit(1) 1 = Serial output data changes on transition from active clock state to Idle clock state (see bit 6) 0 = Serial output data changes on transition from Idle clock state to active clock state (see bit 6) SSEN: Slave Select Enable bit (Slave mode) 1 = SSx pin is used for Slave mode 0 = SSx pin is not used by module; pin is controlled by port function CKP: Clock Polarity Select bit 1 = Idle state for clock is a high level; active state is a low level 0 = Idle state for clock is a low level; active state is a high level MSTEN: Master Mode Enable bit 1 = Master mode 0 = Slave mode SPRE<2:0>: Secondary Prescale bits (Master mode) 111 = Secondary prescale 1:1 110 = Secondary prescale 2:1 ... 000 = Secondary prescale 8:1 PPRE<1:0>: Primary Prescale bits (Master mode) 11 = Primary prescale 1:1 10 = Primary prescale 4:1 01 = Primary prescale 16:1 00 = Primary prescale 64:1 The CKE bit is not used in the Framed SPI modes. The user should program this bit to ‘0’ for the Framed SPI modes (FRMEN = 1). DS39747F-page 132 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 15-3: R/W-0 FRMEN bit 15 SPIxCON2: SPIx CONTROL REGISTER 2 R/W-0 SPIFSD R/W-0 SPIFPOL U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — bit 7 Legend: R = Readable bit -n = Value at POR bit 14 bit 13 bit 12-2 bit 1 bit 0 U-0 — U-0 — bit 8 U-0 — bit 15 U-0 — W = Writable bit ‘1’ = Bit is set U-0 — R/W-0 SPIFE R/W-0 SPIBEN bit 0 U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown FRMEN: Framed SPIx Support bit 1 = Framed SPIx support is enabled 0 = Framed SPIx support is disabled SPIFSD: Frame Sync Pulse Direction Control on SSx Pin bit 1 = Frame sync pulse input (slave) 0 = Frame sync pulse output (master) SPIFPOL: Frame Sync Pulse Polarity bit (Frame mode only) 1 = Frame sync pulse is active-high 0 = Frame sync pulse is active-low Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ SPIFE: Frame Sync Pulse Edge Select bit 1 = Frame sync pulse coincides with the first bit clock 0 = Frame sync pulse precedes the first bit clock SPIBEN: Enhanced Buffer Enable bit 1 = Enhanced Buffer is enabled 0 = Enhanced Buffer is disabled (Legacy mode) 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 133 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY FIGURE 15-3: SPI MASTER/SLAVE CONNECTION (STANDARD MODE) PROCESSOR 1 (SPI Master) PROCESSOR 2 (SPI Slave) SDIx SDOx Serial Receive Buffer (SPIxRXB) Serial Receive Buffer (SPIxRXB) SDOx SDIx Shift Register (SPIxSR) LSb MSb MSb Serial Transmit Buffer (SPIxTXB) LSb Serial Transmit Buffer (SPIxTXB) SCKx SPIx Buffer (SPIxBUF) Shift Register (SPIxSR) Serial Clock SCKx SPIx Buffer (SPIxBUF) SSx (SSEN (SPIxCON1<7>) = 1 and MSTEN (SPIxCON1<5>) = 0) (MSTEN (SPIxCON1<5> = 1)) Note 1: 2: Using the SSx pin in the Slave mode of operation is optional. User must write transmit data to read received data from SPIxBUF. The SPIxTXB and SPIxRXB registers are memory mapped to SPIxBUF. FIGURE 15-4: SPI MASTER/SLAVE CONNECTION (ENHANCED BUFFER MODES) PROCESSOR 1 (SPI Enhanced Buffer Master) Shift Register (SPIxSR) PROCESSOR 2 (SPI Enhanced Buffer Slave) SDOx SDIx SDIx SDOx LSb MSb MSb 8-Level FIFO Buffer SPIx Buffer (SPIxBUF) Note 1: 2: LSb 8-Level FIFO Buffer SCKx SSx MSTEN (SPIxCON1<5> = 1 and SPIBEN (SPIxCON2<0>) = 1 Shift Register (SPIxSR) Serial Clock SCKx SPIx Buffer (SPIxBUF) SSx SSEN (SPIxCON1<7>) = 1 and MSTEN (SPIxCON1<5>) = 0 and SPIBEN (SPIxCON2<0>) = 1 Using the SSx pin in Slave mode of operation is optional. User must write transmit data to read received data from SPIxBUF. The SPIxTXB and SPIxRXB registers are memory mapped to SPIxBUF. DS39747F-page 134 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY FIGURE 15-5: SPI MASTER, FRAME MASTER CONNECTION DIAGRAM PROCESSOR 2 PIC24F (SPI Slave, Frame Slave) SDIx SDOx SDOx SDIx SCKx SSx FIGURE 15-6: Serial Clock Frame Sync Pulse SCKx SSx SPI MASTER, FRAME SLAVE CONNECTION DIAGRAM PROCESSOR 2 PIC24F SPI Master, Frame Slave) SDOx SDIx SDIx SDOx SCKx SSx FIGURE 15-7: Serial Clock Frame Sync Pulse SCKx SSx SPI SLAVE, FRAME MASTER CONNECTION DIAGRAM PROCESSOR 2 PIC24F (SPI Slave, Frame Slave) SDOx SDIx SDIx SDOx SCKx SSx FIGURE 15-8: Serial Clock Frame Sync. Pulse SCKx SSx SPI SLAVE, FRAME SLAVE CONNECTION DIAGRAM PROCESSOR 2 PIC24F (SPI Master, Frame Slave) SDIx SDOx SDOx SDIx SCKx SSx 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. Serial Clock Frame Sync Pulse SCKx SSx DS39747F-page 135 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY EQUATION 15-1: RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN DEVICE AND SPI CLOCK SPEED(1) FCY FSCK = Primary Prescaler * Secondary Prescaler Note 1: Based on FCY = FOSC/2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled. TABLE 15-1: SAMPLE SCK FREQUENCIES(1,2) Secondary Prescaler Settings FCY = 16 MHz 1:1 Primary Prescaler Settings 2:1 4:1 6:1 8:1 1:1 Invalid 8000 4000 2667 2000 4:1 4000 2000 1000 667 500 16:1 1000 500 250 167 125 64:1 250 125 63 42 31 1:1 5000 2500 1250 833 625 FCY = 5 MHz Primary Prescaler Settings Note 1: 2: 4:1 1250 625 313 208 156 16:1 313 156 78 52 39 64:1 78 39 20 13 10 Based on FCY = FOSC/2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled. The SCKx frequencies are shown in kHz. DS39747F-page 136 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 16.0 Note: INTER-INTEGRATED CIRCUIT (I2C™) This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 24. “InterIntegrated Circuit™ (I2C™)” (DS39702) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. The Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) module is a serial interface useful for communicating with other peripheral or microcontroller devices. These peripheral devices may be serial EEPROMs, display drivers, A/D Converters, etc. The I • • • • • • • • • 2C module supports these features: Independent master and slave logic 7-bit and 10-bit device addresses General call address, as defined in the I2C protocol Clock stretching to provide delays for the processor to respond to a slave data request Both 100 kHz and 400 kHz bus specifications. Configurable address masking Multi-Master modes to prevent loss of messages in arbitration Bus Repeater mode, allowing the acceptance of all messages as a slave, regardless of the address Automatic SCL A block diagram of the module is shown in Figure 16-1. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 16.1 Communicating as a Master in a Single Master Environment The details of sending a message in Master mode depends on the communications protocol for the device being communicated with. Typically, the sequence of events is as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Assert a Start condition on SDAx and SCLx. Send the I 2C device address byte to the slave with a write indication. Wait for and verify an Acknowledge from the slave. Send the first data byte (sometimes known as the command) to the slave. Wait for and verify an Acknowledge from the slave. Send the serial memory address low byte to the slave. Repeat Steps 4 and 5 until all data bytes are sent. Assert a Repeated Start condition on SDAx and SCLx. Send the device address byte to the slave with a read indication. Wait for and verify an Acknowledge from the slave. Enable master reception to receive serial memory data. Generate an ACK or NACK condition at the end of a received byte of data. Generate a Stop condition on SDAx and SCLx. DS39747F-page 137 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY FIGURE 16-1: I2C™ BLOCK DIAGRAM Internal Data Bus I2CxRCV SCLx Read Shift Clock I2CxRSR LSB SDAx Address Match Match Detect Write I2CxMSK Write Read I2CxADD Read Start and Stop Bit Detect Write Start and Stop Bit Generation Control Logic I2CxSTAT Collision Detect Read Write I2CxCON Acknowledge Generation Read Clock Stretching Write I2CxTRN LSB Read Shift Clock Reload Control BRG Down Counter Write I2CxBRG Read TCY/2 DS39747F-page 138 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 16.2 Setting Baud Rate When Operating as a Bus Master 16.3 The I2CxMSK register (Register 16-3) designates address bit positions as “don’t care” for both 7-Bit and 10-Bit Addressing modes. Setting a particular bit location (= 1) in the I2CxMSK register causes the slave module to respond, whether the corresponding address bit value is a ‘0’ or ‘1’. For example, when I2CxMSK is set to ‘00100000’, the slave module will detect both addresses, ‘0000000’ and ‘00100000’. To compute the Baud Rate Generator reload value, use the following equation: EQUATION 16-1:(1) I2CxBRG = (FCY/FSCL – FCY/10,000,000) – 1 Note 1: Based on FCY = FOSC/2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled. TABLE 16-1: Slave Address Masking To enable address masking, the IPMI (Intelligent Peripheral Management Interface) must be disabled by clearing the IPMIEN bit (I2CxCON<11>). I2C™ CLOCK RATES(1,3,4) Required System FSCL FCY I2CxBRG Value 100 kHz 100 kHz (Decimal) (Hexadecimal) Actual FSCL 16 MHz 157 9D 100 kHz 8 MHz 78 4E 100 kHz 100 kHz 4 MHz 39 27 99 kHz 400 kHz 16 MHz 37 25 404 kHz 400 kHz 8 MHz 18 12 404 kHz 400 kHz 4 MHz 9 9 385 kHz(2) 400 kHz 2 MHz 4 4 385 kHz(2) 1 MHz 16 MHz 13 D 1,026 KHz 1 MHz 8 MHz 6 6 1,026 KHz 1 MHz 4 MHz 3 3 909 KHz Note 1: 2: 3: 4: Based on TCY = TOSC * 2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled. This is the closest value to 400 kHz for this value of FCY. FCY = 2 MHz is the minimum input clock frequency to have FSCL = 1 MHz. I2CxBRG cannot have a value of less than 2. As a result of changes in the I2C protocol, several I2C addresses are reserved and will not be Acknowledged in Slave mode. TABLE 16-2: 2 RESERVED I C™ ADDRESSES Slave Address Note 1: 2: 3: Address masking does not affect behavior. Refer to Table 16-2 for a summary of these reserved addresses. . (1) R/W Bit Description Address(2) 0000 000 0 General Call 0000 000 1 Start Byte 0000 001 x CBUS Address 0000 010 x Reserved 0000 011 x Reserved 0000 1xx x HS Mode Master Code 1111 1xx x Reserved 1111 0xx x 10-Bit Slave Upper Byte(3) The above address bits will not cause an address match, independent of address mask settings. The address will be Acknowledged only if GCEN = 1. A match on this address can only occur on the upper byte in 10-Bit Addressing mode. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 139 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 16-1: I2CxCON: I2Cx CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-1, HC R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 I2CEN — I2CSIDL SCLREL IPMIEN A10M DISSLW SMEN bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0, HC R/W-0, HC R/W-0, HC R/W-0, HC R/W-0, HC GCEN STREN ACKDT ACKEN RCEN PEN RSEN SEN bit 7 bit 0 Legend: HC = Hardware Clearable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 I2CEN: I2Cx Enable bit 1 = Enables the I2Cx module and configures the SDAx and SCLx pins as serial port pins 0 = Disables I2Cx module; all I2C™ pins are controlled by port functions bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 I2CSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit 1 = Discontinues module operation when the device enters an Idle mode 0 = Continues module operation in Idle mode bit 12 SCLREL: SCLx Release Control bit (when operating as an I2C™ slave) 1 = Releases SCLx clock 0 = Holds SCLx clock low (clock stretch) If STREN = 1: Bit is R/W (i.e., software may write ‘0’ to initiate stretch and write ‘1’ to release clock). Hardware is clear at the beginning of slave transmission. Hardware is clear at the end of slave reception. If STREN = 0: Bit is R/S (i.e., software may only write ‘1’ to release clock). Hardware is clear at the beginning of slave transmission. bit 11 IPMIEN: Intelligent Peripheral Management Interface (IPMI) Enable bit 1 = IPMI Support mode is enabled; all addresses are Acknowledged 0 = IPMI mode is disabled bit 10 A10M: 10-Bit Slave Address bit 1 = I2CxADD is a 10-bit slave address 0 = I2CxADD is a 7-bit slave address bit 9 DISSLW: Disable Slew Rate Control bit 1 = Slew rate control is disabled 0 = Slew rate control is enabled bit 8 SMEN: SMBus Input Levels bit 1 = Enables I/O pin thresholds compliant with the SMBus specification 0 = Disables SMBus input thresholds bit 7 GCEN: General Call Enable bit (when operating as an I2C slave) 1 = Enables interrupt when a general call address is received in the I2CxRSR (module is enabled for reception) 0 = General call address is disabled bit 6 STREN: SCLx Clock Stretch Enable bit (when operating as an I2C slave) Used in conjunction with the SCLREL bit. 1 = Enables software or receives clock stretching 0 = Disables software or receives clock stretching DS39747F-page 140 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 16-1: I2CxCON: I2Cx CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED) bit 5 ACKDT: Acknowledge Data bit (When operating as an I2C master; applicable during master receive.) Value that will be transmitted when the software initiates an Acknowledge sequence. 1 = Sends NACK during Acknowledge 0 = Sends ACK during Acknowledge bit 4 ACKEN: Acknowledge Sequence Enable bit (When operating as an I2C master; applicable during master receive.) 1 = Initiates Acknowledge sequence on SDAx and SCLx pins and transmits the ACKDT data bit. Hardware is clear at the end of the master Acknowledge sequence. 0 = Acknowledge sequence is not in progress bit 3 RCEN: Receive Enable bit (when operating as an I2C master) 1 = Enables Receive mode for I2C. Hardware is clear at the end of the eighth bit of the master receive data byte. 0 = Receive sequence is not in progress bit 2 PEN: Stop Condition Enable bit (when operating as an I2C master) 1 = Initiates Stop condition on SDAx and SCLx pins. Hardware is clear at the end of the master Stop sequence. 0 = Stop condition is not in progress bit 1 RSEN: Repeated Start Condition Enable bit (when operating as an I2C master) 1 = Initiates Repeated Start condition on SDAx and SCLx pins. Hardware is clear at the end of the master Repeated Start sequence. 0 = Repeated Start condition is not in progress bit 0 SEN: Start Condition Enable bit (when operating as an I2C master) 1 = Initiates Start condition on SDAx and SCLx pins. Hardware is clear at the end of the master Start sequence. 0 = Start condition is not in progress 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 141 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 16-2: I2CxSTAT: I2Cx STATUS REGISTER R-0, HSC R-0, HSC U-0 U-0 U-0 R/C-0, HSC R-0, HSC R-0, HSC ACKSTAT TRSTAT — — — BCL GCSTAT ADD10 bit 15 bit 8 R/C-0, HSC R/C-0, HSC R-0, HSC IWCOL I2COV D/A R/C-0, HSC R/C-0, HSC P S R-0, HSC R-0, HSC R-0, HSC R/W RBF TBF bit 7 bit 0 HS = Hardware Settable bit Legend: U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ R = Readable bit W = Writable bit HSC = Hardware Settable/Clearable bit -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared C = Clearable bit x = Bit is unknown bit 15 ACKSTAT: Acknowledge Status bit 1 = NACK is received from slave 0 = ACK is received from slave Hardware is set or clear at the end of slave Acknowledge. bit 14 TRSTAT: Transmit Status bit (When operating as I2C master; applicable to master transmit operation.) 1 = Master transmit is in progress (8 bits + ACK) 0 = Master transmit is not in progress Hardware is set at the beginning of master transmission. Hardware is clear at the end of slave Acknowledge. bit 13-11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10 BCL: Master Bus Collision Detect bit 1 = A bus collision has been detected during master operation 0 = No collision Hardware is set at the detection of a bus collision. bit 9 GCSTAT: General Call Status bit 1 = General call address was received 0 = General call address was not received Hardware is set when an address matches a general call address. Hardware is clear at Stop detection. bit 8 ADD10: 10-Bit Address Status bit 1 = 10-bit address was matched 0 = 10-bit address was not matched Hardware is set at a match of the 2nd byte of a matched 10-bit address. Hardware is clear at Stop detection. bit 7 IWCOL: Write Collision Detect bit 1 = An attempt to write the I2CxTRN register failed because the I2C module is busy 0 = No collision Hardware is set at an occurrence of a write to I2CxTRN while busy (cleared by software). bit 6 I2COV: Receive Overflow Flag bit 1 = A byte was received while the I2CxRCV register is still holding the previous byte 0 = No overflow Hardware is set at an attempt to transfer I2CxRSR to I2CxRCV (cleared by software). bit 5 D/A: Data/Address bit (when operating as I2C slave) 1 = Indicates that the last byte received was data 0 = Indicates that the last byte received was device address Hardware is clear at a device address match. Hardware is set after a transmission finishes or by reception of a slave byte. bit 4 P: Stop bit 1 = Indicates that a Stop bit has been detected last 0 = Stop bit was not detected last Hardware is set or clear when a Start, Repeated Start or Stop is detected. DS39747F-page 142 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 16-2: I2CxSTAT: I2Cx STATUS REGISTER (CONTINUED) bit 3 S: Start bit 1 = Indicates that a Start (or Repeated Start) bit has been detected last 0 = Start bit was not detected last Hardware is set or clear when Start, Repeated Start or Stop is detected. bit 2 R/W: Read/Write bit Information (when operating as I2C slave) 1 = Read – indicates data transfer is output from slave 0 = Write – indicates data transfer is input to slave Hardware is set or clear after reception of an I 2C device address byte. bit 1 RBF: Receive Buffer Full Status bit 1 = Receive is complete, I2CxRCV is full 0 = Receive is not complete, I2CxRCV is empty Hardware is set when I2CxRCV is written with the received byte. Hardware is clear when the software reads I2CxRCV. bit 0 TBF: Transmit Buffer Full Status bit 1 = Transmit is in progress, I2CxTRN is full 0 = Transmit is complete, I2CxTRN is empty Hardware is set when the software writes to I2CxTRN. Hardware is clear at the completion of data transmission. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 143 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 16-3: I2CxMSK: I2Cx SLAVE MODE ADDRESS MASK REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — — — — AMSK9 AMSK8 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 AMSK7 AMSK6 AMSK5 AMSK4 AMSK3 AMSK2 AMSK1 AMSK0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-10 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 9-0 AMSK<9:0>: Mask for Address Bit x Select bits 1 = Enables masking for bit x of incoming message address; bit match is not required in this position 0 = Disables masking for bit x; bit match is required in this position DS39747F-page 144 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 17.0 Note: UNIVERSAL ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER TRANSMITTER (UART) This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 21. “UART” (DS39708) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. The Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) module is one of the serial I/O modules available in the PIC24F device family. The UARTx is a full-duplex, asynchronous system that can communicate with peripheral devices, such as personal computers, LIN/J2602, RS-232 and RS-485 interfaces. The module also supports a hardware flow control option with the UxCTS and UxRTS pins, and also includes an IrDA® encoder and decoder. The primary features of the UARTx module are: • Full-Duplex, 8 or 9-Bit Data Transmission Through the UxTX and UxRX Pins • Even, Odd or No Parity Options (for 8-bit data) • One or Two Stop bits • Hardware Flow Control Option with UxCTS and UxRTS Pins FIGURE 17-1: • Fully Integrated Baud Rate Generator with 16-Bit Prescaler • Baud Rates Ranging from 1 Mbps to 15 bps at 16 MIPS • 4-Deep First-In-First-Out (FIFO) Transmit Data Buffer • 4-Deep FIFO Receive Data Buffer • Parity, Framing and Buffer Overrun Error Detection • Support for 9-bit mode with Address Detect (9th bit = 1) • Transmit and Receive Interrupts • Loopback mode for Diagnostic Support • Support for Sync and Break Characters • Supports Automatic Baud Rate Detection • IrDA Encoder and Decoder Logic • 16x Baud Clock Output for IrDA Support A simplified block diagram of the UARTx is shown in Figure 17-1. The UARTx module consists of these key important hardware elements: • Baud Rate Generator • Asynchronous Transmitter • Asynchronous Receiver UARTx SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM Baud Rate Generator IrDA® BCLKx Hardware Flow Control UxRTS UxCTS UARTx Receiver UxRX UARTx Transmitter UxTX 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 145 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 17.1 UARTx Baud Rate Generator (BRG) The UARTx module includes a dedicated, 16-bit Baud Rate Generator. The UBRGx register controls the period of a free-running, 16-bit timer. Equation 17-1 shows the formula for computation of the baud rate with BRGH = 0. EQUATION 17-1: Note 1: FCY 16 • (UBRGx + 1) UBRGx = FCY –1 16 • Baud Rate Based on FCY = FOSC/2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled. Example 17-1 shows the calculation of the baud rate error for the following conditions: • FCY = 4 MHz • Desired Baud Rate = 9600 Desired Baud Rate Equation 17-2 shows the formula for computation of the baud rate with BRGH = 1. EQUATION 17-2: UARTx BAUD RATE WITH BRGH = 0(1) Baud Rate = EXAMPLE 17-1: The maximum baud rate (BRGH = 0) possible is FCY/16 (for UBRGx = 0) and the minimum baud rate possible is FCY/(16 * 65536). Note 1: UARTx BAUD RATE WITH BRGH = 1(1) Baud Rate = FCY 4 • (UBRGx + 1) UBRGx = FCY 4 • Baud Rate –1 Based on FCY = FOSC/2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled. The maximum baud rate (BRGH = 1) possible is FCY/4 (for UBRGx = 0) and the minimum baud rate possible is FCY/(4 * 65536). Writing a new value to the UBRGx register causes the BRG timer to be reset (cleared). This ensures the BRG does not wait for a timer overflow before generating the new baud rate. BAUD RATE ERROR CALCULATION (BRGH = 0)(1) = FCY/(16 (UBRGx + 1)) Solving for UBRGx value: BRGx BRGx BRGx = ((FCY/Desired Baud Rate)/16) – 1 = ((4000000/9600)/16) – 1 = 25 Calculated Baud Rate = 4000000/(16 (25 + 1)) = 9615 Error = (Calculated Baud Rate – Desired Baud Rate) Desired Baud Rate = (9615 – 9600)/9600 = 0.16% Note 1: Based on FCY = FOSC/2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled. DS39747F-page 146 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 17.2 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Set up the UARTx: a) Write appropriate values for data, parity and Stop bits. b) Write appropriate baud rate value to the UBRGx register. c) Set up transmit and receive interrupt enable and priority bits. Enable the UARTx. Set the UTXEN bit (causes a transmit interrupt). Write data byte to lower byte of UTXxREG word. The value will be immediately transferred to the Transmit Shift Register (TSR) and the serial bit stream will start shifting out with the next rising edge of the baud clock. Alternately, the data byte may be transferred while UTXEN = 0 and then the user may set UTXEN. This will cause the serial bit stream to begin immediately because the baud clock will start from a cleared state. A transmit interrupt will be generated as per interrupt control bit, UTXISELx. 17.3 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Transmitting in 8-Bit Data Mode Transmitting in 9-Bit Data Mode Set up the UARTx (as described in Section 17.2 “Transmitting in 8-Bit Data Mode”). Enable the UARTx. Set the UTXEN bit (causes a transmit interrupt). Write UxTXREG as a 16-bit value only. A word write to UxTXREG triggers the transfer of the 9-bit data to the TSR. Serial bit stream will start shifting out with the first rising edge of the baud clock. A transmit interrupt will be generated as per the setting of control bit, UTXISELx. 17.4 Break and Sync Transmit Sequence The following sequence will send a message frame header, made up of a Break, followed by an auto-baud Sync byte. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Configure the UARTx for the desired mode. Set UTXEN and UTXBRK – sets up the Break character, Load the UxTXREG with a dummy character to initiate transmission (value is ignored). Write ‘55h’ to UxTXREG – loads the Sync character into the transmit FIFO. After the Break has been sent, the UTXBRK bit is reset by hardware. The Sync character now transmits. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 17.5 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Receiving in 8-Bit or 9-Bit Data Mode Set up the UARTx (as described in Section 17.2 “Transmitting in 8-Bit Data Mode”). Enable the UARTx. A receive interrupt will be generated when one or more data characters have been received, as per interrupt control bit, URXISELx. Read the OERR bit to determine if an overrun error has occurred. The OERR bit must be reset in software. Read UxRXREG. The act of reading the UxRXREG character will move the next character to the top of the receive FIFO, including a new set of PERR and FERR values. 17.6 Operation of UxCTS and UxRTS Control Pins UARTx Clear-to-Send (UxCTS) and Request-to-Send (UxRTS) are the two hardware controlled pins that are associated with the UARTx modules. These two pins allow the UARTx to operate in Simplex and Flow Control mode. They are implemented to control the transmission and reception between the Data Terminal Equipment (DTE). The UEN<1:0> bits in the UxMODE register configure these pins. 17.7 Infrared Support The UARTx module provides two types of infrared UARTx support: one is the IrDA clock output to support the external IrDA encoder and decoder device (legacy module support), and the other is the full implementation of the IrDA encoder and decoder. 17.8 External IrDA Support – IrDA Clock Output To support the external IrDA encoder and decoder devices, the BCLKx pin (same as the UxRTS pin) can be configured to generate the 16x baud clock. With UEN<1:0> = 11, the BCLKx pin will output the 16x baud clock if the UARTx module is enabled. It can be used to support the IrDA codec chip. 17.9 Built-in IrDA Encoder and Decoder The UARTx has full implementation of the IrDA encoder and decoder as part of the UARTx module. The built-in IrDA encoder and decoder functionality is enabled using the IREN bit UxMODE<12>. When enabled (IREN = 1), the receive pin (UxRX) acts as the input from the infrared receiver. The transmit pin (UxTX) acts as the output to the infrared transmitter. DS39747F-page 147 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 17-1: UxMODE: UARTx MODE REGISTER R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 UARTEN — USIDL IREN(1) RTSMD — UEN1 UEN0 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0, HC R/W-0 R/W-0, HC R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 WAKE LPBACK ABAUD RXINV BRGH PDSEL1 PDSEL0 STSEL bit 7 bit 0 Legend: HC = Hardware Clearable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 UARTEN: UARTx Enable bit 1 = UARTx is enabled; all UARTx pins are controlled by UARTx as defined by UEN<1:0> 0 = UARTx is disabled; all UARTx pins are controlled by PORT latches; UARTx power consumption is minimal bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 USIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit 1 = Discontinues module operation when the device enters Idle mode 0 = Continues module operation in Idle mode bit 12 IREN: IrDA® Encoder and Decoder Enable bit(1) 1 = IrDA encoder and decoder are enabled 0 = IrDA encoder and decoder are disabled bit 11 RTSMD: Mode Selection for UxRTS Pin bit 1 = UxRTS pin is in Simplex mode 0 = UxRTS pin is in Flow Control mode bit 10 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 9-8 UEN<1:0>: UARTx Enable bits 11 = UxTX, UxRX and BCLKx pins are enabled and used; the UxCTS pin is controlled by PORT latches 10 = UxTX, UxRX, UxCTS and UxRTS pins are enabled and used 01 = UxTX, UxRX and UxRTS pins are enabled and used; the UxCTS pin is controlled by PORT latches 00 = UxTX and UxRX pins are enabled and used; UxCTS and UxRTS/BCLKx pins are controlled by PORT latches bit 7 WAKE: Wake-up on Start bit Detect During Sleep Mode Enable bit 1 = UARTx will continue to sample the UxRX pin; interrupt is generated on the falling edge, bit cleared in hardware on the following rising edge 0 = No wake-up is enabled bit 6 LPBACK: UARTx Loopback Mode Select bit 1 = Enables Loopback mode 0 = Loopback mode is disabled bit 5 ABAUD: Auto-Baud Enable bit 1 = Enables baud rate measurement on the next character – requires reception of a Sync field (55h); cleared in hardware upon completion 0 = Baud rate measurement is disabled or completed bit 4 RXINV: Receive Polarity Inversion bit 1 = UxRX Idle state is ‘0’ 0 = UxRX Idle state is ‘1’ Note 1: This feature is only available for the 16x BRG mode (BRGH = 0). DS39747F-page 148 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 17-1: UxMODE: UARTx MODE REGISTER (CONTINUED) bit 3 BRGH: High Baud Rate Enable bit 1 = BRG generates 4 clocks per bit period (4x Baud Clock, High-Speed mode) 0 = BRG generates 16 clocks per bit period (16x Baud Clock, Standard mode) bit 2-1 PDSEL<1:0>: Parity and Data Selection bits 11 = 9-bit data, no parity 10 = 8-bit data, odd parity 01 = 8-bit data, even parity 00 = 8-bit data, no parity bit 0 STSEL: Stop Bit Selection bit 1 = Two Stop bits 0 = One Stop bit Note 1: This feature is only available for the 16x BRG mode (BRGH = 0). 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 149 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 17-2: UxSTA: UARTx STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0, HC R/W-0 R-0 R-1 UTXISEL1 TXINV UTXISEL0 — UTXBRK UTXEN UTXBF TRMT bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R-1 R-0 R-0 R/C-0 R-0 URXISEL1 URXISEL0 ADDEN RIDLE PERR FERR OERR URXDA bit 7 bit 0 Legend: C = Clearable bit HC = Hardware Clearable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15,13 UTXISEL<1:0>: Transmission Interrupt Mode Selection bits 11 = Reserved; do not use 10 = Interrupt when a character is transferred to the Transmit Shift Register and as a result, the transmit buffer becomes empty 01 = Interrupt when the last character is shifted out of the Transmit Shift Register; all transmit operations are completed 00 = Interrupt when a character is transferred to the Transmit Shift Register (this implies there is at least one character open in the transmit buffer) bit 14 TXINV: Transmit Polarity Inversion bit IREN = 0: 1 = TX Idle state is ‘0’ 0 = TX Idle state is ‘1’ IREN = 1: 1 = IrDA® encoded TX Idle state is ‘1’ 0 = IrDA encoded TX Idle state is ‘0’ bit 12 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 11 UTXBRK: Transmit Break bit 1 = Sends Sync Break on next transmission – Start bit, followed by twelve ‘0’ bits, followed by Stop bit; cleared by hardware upon completion 0 = Sync Break transmission is disabled or completed bit 10 UTXEN: Transmit Enable bit 1 = Transmit is enabled, UxTX pin controlled by UARTx 0 = Transmit is disabled, any pending transmission is aborted and the buffer is reset. UxTX pin is controlled by the PORT. bit 9 UTXBF: Transmit Buffer Full Status bit (read-only) 1 = Transmit buffer is full 0 = Transmit buffer is not full, at least one more character can be written bit 8 TRMT: Transmit Shift Register Empty bit (read-only) 1 = Transmit Shift Register is empty and transmit buffer is empty (the last transmission has completed) 0 = Transmit Shift Register is not empty, a transmission is in progress or queued bit 7-6 URXISEL<1:0>: Receive Interrupt Mode Selection bits 11 = Interrupt is set on RSR transfer, making the receive buffer full (i.e., has 4 data characters) 10 = Interrupt is set on RSR transfer, making the receive buffer 3/4 full (i.e., has 3 data characters) 0x = Interrupt is set when any character is received and transferred from the RSR to the receive buffer; receive buffer has one or more characters bit 5 ADDEN: Address Character Detect bit (bit 8 of received data = 1) 1 = Address Detect mode is enabled. If 9-bit mode is not selected, this does not take effect. 0 = Address Detect mode is disabled DS39747F-page 150 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 17-2: UxSTA: UARTx STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED) bit 4 RIDLE: Receiver Idle bit (read-only) 1 = Receiver is Idle 0 = Receiver is active bit 3 PERR: Parity Error Status bit (read-only) 1 = Parity error has been detected for the current character (character at the top of the receive FIFO) 0 = Parity error has not been detected bit 2 FERR: Framing Error Status bit (read-only) 1 = Framing error has been detected for the current character (character at the top of the receive FIFO) 0 = Framing error has not been detected bit 1 OERR: Receive Buffer Overrun Error Status bit (clear/read-only) 1 = Receive buffer has overflowed 0 = Receive buffer has not overflowed (clearing a previously set OERR bit (1 0 transition) will reset the receiver buffer and the RSR to the empty state) bit 0 URXDA: Receive Buffer Data Available bit (read-only) 1 = Receive buffer has data, at least one more character can be read 0 = Receive buffer is empty 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 151 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY NOTES: DS39747F-page 152 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 18.0 Note: PARALLEL MASTER PORT (PMP) This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 13. “Parallel Master Port (PMP)” (DS39713) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. The Parallel Master Port (PMP) module is a parallel, 8-bit I/O module, specifically designed to communicate with a wide variety of parallel devices, such as communication peripherals, LCDs, external memory devices and microcontrollers. Because the interface to parallel peripherals varies significantly, the PMP is highly configurable. FIGURE 18-1: Key features of the PMP module include: • Up to 16 Programmable Address Lines • Up to Two Chip Select Lines • Programmable Strobe Options - Individual Read and Write Strobes or; - Read/Write Strobe with Enable Strobe • Address Auto-Increment/Auto-Decrement • Programmable Address/Data Multiplexing • Programmable Polarity on Control Signals • Legacy Parallel Slave Port Support • Enhanced Parallel Slave Support - Address Support - 4-Byte Deep Auto-Incrementing Buffer • Programmable Wait States • Selectable Input Voltage Levels PMP MODULE OVERVIEW Address Bus Data Bus Control Lines PIC24F Parallel Master Port PMA<0> PMALL PMA<1> PMALH Up to 16-Bit Address EEPROM PMA<13:2> PMA<14> PMCS1 PMA<15> PMCS2 PMBE PMRD PMRD/PMWR Microcontroller LCD FIFO Buffer PMWR PMENB PMD<7:0> PMA<7:0> PMA<15:8> 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 8-Bit Data DS39747F-page 153 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 18-1: PMCON: PARALLEL PORT CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 PMPEN — PSIDL ADRMUX1 ADRMUX0 PTBEEN PTWREN PTRDEN bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0(1) R/W-0(1) R/W-0(1) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 CSF1 CSF0 ALP CS2P CS1P BEP WRSP RDSP bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 PMPEN: Parallel Master Port Enable bit 1 = PMP is enabled 0 = PMP is disabled, no off-chip access is performed bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 PSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit 1 = Discontinues module operation when device enters Idle mode 0 = Continues module operation in Idle mode bit 12-11 ADRMUX<1:0>: Address/Data Multiplexing Selection bits 11 = Reserved 10 = All 16 bits of address are multiplexed on PMD<7:0> pins 01 = Lower 8 bits of address are multiplexed on PMD<7:0> pins, upper 8 bits are on PMA<15:8> 00 = Address and data appear on separate pins bit 10 PTBEEN: Byte Enable Port Enable bit (16-Bit Master mode) 1 = PMBE port is enabled 0 = PMBE port is disabled bit 9 PTWREN: Write Enable Strobe Port Enable bit 1 = PMWR/PMENB port is enabled 0 = PMWR/PMENB port is disabled bit 8 PTRDEN: Read/Write Strobe Port Enable bit 1 = PMRD/PMWR port is enabled 0 = PMRD/PMWR port is disabled bit 7-6 CSF<1:0>: Chip Select Function bits 11 = Reserved 10 = PMCS1 and PMCS2 function as chip select 01 = PMCS2 functions as chip select, PMCS1 functions as Address Bit 14 00 = PMCS1 and PMCS2 function as Address Bits 15 and 14 bit 5 ALP: Address Latch Polarity bit(1) 1 = Active-high (PMALL and PMALH) 0 = Active-low (PMALL and PMALH) bit 4 CS2P: Chip Select 2 Polarity bit(1) 1 = Active-high (PMCS2) 0 = Active-low (PMCS2) bit 3 CS1P: Chip Select 1 Polarity bit(1) 1 = Active-high (PMCS1/PMCS) 0 = Active-low (PMCS1/PMCS) Note 1: These bits have no effect when their corresponding pins are used as address lines. DS39747F-page 154 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 18-1: PMCON: PARALLEL PORT CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED) bit 2 BEP: Byte Enable Polarity bit 1 = Byte enable is active-high (PMBE) 0 = Byte enable is active-low (PMBE) bit 1 WRSP: Write Strobe Polarity bit For Slave modes and Master mode 2 (PMMODE<9:8> = 00,01,10): 1 = Write strobe is active-high (PMWR) 0 = Write strobe is active-low (PMWR) For Master mode 1 (PMMODE<9:8> = 11): 1 = Enable strobe is active-high (PMENB) 0 = Enable strobe is active-low (PMENB) bit 0 RDSP: Read Strobe Polarity bit For Slave modes and Master mode 2 (PMMODE<9:8> = 00,01,10): 1 = Read strobe is active-high (PMRD) 0 = Read strobe is active-low (PMRD) For Master mode 1 (PMMODE<9:8> = 11): 1 = Read/write strobe is active-high (PMRD/PMWR) 0 = Read/write strobe is active-low (PMRD/PMWR) Note 1: These bits have no effect when their corresponding pins are used as address lines. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 155 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 18-2: PMMODE: PARALLEL PORT MODE REGISTER R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 BUSY IRQM1 IRQM0 INCM1 INCM0 MODE16 MODE1 MODE0 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 WAITB1(1) WAITB0(1) WAITM3 WAITM2 WAITM1 WAITM0 WAITE1(1) WAITE0(1) bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 BUSY: Busy bit (Master mode only) 1 = Port is busy (not useful when the processor stall is active) 0 = Port is not busy bit 14-13 IRQM<1:0>: Interrupt Request Mode bits 11 = Interrupt generated when Read Buffer 3 is read or Write Buffer 3 is written (Buffered PSP mode), or on a read or write operation when PMA<1:0> = 11 (Addressable PSP mode only) 10 = No interrupt is generated, processor stall activated 01 = Interrupt is generated at the end of the read/write cycle 00 = No interrupt is generated bit 12-11 INCM<1:0>: Increment Mode bits 11 = PSP read and write buffers auto-increment (Legacy PSP mode only) 10 = Decrements ADDR<15,13:0> by 1 every read/write cycle 01 = Increments ADDR<15,13:0> by 1 every read/write cycle 00 = No increment or decrement of the address bit 10 MODE16: 8/16-Bit Mode bit 1 = 16-bit mode: Data register is 16 bits, a read or write to the Data register invokes two 8-bit transfers 0 = 8-bit mode: Data register is 8 bits, a read or write to the Data register invokes one 8-bit transfer bit 9-8 MODE<1:0>: Parallel Port Mode Select bits 11 = Master mode 1 (PMCSx, PMRD/PMWR, PMENB, PMBE, PMA<x:0> and PMD<7:0>) 10 = Master mode 2 (PMCSx, PMRD, PMWR, PMBE, PMA<x:0> and PMD<7:0>) 01 = Enhanced PSP, control signals (PMRD, PMWR, PMCS, PMD<7:0> and PMA<1:0>) 00 = Legacy Parallel Slave Port, control signals (PMRD, PMWR, PMCS and PMD<7:0>) bit 7-6 WAITB<1:0>: Data Setup to Read/Write Wait State Configuration bits(1) 11 = Data Wait of 4 TCY; multiplexed address phase of 4 TCY 10 = Data Wait of 3 TCY; multiplexed address phase of 3 TCY 01 = Data Wait of 2 TCY; multiplexed address phase of 2 TCY 00 = Data Wait of 1 TCY; multiplexed address phase of 1 TCY bit 5-2 WAITM<3:0>: Read to Byte Enable Strobe Wait State Configuration bits 1111 = Wait of additional 15 TCY ... 0001 = Wait of additional 1 TCY 0000 = No additional Wait cycles (operation forced into one TCY) bit 1-0 WAITE<1:0>: Data Hold After Strobe Wait State Configuration bits(1) 11 = Wait of 4 TCY 10 = Wait of 3 TCY 01 = Wait of 2 TCY 00 = Wait of 1 TCY Note 1: WAITB and WAITE bits are ignored whenever WAITM<3:0> = 0000. DS39747F-page 156 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 18-3: PMADDR: PARALLEL PORT ADDRESS REGISTER(1) R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 CS2 CS1 ADDR13 ADDR12 ADDR11 ADDR10 ADDR9 ADDR8 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 ADDR7 ADDR6 ADDR5 ADDR4 ADDR3 ADDR2 ADDR1 ADDR0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 CS2: Chip Select 2 bit 1 = Chip Select 2 is active 0 = Chip Select 2 is inactive (pin functions as PMA<15>) bit 14 CS1: Chip Select 1 bit 1 = Chip Select 1 is active 0 = Chip Select 1 is inactive (pin functions as PMA<14>) bit 13-0 ADDR<13:0>: Parallel Port Destination Address bits Note 1: x = Bit is unknown PMADDR and PMDOUT1 share the same physical register. The register functions as PMDOUT1 only in Slave modes and as PMADDR only in Master modes. REGISTER 18-4: PMAEN: PARALLEL PORT ENABLE REGISTER R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 PTEN15 PTEN14 PTEN13 PTEN12 PTEN11 PTEN10 PTEN9 PTEN8 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 PTEN7 PTEN6 PTEN5 PTEN4 PTEN3 PTEN2 PTEN1 PTEN0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-14 PTEN<15:14>: PMCSx Strobe Enable bits 1 = PMA15 and PMA14 function as either PMA<15:14> or PMCS2 and PMCS1 0 = PMA15 and PMA14 function as port I/O bit 13-2 PTEN<13:2>: PMP Address Port Enable bits 1 = PMA<13:2> function as PMP address lines 0 = PMA<13:2> function as port I/O bit 1-0 PTEN<1:0>: PMALH/PMALL Strobe Enable bits 1 = PMA1 and PMA0 function as either PMA<1:0> or PMALH and PMALL 0 = PMA1 and PMA0 pads function as port I/O 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 157 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 18-5: PMSTAT: PARALLEL PORT STATUS REGISTER R-0 R/W-0, HS U-0 U-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 IBF IBOV — — IB3F IB2F IB1F IB0F bit 15 bit 8 R-1 R/W-0, HS U-0 U-0 R-1 R-1 R-1 R-1 OBE OBUF — — OB3E OB2E OB1E OB0E bit 7 bit 0 Legend: HS = Hardware Settable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 IBF: Input Buffer Full Status bit 1 = All writable Input Buffer registers are full 0 = Some or all of the writable Input Buffer registers are empty bit 14 IBOV: Input Buffer Overflow Status bit 1 = A write attempt to a full Input Byte register occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = No overflow occurred bit 13-12 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 11-8 IB3F:IB0F: Input Buffer n Status Full bit 1 = Input buffer contains data that has not been read (reading the buffer will clear this bit) 0 = Input buffer does not contain any unread data bit 7 OBE: Output Buffer Empty Status bit 1 = All readable Output Buffer registers are empty 0 = Some or all of the readable Output Buffer registers are full bit 6 OBUF: Output Buffer Underflow Status bit 1 = A read occurred from an empty Output Byte register (must be cleared in software) 0 = No underflow occurred bit 5-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3-0 OB3E:OB0E: Output Buffer n Status Empty bit 1 = Output buffer is empty (writing data to the buffer will clear this bit) 0 = Output buffer contains data that has not been transmitted DS39747F-page 158 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 18-6: PADCFG1: PAD CONFIGURATION CONTROL REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — — — — — — RTSECSEL(1) PMPTTL(2) bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1 RTSECSEL: RTCC Seconds Clock Output Select bit(1) 1 = RTCC Seconds Clock is selected for the RTCC pin 0 = RTCC Alarm Pulse is selected for the RTCC pin bit 0 PMPTTL: PMP Module TTL Input Buffer Select bit(2) 1 = PMP module uses TTL input buffers 0 = PMP module uses Schmitt input buffers Note 1: 2: x = Bit is unknown To enable the actual RTCC output, the RTCOE (RCFGCAL<10>) bit needs to be set. Refer to Table 1-2 for affected PMP inputs. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 159 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY FIGURE 18-2: LEGACY PARALLEL SLAVE PORT EXAMPLE Master PIC24F Slave PMD<7:0> FIGURE 18-3: PMD<7:0> PMCS PMCS PMRD PMRD PMWR PMWR Address Bus Data Bus Control Lines ADDRESSABLE PARALLEL SLAVE PORT EXAMPLE Master PIC24F Slave PMA<1:0> PMA<1:0> PMD<7:0> PMD<7:0> Write Address Decode Read Address Decode PMDOUT1L (0) PMDIN1L (0) PMCS PMCS PMDOUT1H (1) PMDIN1H (1) PMRD PMRD PMDOUT2L (2) PMDIN2L (2) PMWR PMDOUT2H (3) PMDIN2H (3) PMWR Address Bus Data Bus Control Lines TABLE 18-1: SLAVE MODE ADDRESS RESOLUTION PMA<1:0> Output Register (Buffer) Input Register (Buffer) 00 PMDOUT1<7:0> (0) PMDIN1<7:0> (0) 01 PMDOUT1<15:8> (1) PMDIN1<15:8> (1) 10 PMDOUT2<7:0> (2) PMDIN2<7:0> (2) 11 PMDOUT2<15:8> (3) PMDIN2<15:8> (3) FIGURE 18-4: MASTER MODE, DEMULTIPLEXED ADDRESSING (SEPARATE READ AND WRITE STROBES, TWO CHIP SELECTS) PIC24F PMA<13:0> PMD<7:0> PMCS1 PMCS2 Address Bus DS39747F-page 160 PMRD Data Bus PMWR Control Lines 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY FIGURE 18-5: MASTER MODE, PARTIALLY MULTIPLEXED ADDRESSING (SEPARATE READ AND WRITE STROBES, TWO CHIP SELECTS) PMA<13:8> PIC24F PMD<7:0> PMA<7:0> PMCS1 PMCS2 Address Bus PMALL Multiplexed Data and Address Bus PMRD Control Lines PMWR FIGURE 18-6: MASTER MODE, FULLY MULTIPLEXED ADDRESSING (SEPARATE READ AND WRITE STROBES, TWO CHIP SELECTS) PMD<7:0> PMA<13:8> PIC24F PMCS1 PMCS2 PMALL PMALH Multiplexed Data and Address Bus PMRD Control Lines PMWR FIGURE 18-7: EXAMPLE OF A MULTIPLEXED ADDRESSING APPLICATION PIC24F PMD<7:0> PMALL 373 A<7:0> D<7:0> 373 PMALH A<15:8> A<15:0> D<7:0> CE OE WR PMCS1 Address Bus PMRD Data Bus PMWR Control Lines FIGURE 18-8: EXAMPLE OF A PARTIALLY MULTIPLEXED ADDRESSING APPLICATION PIC24F PMD<7:0> 373 PMALL PMA<14:7> PMCS1 PMRD PMWR 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. A<7:0> D<7:0> A<14:8> A<14:0> D<7:0> CE OE WR Address Bus Data Bus Control Lines DS39747F-page 161 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY FIGURE 18-9: EXAMPLE OF AN 8-BIT MULTIPLEXED ADDRESS AND DATA APPLICATION PIC24F Parallel Peripheral PMD<7:0> PMALL AD<7:0> ALE PMCS1 CS Address Bus PMRD RD Data Bus PMWR WR Control Lines FIGURE 18-10: PARALLEL EEPROM EXAMPLE (UP TO 15-BIT ADDRESS, 8-BIT DATA) PIC24F PMA<n:0> Parallel EEPROM A<n:0> PMD<7:0> D<7:0> PMCS1 CE PMRD OE PMWR WR FIGURE 18-11: Address Bus Data Bus Control Lines PARALLEL EEPROM EXAMPLE (UP TO 15-BIT ADDRESS, 16-BIT DATA) PIC24F Parallel EEPROM PMA<n:0> A<n:1> PMD<7:0> D<7:0> PMBE A0 PMCS1 CE PMRD OE PMWR WR FIGURE 18-12: Address Bus Data Bus Control Lines LCD CONTROL EXAMPLE (BYTE MODE OPERATION) PIC24F PM<7:0> PMA0 PMRD/PMWR PMCS1 LCD Controller D<7:0> RS R/W E Address Bus Data Bus Control Lines DS39747F-page 162 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 19.0 Note: • • • • • • • • Calendar: Weekday, Date, Month and Year Alarm Configurable Year Range: 2000 to 2099 Leap Year Correction BCD Format for Compact Firmware Optimized for Low-Power Operation User Calibration with Auto-Adjust Calibration Range: ±2.64 Seconds Error per Month • Requirements: External 32.768 kHz Clock Crystal • Alarm Pulse or Seconds Clock Output on RTCC Pin REAL-TIME CLOCK AND CALENDAR (RTCC) This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 29. “Real-Time Clock and Calendar (RTCC)” (DS39696) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. The Real-Time Clock and Calendar hardware module has the following features: • Time: Hours, Minutes and Seconds • 24-Hour Format (Military Time) FIGURE 19-1: RTCC BLOCK DIAGRAM RTCC Clock Domain 32.768 kHz Input from SOSC Oscillator CPU Clock Domain RCFGCAL RTCC Prescalers ALCFGRPT YEAR 0.5s Alarm Event MTHDAY RTCVAL RTCC Timer WKDYHR MINSEC Comparator ALMTHDY Compare Registers with Masks ALRMVAL ALWDHR ALMINSEC Repeat Counter RTCC Interrupt RTCC Interrupt Logic Alarm Pulse RTCC Pin RTCOE 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 163 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 19.1 RTCC Module Registers The RTCC module registers are organized into three categories: • RTCC Control Registers • RTCC Value Registers • Alarm Value Registers 19.1.1 By writing the ALRMVALH byte, the Alarm Pointer value, ALRMPTR<1:0>, decrements by one until it reaches ‘00’. Once it reaches ‘00’, the ALRMMIN and ALRMSEC value will be accessible through ALRMVALH and ALRMVALL until the pointer value is manually changed. TABLE 19-2: REGISTER MAPPING To limit the register interface, the RTCC Timer and Alarm Time registers are accessed through corresponding register pointers. The RTCC Value register window (RTCVALH and RTCVALL) uses the RTCPTR bits (RCFGCAL<9:8>) to select the desired Timer register pair (see Table 19-1). By writing the RTCVALH byte, the RTCC Pointer value, RTCPTR<1:0>, decrements by one until it reaches ‘00’. Once it reaches ‘00’, the MINUTES and SECONDS value will be accessible through RTCVALH and RTCVALL until the pointer value is manually changed. TABLE 19-1: RTCPTR <1:0> RTCVAL REGISTER MAPPING RTCC Value Register Window RTCVAL<15:8> RTCVAL<7:0> 00 MINUTES SECONDS 01 WEEKDAY HOURS 10 MONTH DAY 11 — YEAR The Alarm Value register window (ALRMVALH and ALRMVALL) uses the ALRMPTR bits (ALCFGRPT<9:8>) to select the desired Alarm register pair (see Table 19-2). EXAMPLE 19-1: ALRMPTR <1:0> ALRMVAL REGISTER MAPPING Alarm Value Register Window ALRMVAL<15:8> ALRMVAL<7:0> ALRMMIN 00 ALRMSEC 01 ALRMWD ALRMHR 10 ALRMMNTH ALRMDAY 11 — — Considering that the 16-bit core does not distinguish between 8-bit and 16-bit read operations, the user must be aware that when reading either the ALRMVALH or ALRMVALL bytes it will decrement the ALRMPTR<1:0> value. The same applies to the RTCVALH or RTCVALL bytes with the RTCPTR<1:0> being decremented. Note: 19.1.2 This only applies to read operations and not write operations. WRITE LOCK In order to perform a write to any of the RTCC Timer registers, the RTCWREN bit (RCFGCAL<13>) must be set (refer to Example 19-1). SETTING THE RTCWREN BIT IN MPLAB® C30 asm volatile("disi #13"); asm volatile("push W1"); asm volatile("push W2"); asm volatile("push W3"); asm volatile("MOV #NVMKEY, W1"); //move the address of NVMKEY into W1 asm volatile("MOV #0x55, W2"); asm volatile("MOV #0xAA, W3"); asm volatile("MOV W2, [W1]"); //start 55/AA sequence NOP(); //There must be an instruction between the two writes ( either a NOP or a MOV to W) asm volatile("MOV W3, [W1]"); asm volatile("BSET RCFGCAL, #13"); //set the RTCWREN bit asm volatile("pop W3"); asm volatile("pop W2"); asm volatile("pop W1"); Note: To avoid accidental writes to the timer, it is recommended that the RTCWREN bit (RCFGCAL<13>) is kept clear at any other time. For the RTCWREN bit to be set, there is only 1 instruction cycle time window allowed between the 55h/AA sequence and the setting of RTCWREN; therefore, it is recommended that the code in Example 19-1 be followed. DS39747F-page 164 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 19.1.3 RTCC CONTROL REGISTERS RCFGCAL: RTCC CALIBRATION AND CONFIGURATION REGISTER(1) REGISTER 19-1: R/W-0 RTCEN U-0 (2) — R/W-0 RTCWREN R-0 RTCSYNC R-0 (3) HALFSEC R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 RTCOE RTCPTR1 RTCPTR0 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 CAL7 CAL6 CAL5 CAL4 CAL3 CAL2 CAL1 CAL0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 RTCEN: RTCC Enable bit(2) 1 = RTCC module is enabled 0 = RTCC module is disabled bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 RTCWREN: RTCC Value Registers Write Enable bit 1 = RTCVALH and RTCVALL registers can be written to by the user 0 = RTCVALH and RTCVALL registers are locked out from being written to by the user bit 12 RTCSYNC: RTCC Value Registers Read Synchronization bit 1 = RTCVALH, RTCVALL and ALCFGRPT registers can change while reading due to a rollover ripple resulting in an invalid data read. If the register is read twice and results in the same data, the data can be assumed to be valid. 0 = RTCVALH, RTCVALL or ALCFGRPT registers can be read without concern over a rollover ripple bit 11 HALFSEC: Half-Second Status bit(3) 1 = Second half period of a second 0 = First half period of a second bit 10 RTCOE: RTCC Output Enable bit 1 = RTCC output is enabled 0 = RTCC output is disabled bit 9-8 RTCPTR<1:0>: RTCC Value Register Window Pointer bits Points to the corresponding RTCC Value registers when reading the RTCVALH and RTCVALL registers; the RTCPTR<1:0> value decrements on every read or write of RTCVALH until it reaches ‘00’. RTCVAL<15:8>: 00 = MINUTES 01 = WEEKDAY 10 = MONTH 11 = Reserved RTCVAL<7:0>: 00 = SECONDS 01 = HOURS 10 = DAY 11 = YEAR Note 1: 2: 3: The RCFGCAL Reset value is dependent on the type of Reset. A write to the RTCEN bit is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1. This bit is read-only; it is cleared to ‘0’ on a write to the lower half of the MINSEC register. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 165 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY RCFGCAL: RTCC CALIBRATION AND CONFIGURATION REGISTER(1) REGISTER 19-1: bit 7-0 CAL<7:0>: RTC Drift Calibration bits 01111111 = Maximum positive adjustment; adds 508 RTC clock pulses every one minute ... 01111111 = Minimum positive adjustment; adds 4 RTC clock pulses every one minute 00000000 = No adjustment 11111111 = Minimum negative adjustment; subtracts 4 RTC clock pulses every one minute ... 10000000 = Maximum negative adjustment; subtracts 512 RTC clock pulses every one minute Note 1: 2: 3: The RCFGCAL Reset value is dependent on the type of Reset. A write to the RTCEN bit is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1. This bit is read-only; it is cleared to ‘0’ on a write to the lower half of the MINSEC register. REGISTER 19-2: PADCFG1: PAD CONFIGURATION CONTROL REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 — — U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 — RTSECSEL(1) PMPTTL(2) bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1 RTSECSEL: RTCC Seconds Clock Output Select bit(1) 1 = RTCC seconds clock is selected for the RTCC pin 0 = RTCC alarm pulse is selected for the RTCC pin bit 0 PMPTTL: PMP Module TTL Input Buffer Select bit(2) 1 = PMP module uses TTL input buffers 0 = PMP module uses Schmitt input buffers Note 1: 2: x = Bit is unknown To enable the actual RTCC output, the RTCOE (RCFGCAL<10>) bit needs to be set. Refer to Table 1-2 for affected PMP inputs. DS39747F-page 166 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 19-3: ALCFGRPT: ALARM CONFIGURATION REGISTER R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 ALRMEN CHIME AMASK3 AMASK2 AMASK1 AMASK0 ALRMPTR1 ALRMPTR0 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 ARPT7 ARPT6 ARPT5 ARPT4 ARPT3 ARPT2 ARPT1 ARPT0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 ALRMEN: Alarm Enable bit 1 = Alarm is enabled (cleared automatically after an alarm event whenever ARPT<7:0> = 00 and CHIME = 0) 0 = Alarm is disabled bit 14 CHIME: Chime Enable bit 1 = Chime is enabled; ARPT<7:0> bits are allowed to roll over from 00h to FFh 0 = Chime is disabled; ARPT<7:0> bits stop once they reach 00h bit 13-10 AMASK<3:0>: Alarm Mask Configuration bits 0000 = Every half second 0001 = Every second 0010 = Every 10 seconds 0011 = Every minute 0100 = Every 10 minutes 0101 = Every hour 0110 = Once a day 0111 = Once a week 1000 = Once a month 1001 = Once a year (except when configured for February 29th, once every 4 years) 101x = Reserved – do not use 11xx = Reserved – do not use bit 9-8 ALRMPTR<1:0>: Alarm Value Register Window Pointer bits Points to the corresponding Alarm Value registers when reading ALRMVALH and ALRMVALL registers; the ALRMPTR<1:0> value decrements on every read or write of ALRMVALH until it reaches ‘00’. ALRMVAL<15:8>: 00 = ALRMMIN 01 = ALRMWD 10 = ALRMMNTH 11 = Unimplemented ALRMVAL<7:0>: 00 = ALRMSEC 01 = ALRMHR 10 = ALRMDAY 11 = Unimplemented bit 7-0 ARPT<7:0>: Alarm Repeat Counter Value bits 11111111 = Alarm will repeat 255 more times ... 00000000 = Alarm will not repeat The counter decrements on any alarm event. The counter is prevented from rolling over from 00h to FFh unless CHIME = 1. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 167 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 19.1.4 RTCVAL REGISTER MAPPINGS REGISTER 19-4: YEAR: YEAR VALUE REGISTER(1) U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x YRTEN3 YRTEN2 YRTEN1 YRTEN0 YRONE3 YRONE2 YRONE1 YRONE0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-8 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 7-4 YRTEN<3:0:> Binary Coded Decimal Value of Year’s Tens Digit; Contains a value from 0 to 9 bit 3-0 YRONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Year’s Ones Digit; Contains a value from 0 to 9 Note 1: A write to the YEAR register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1. REGISTER 19-5: MTHDY: MONTH AND DAY VALUE REGISTER(1) U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x — — — MTHTEN0 MTHONE3 MTHONE2 MTHONE1 MTHONE0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x — — DAYTEN1 DAYTEN0 DAYONE3 DAYONE2 DAYONE1 DAYONE0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12 MTHTEN0: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Tens Digit; Contains a value of 0 or 1 bit 11-8 MTHONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Ones Digit; Contains a value from 0 to 9 bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5-4 DAYTEN<1:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Day’s Tens Digit; Contains a value from 0 to 3 bit 3-0 DAYONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Day’s Ones Digit; Contains a value from 0 to 9 Note 1: A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1. DS39747F-page 168 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 19-6: WKDYHR: WEEKDAY AND HOURS VALUE REGISTER(1) U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x — — — — — WDAY2 WDAY1 WDAY0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x — — HRTEN1 HRTEN0 HRONE3 HRONE2 HRONE1 HRONE0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 WDAY<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Weekday Digit; Contains a value from 0 to 6 bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5-4 HRTEN<1:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Tens Digit; Contains a value from 0 to 2 bit 3-0 HRONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Ones Digit; Contains a value from 0 to 9 Note 1: A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1. REGISTER 19-7: MINSEC: MINUTES AND SECONDS VALUE REGISTER U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x — MINTEN2 MINTEN1 MINTEN0 MINONE3 MINONE2 MINONE1 MINONE0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x — SECTEN2 SECTEN1 SECTEN0 SECONE3 SECONE2 SECONE1 SECONE0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14-12 MINTEN<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Tens Digit; Contains a value from 0 to 5 bit 11-8 MINONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Ones Digit; Contains a value from 0 to 9 bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 SECTEN<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Tens Digit; Contains a value from 0 to 5 bit 3-0 SECONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Ones Digit; Contains a value from 0 to 9 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 169 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 19.1.5 ALRMVAL REGISTER MAPPINGS REGISTER 19-8: ALMTHDY: ALARM MONTH AND DAY VALUE REGISTER(1) U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x — — — MTHTEN0 MTHONE3 MTHONE2 MTHONE1 MTHONE0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x — — DAYTEN1 DAYTEN0 DAYONE3 DAYONE2 DAYONE1 DAYONE0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12 MTHTEN0: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Tens Digit; Contains a value of 0 or 1 bit 11-8 MTHONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Month’s Ones Digit; Contains a value from 0 to 9 bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5-4 DAYTEN<1:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Day’s Tens Digit; Contains a value from 0 to 3 bit 3-0 DAYONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Day’s Ones Digit; Contains a value from 0 to 9 Note 1: A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1. REGISTER 19-9: ALWDHR: ALARM WEEKDAY AND HOURS VALUE REGISTER(1) U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x — — — — — WDAY2 WDAY1 WDAY0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x — — HRTEN1 HRTEN0 HRONE3 HRONE2 HRONE1 HRONE0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10-8 WDAY<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Weekday Digit; Contains a value from 0 to 6 bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5-4 HRTEN<1:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Tens Digit; Contains a value from 0 to 2 bit 3-0 HRONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Hour’s Ones Digit; Contains a value from 0 to 9 Note 1: A write to this register is only allowed when RTCWREN = 1. DS39747F-page 170 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 19-10: ALMINSEC: ALARM MINUTES AND SECONDS VALUE REGISTER U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x — MINTEN2 MINTEN1 MINTEN0 MINONE3 MINONE2 MINONE1 MINONE0 bit 15 bit 8 U-0 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x — SECTEN2 SECTEN1 SECTEN0 SECONE3 SECONE2 SECONE1 SECONE0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 14-12 MINTEN<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Tens Digit; Contains a value from 0 to 5 bit 11-8 MINONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Minute’s Ones Digit; Contains a value from 0 to 9 bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-4 SECTEN<2:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Tens Digit; Contains a value from 0 to 5 bit 3-0 SECONE<3:0>: Binary Coded Decimal Value of Second’s Ones Digit; Contains a value from 0 to 9 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 171 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 19.2 Calibration The real-time crystal input can be calibrated using the periodic auto-adjust feature. When properly calibrated, the RTCC can provide an error of less than 3 seconds per month. This is accomplished by finding the number of error clock pulses and storing the value into the lower half of the RCFGCAL register. The 8-bit signed value loaded into the lower half of RCFGCAL is multiplied by four and will either be added or subtracted from the RTCC timer, once every minute. Refer to the steps below for RTCC calibration: 1. 2. Using another timer resource on the device, the user must find the error of the 32.768 kHz crystal. Once the error is known, it must be converted to the number of error clock pulses per minute. EQUATION 19-1: (Ideal Frequency† – Measured Frequency) * 60 = Clocks per Minute † Ideal Frequency = 32,768 Hz 3. a) If the oscillator is faster then ideal (negative result form Step 2), the RCFGCAL register value needs to be negative. This causes the specified number of clock pulses to be subtracted from the timer counter, once every minute. b) If the oscillator is slower then ideal (positive result from Step 2), the RCFGCAL register value needs to be positive. This causes the specified number of clock pulses to be subtracted from the timer counter, once every minute. 4. Divide the number of error clocks per minute by 4 to get the correct CAL value and load the RCFGCAL register with the correct value. (Each 1-bit increment in CAL adds or subtracts 4 pulses). Load the RCFGCAL register with the correct value. Writes to the lower half of the RCFGCAL register should only occur when the timer is turned off or immediately after the rising edge of the seconds pulse. Note: It is up to the user to include in the error value, the initial error of the crystal drift due to temperature and drift due to crystal aging. DS39747F-page 172 19.3 Alarm • Configurable from half second to one year • Enabled using the ALRMEN bit (ALCFGRPT<15>, Register 19-3) • One-time alarm and repeat alarm options are available 19.3.1 CONFIGURING THE ALARM The alarm feature is enabled using the ALRMEN bit. This bit is cleared when an alarm is issued. Writes to ALRMVALH:ALRMVALL should only take place when ALRMEN = 0. As shown in Figure 19-2, the interval selection of the alarm is configured through the AMASK bits (ALCFGRPT<13:10>). These bits determine which and how many digits of the alarm must match the clock value for the alarm to occur. The alarm can also be configured to repeat, based on a preconfigured interval. The amount of times this occurs, once the alarm is enabled, is stored in the lower half of the ALCFGRPT register. When ALCFGRPT = 00 and the CHIME (ALCFGRPT<14>) bit = 0, the repeat function is disabled and only a single alarm will occur. The alarm can be repeated up to 255 times by loading the lower half of the ALCFGRPT register with FFh. After each alarm is issued, the ALCFGRPT register is decremented by one. Once the register has reached ‘00’, the alarm will be issued one last time, after which, the ALRMEN bit will be cleared automatically and the alarm will turn off. Indefinite repetition of the alarm can occur if the CHIME bit = 1. Instead of the alarm being disabled when the ALCFGRPT register reaches ‘00’, it will roll over to FF and continue counting indefinitely when CHIME = 1. 19.3.2 ALARM INTERRUPT At every alarm event an interrupt is generated. In addition, an alarm pulse output is provided that operates at half the frequency of the alarm. This output is completely synchronous to the RTCC clock and can be used as a trigger clock to other peripherals. Note: Changing any of the registers, other then the RCFGCAL and ALCFGRPT registers, and the CHIME bit while the alarm is enabled (ALRMEN = 1), can result in a false alarm event leading to a false alarm interrupt. To avoid a false alarm event, the timer and alarm values should only be changed while the alarm is disabled (ALRMEN = 0). It is recommended that the ALCFGRPT register and CHIME bit be changed when RTCSYNC = 0. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY FIGURE 19-2: ALARM MASK SETTINGS Alarm Mask Setting (AMASK<3:0>) Day of the Week Month Day Hours Minutes Seconds 0000 – Every half second 0001 – Every second 0010 – Every 10 seconds s 0011 – Every minute s s m s s m m s s 0100 – Every 10 minutes 0101 – Every hour 0110 – Every day 0111 – Every week d 1000 – Every month 1001 – Every year(1) Note 1: m m h h m m s s h h m m s s d d h h m m s s d d h h m m s s Annually, except when configured for February 29. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 173 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY NOTES: DS39747F-page 174 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 20.0 PROGRAMMABLE CYCLIC REDUNDANCY CHECK (CRC) GENERATOR 20.2 The module implements a software configurable CRC generator. The terms of the polynomial and its length can be programmed using the CRCXOR (X<15:1>) bits and the CRCCON (PLEN<3:0>) bits, respectively. This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 30. “Programmable Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC)” (DS39714) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. Note: Consider the following equation: EQUATION 20-1: x • User-programmable polynomial CRC equation • Interrupt output • Data FIFO TABLE 20-1: + x12 + x5 + 1 EXAMPLE CRC SETUP Bit Name Bit Value PLEN<3:0> Registers 1111 X<15:1> There are four registers used to control programmable CRC operation: • • • • CRC POLYNOMIAL 16 To program this polynomial into the CRC generator, the CRC register bits should be set, as shown in Table 20-1. The programmable CRC generator offers the following features: 20.1 Overview 000100000010000 Note that for the value of X<15:1>, the 12th bit and the 5th bit are set to ‘1’, as required by the equation. The 0 bit, required by the equation, is always XORed. For a 16-bit polynomial, the 16th bit is also always assumed to be XORed; therefore, the X<15:1> bits do not have the 0 bit or the 16th bit. CRCCON CRCXOR CRCDAT CRCWDAT The topology of a standard CRC generator is shown in Figure 20-2. FIGURE 20-1: CRC SHIFTER DETAILS PLEN<3:0> 0 1 2 15 CRC Shift Register Hold XOR DOUT OUT IN BIT 0 X1 0 1 p_clk Hold OUT IN BIT 1 p_clk X2 0 1 Hold OUT IN BIT 2 X3 X15 0 0 1 1 p_clk Hold OUT IN BIT 15 p_clk CRC Read Bus CRC Write Bus 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 175 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY CRC GENERATOR RECONFIGURED FOR x16 + x12 + x5 + 1 FIGURE 20-2: XOR D Q D Q D Q D Q D Q SDOx BIT 0 BIT 4 BIT 5 BIT 12 BIT 15 p_clk p_clk p_clk p_clk p_clk CRC Read Bus CRC Write Bus 20.3 20.3.1 User Interface DATA INTERFACE To start serial shifting, a ‘1’ must be written to the CRCGO bit. The module incorporates a FIFO that is 8-deep when PLEN<3:0> (CRCCON<3:0>) > 7 and 16-deep otherwise. The data for which the CRC is to be calculated must first be written into the FIFO. The smallest data element that can be written into the FIFO is one byte. For example, if PLEN = 5, then the size of the data is PLEN + 1 = 6. The data must be written as follows: data[5:0] = crc_input[5:0] data[7:6] = ‘bxx Once data is written into the CRCWDAT MSb (as defined by PLEN), the value of the VWORD<4:0> bits (CRCCON<12:8>) increment by one. The serial shifter starts shifting data into the CRC engine when CRCGO = 1 and VWORD > 0. When the MSb is shifted out, VWORD decrements by one. The serial shifter continues shifting until the VWORD reaches 0. Therefore, for a given value of PLEN, it will take (PLEN<3:0> + 1)/2 x VWORD number of clock cycles to complete the CRC calculations. When VWORD reaches 8 (or 16), the CRCFUL bit will be set. When VWORD reaches 0, the CRCMPT bit will be set. DS39747F-page 176 To continually feed data into the CRC engine, the recommended mode of operation is to initially “prime” the FIFO with a sufficient number of words, so no interrupt is generated before the next word can be written. Once that is done, start the CRC by setting the CRCGO bit to ‘1’. From that point onward, the VWORD bits should be polled. If they read less than 8 or 16, another word can be written into the FIFO. To empty words already written into a FIFO, the CRCGO bit must be set to ‘1’ and the CRC shifter allowed to run until the CRCMPT bit is set. Also, to get the correct CRC reading, it will be necessary to wait for the CRCMPT bit to go high before reading the CRCWDAT register. If a word is written when the CRCFUL bit is set, the VWORD Pointer will roll over to 0. The hardware will then behave as if the FIFO is empty. However, the condition to generate an interrupt will not be met; therefore, no interrupt will be generated (see Section 20.3.2 “Interrupt Operation”). At least one instruction cycle must pass after a write to CRCWDAT before a read of the VWORD bits is done. 20.3.2 INTERRUPT OPERATION When VWORD<4:0> make a transition from a value of ‘1’ to ‘0’, an interrupt will be generated. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 20-1: CRCCON: CRC CONTROL REGISTER U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 R-0 — — CSIDL VWORD4 VWORD3 VWORD2 VWORD1 VWORD0 bit 15 bit 8 R-0 R-1 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 CRCFUL CRCMPT — CRCGO PLEN3 PLEN2 PLEN1 PLEN0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 CSIDL: CRC Stop in Idle Mode bit 1 = Discontinues module operation when the device enters Idle mode 0 = Continues module operation in Idle mode bit 12-8 VWORD<4:0>: Pointer Value bits Indicates the number of valid words in the FIFO. It has a maximum value of 8 when PLEN<3:0> > 7 or 16 when PLEN<3:0> 7. bit 7 CRCFUL: FIFO Full bit 1 = FIFO is full 0 = FIFO is not full bit 6 CRCMPT: FIFO Empty bit 1 = FIFO is empty 0 = FIFO is not empty bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4 CRCGO: Start CRC bit 1 = Starts CRC serial shifter 0 = CRC serial shifter is turned off bit 3-0 PLEN<3:0>: Polynomial Length bits Denotes the length of the polynomial to be generated minus 1. 20.4 20.4.1 Operation in Power Save Modes SLEEP MODE If Sleep mode is entered while the module is operating, the module will be suspended in its current state until clock execution resumes. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 20.4.2 IDLE MODE To continue full module operation in Idle mode, the CSIDL bit must be cleared prior to entry into the mode. If CSIDL = 1, the module will behave the same way as it does in Sleep mode. Pending interrupt events will be passed on, even though the module clocks are not available. DS39747F-page 177 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY NOTES: DS39747F-page 178 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 21.0 Note: 10-BIT HIGH-SPEED A/D CONVERTER This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 17. “10-Bit A/D Converter” (DS39705) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. A block diagram of the A/D Converter is shown in Figure 21-1. To perform an A/D conversion: 1. The 10-bit A/D Converter has the following key features: • • • • • • • • • • Successive Approximation (SAR) conversion Conversion speeds of up to 500 ksps Up to 16 analog input pins External voltage reference input pins Automatic Channel Scan mode Selectable conversion trigger source 16-word conversion result buffer Selectable Buffer Fill modes Four result alignment options Operation during CPU Sleep and Idle modes Depending on the particular device pinout, the 10-bit A/D Converter can have up to 16 analog input pins, designated AN0 through AN15. In addition, there are two analog input pins for external voltage reference connections. These voltage reference inputs may be shared with other analog input pins. The actual number of analog input pins and external voltage reference input configuration will depend on the device. Refer to the specific device data sheet for further details. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 2. Configure the A/D module: a) Select the port pins as analog inputs (AD1PCFG<15:0>). b) Select a voltage reference source to match the expected range on the analog inputs (AD1CON2<15:13>). c) Select the analog conversion clock to match the desired data rate with the processor clock (AD1CON3<7:0>). d) Select the appropriate sample/conversion sequence (AD1CON1<7:0> and AD1CON3<12:8>). e) Select how conversion results are presented in the buffer (AD1CON1<9:8>). f) Select the interrupt rate (AD1CON2<5:2>). g) Turn on the A/D module (AD1CON1<15>). Configure the A/D interrupt (if required): a) Clear the AD1IF bit. b) Select the A/D interrupt priority. Note: A/D results should be read with the ADON bit = 1. If the A/D is disabled before reading the buffer, it is possible to lose data. DS39747F-page 179 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY Figure 21-1: 10-BIT HIGH-SPEED A/D CONVERTER BLOCK DIAGRAM Internal Data Bus AVSS VREF+ VR Select AVDD 16 VR+ VR- Comparator VREF- VINH VINL AN0 AN1 VRS/H VINH 10-Bit SAR AN4 MUX A AN2 AN3 AN5 VINL ADC1BUF0: ADC1BUFF AN7 AN8 AD1CON1 AD1CON2 AD1CON3 AD1CHS AN12 MUX B AN9 AN11 Conversion Logic Data Formatting AN6 AN10 VR+ DAC VINH AD1PCFG AD1CSSL VINL AN13 AN14 AN15 DS39747F-page 180 Sample Control Control Logic Conversion Control Input MUX Control Pin Config. Control 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 21-1: AD1CON1: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 1 R/W-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 ADON(1) — ADSIDL — — — FORM1 FORM0 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0, HCS R/C-0, HCS SSRC2 SSRC1 SSRC0 — — ASAM SAMP DONE bit 7 bit 0 Legend: C = Clearable bit HCS = Hardware Clearable/Settable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 ADON: A/D Operating Mode bit(1) 1 = A/D Converter module is operating 0 = A/D Converter is off bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 ADSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit 1 = Discontinues module operation when the device enters Idle mode 0 = Continues module operation in Idle mode bit 12-10 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 9-8 FORM<1:0>: Data Output Format bits 11 = Signed fractional (sddd dddd dd00 0000) 10 = Fractional (dddd dddd dd00 0000) 01 = Signed integer (ssss sssd dddd dddd) 00 = Integer (0000 00dd dddd dddd) bit 7-5 SSRC<2:0>: Conversion Trigger Source Select bits 111 = Internal counter ends sampling and starts conversion (auto-convert) 110 = Reserved 10x = Reserved 011 = Reserved 010 = Timer3 compare ends sampling and starts conversion 001 = Active transition on the INT0 pin ends sampling and starts conversion 000 = Clearing the SAMP bit ends sampling and starts conversion bit 4-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2 ASAM: A/D Sample Auto-Start bit 1 = Sampling begins immediately after the last conversion completes; SAMP bit is auto-set 0 = Sampling begins when the SAMP bit is set bit 1 SAMP: A/D Sample Enable bit 1 = A/D Sample-and-Hold amplifier is sampling input 0 = A/D Sample-and-Hold amplifier is holding bit 0 DONE: A/D Conversion Status bit 1 = A/D conversion is done 0 = A/D conversion is NOT done Note 1: The values of the ADC1BUFx registers will not retain their values once the ADON bit is cleared. Read out the conversion values from the buffer before disabling the module. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 181 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 21-2: AD1CON2: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 2 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 VCFG2 VCFG1 VCFG0 r — CSCNA — — bit 15 bit 8 R-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 BUFS — SMPI3 SMPI2 SMPI1 SMPI0 BUFM ALTS bit 7 bit 0 Legend: r = Reserved bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-13 x = Bit is unknown VCFG<2:0>: Voltage Reference Configuration bits: VCFG<2:0> VR+ VR- 000 AVDD AVSS 001 External VREF+ pin AVSS 010 AVDD External VREF- pin 011 External VREF+ pin External VREF- pin 1xx AVDD AVSS bit 12 Reserved bit 11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 10 CSCNA: Scan Input Selections for CH0+ S/H Input for MUX A Input Multiplexor Setting bit 1 = Scan inputs 0 = Do not scan inputs bit 9-8 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 7 BUFS: Buffer Fill Status bit (valid only when BUFM = 1) 1 = A/D is currently filling Buffer 08-0F, user should access data in 00-07 0 = A/D is currently filling Buffer 00-07, user should access data in 08-0F bit 6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5-2 SMPI<3:0>: Sample/Convert Sequences Per Interrupt Selection bits 1111 = Interrupts at the completion of conversion for each 16th sample/convert sequence 1110 = Interrupts at the completion of conversion for each 15th sample/convert sequence ..... 0001 = Interrupts at the completion of conversion for each 2nd sample/convert sequence 0000 = Interrupts at the completion of conversion for each sample/convert sequence bit 1 BUFM: Buffer Mode Select bit 1 = Buffer configured as two 8-word buffers (ADC1BUFx<15:8> and ADC1BUFx<7:0>) 0 = Buffer configured as one 16-word buffer (ADC1BUFx<15:0>) bit 0 ALTS: Alternate Input Sample Mode Select bit 1 = Uses MUX A input multiplexor settings for the first sample, then alternates between the MUX B and MUX A input multiplexor settings for all subsequent samples 0 = Always uses MUX A input multiplexor settings DS39747F-page 182 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 21-3: AD1CON3: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 3 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 ADRC — — SAMC4 SAMC3 SAMC2 SAMC1 SAMC0 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 ADCS7 ADCS6 ADCS5 ADCS4 ADCS3 ADCS2 ADCS1 ADCS0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15 ADRC: A/D Conversion Clock Source bit 1 = A/D internal RC clock 0 = Clock is derived from the system clock bit 14-13 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 12-8 SAMC<4:0>: Auto-Sample Time bits 11111 = 31 TAD x = Bit is unknown ····· 00001 = 1 TAD 00000 = 0 TAD (not recommended) bit 7-0 ADCS<7:0:> A/D Conversion Clock Select bits 11111111 ····· = Reserved 01000000 00111111 = 64 * TCY ····· 00000001 = 2 * TCY 00000000 = TCY 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 183 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 21-4: AD1CHS: A/D INPUT SELECT REGISTER R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 CH0NB — — — CH0SB3 CH0SB2 CH0SB1 CH0SB0 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 CH0NA — — — CH0SA3 CH0SA2 CH0SA1 CH0SA0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 CH0NB: Channel 0 Negative Input Select for MUX B Multiplexor Setting bit 1 = Channel 0 negative input is AN1 0 = Channel 0 negative input is VR- bit 14-12 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 11-8 CH0SB<3:0>: Channel 0 Positive Input Select for MUX B Multiplexor Setting bits 1111 = Channel 0 positive input is AN15 1110 = Channel 0 positive input is AN14 ····· 0001 = Channel 0 positive input is AN1 0000 = Channel 0 positive input is AN0 bit 7 CH0NA: Channel 0 Negative Input Select for MUX A Multiplexor Setting bit 1 = Channel 0 negative input is AN1 0 = Channel 0 negative input is VR- bit 6-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3-0 CH0SA<3:0>: Channel 0 Positive Input Select for MUX A Multiplexor Setting bits 1111 = Channel 0 positive input is AN15 1110 = Channel 0 positive input is AN14 ····· 0001 = Channel 0 positive input is AN1 0000 = Channel 0 positive input is AN0 DS39747F-page 184 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 21-5: AD1PCFG: A/D PORT CONFIGURATION REGISTER R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 PCFG15 PCFG14 PCFG13 PCFG12 PCFG11 PCFG10 PCFG9 PCFG8 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 PCFG7 PCFG6 PCFG5 PCFG4 PCFG3 PCFG2 PCFG1 PCFG0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-0 x = Bit is unknown PCFG<15:0>: Analog Input Pin Configuration Control bits 1 = Pin for corresponding analog channel is configured in Digital mode; I/O port read is enabled 0 = Pin configured in Analog mode; I/O port read is disabled, A/D samples pin voltage REGISTER 21-6: AD1CSSL: A/D INPUT SCAN SELECT REGISTER R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 CSSL15 CSSL14 CSSL13 CSSL12 CSSL11 CSSL10 CSSL9 CSSL8 bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 CSSL7 CSSL6 CSSL5 CSSL4 CSSL3 CSSL2 CSSL1 CSSL0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 15-0 x = Bit is unknown CSSL<15:0>: A/D Input Pin Scan Selection bits 1 = Corresponding analog channel is selected for input scan 0 = Analog channel is omitted from input scan 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 185 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY A/D CONVERSION CLOCK PERIOD(1) EQUATION 21-1: TAD = TCY (ADCS + 1) TAD –1 ADCS = TCY Note 1: Based on TCY = TOSC * 2; Doze mode and PLL are disabled. FIGURE 21-2: 10-BIT A/D CONVERTER ANALOG INPUT MODEL VDD Rs VA RIC 250 VT = 0.6V ANx CPIN 6-11 pF (Typical) VT = 0.6V Sampling Switch RSS 5 k(Typical) RSS ILEAKAGE 500 nA CHOLD = DAC Capacitance = 4.4 pF (Typical) VSS Legend: CPIN = Input Capacitance = Threshold Voltage VT ILEAKAGE = Leakage Current at the pin due to various junctions = Interconnect Resistance RIC = Sampling Switch Resistance RSS = Sample/Hold Capacitance (from DAC) CHOLD Note: CPIN value depends on the device package and is not tested. The effect of CPIN is negligible if Rs 5 k. DS39747F-page 186 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY FIGURE 21-3: A/D TRANSFER FUNCTION Output Code (Binary (Decimal)) 11 1111 1111 (1023) 11 1111 1110 (1022) 10 0000 0011 (515) 10 0000 0010 (514) 10 0000 0001 (513) 10 0000 0000 (512) 01 1111 1111 (511) 01 1111 1110 (510) 01 1111 1101 (509) 00 0000 0001 (1) 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. (VINH – VINL) VR+ 1024 1023*(VR+ – VR-) VR- + 1024 VR- + 512*(VR+ – VR-) 1024 VR- + Voltage Level VR+ – VR- 0 VR- 00 0000 0000 (0) DS39747F-page 187 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY NOTES: DS39747F-page 188 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 22.0 COMPARATOR MODULE Note: This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 19. “Comparator Module” (DS39710) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. FIGURE 22-1: The analog comparator module contains two comparators that can be configured in a variety of ways. The inputs can be selected from the analog inputs, multiplexed with I/O pins, as well as the on-chip voltage reference. Block diagrams of the various comparator configurations are shown in Figure 22-1. COMPARATOR I/O OPERATING MODES C1NEG C1IN+ C1IN- C1EN CMCON<6> C1INV VINC1OUT C1POS C1IN+ CVREF C1 VIN+ C2NEG C2IN+ C2IN- C1OUTEN C2EN CMCON<7> C2INV VINC2OUT C2POS C2IN+ CVREF 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. C2 VIN+ C2OUTEN DS39747F-page 189 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 22-1: CMCON: COMPARATOR CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0 U-0 R/C-0 R/C-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 CMIDL — C2EVT C1EVT C2EN C1EN C2OUTEN C1OUTEN bit 15 bit 8 R-0 R-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 C2OUT C1OUT C2INV C1INV C2NEG C2POS C1NEG C1POS bit 7 bit 0 Legend: C = Clearable bit R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15 CMIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit 1 = When the device enters Idle mode, the module does not generate interrupts; module is still enabled 0 = Continues normal module operation in Idle mode bit 14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13 C2EVT: Comparator 2 Event bit 1 = Comparator output changed states 0 = Comparator output did not change states bit 12 C1EVT: Comparator 1 Event bit 1 = Comparator output changed states 0 = Comparator output did not change states bit 11 C2EN: Comparator 2 Enable bit 1 = Comparator is enabled 0 = Comparator is disabled bit 10 C1EN: Comparator 1 Enable bit 1 = Comparator is enabled 0 = Comparator is disabled bit 9 C2OUTEN: Comparator 2 Output Enable bit 1 = Comparator output is driven on the output pad 0 = Comparator output is not driven on the output pad bit 8 C1OUTEN: Comparator 1 Output Enable bit 1 = Comparator output is driven on the output pad 0 = Comparator output is not driven on the output pad bit 7 C2OUT: Comparator 2 Output bit When C2INV = 0: 1 = C2 VIN+ > C2 VIN0 = C2 VIN+ < C2 VINWhen C2INV = 1: 0 = C2 VIN+ > C2 VIN1 = C2 VIN+ < C2 VIN- bit 6 C1OUT: Comparator 1 Output bit When C1INV = 0: 1 = C1 VIN+ > C1 VIN0 = C1 VIN+ < C1 VINWhen C1INV = 1: 0 = C1 VIN+ > C1 VIN1 = C1 VIN+ < C1 VIN- DS39747F-page 190 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 22-1: CMCON: COMPARATOR CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED) bit 5 C2INV: Comparator 2 Output Inversion bit 1 = C2 output is inverted 0 = C2 output is not inverted bit 4 C1INV: Comparator 1 Output Inversion bit 1 = C1 output is inverted 0 = C1 output is not inverted bit 3 C2NEG: Comparator 2 Negative Input Configure bit 1 = C2IN+ is connected to VIN0 = C2IN- is connected to VINSee Figure 22-1 for the Comparator modes. bit 2 C2POS: Comparator 2 Positive Input Configure bit 1 = C2IN+ is connected to VIN+ 0 = CVREF is connected to VIN+ See Figure 22-1 for the Comparator modes. bit 1 C1NEG: Comparator 1 Negative Input Configure bit 1 = C1IN+ is connected to VIN0 = C1IN- is connected to VINSee Figure 22-1 for the Comparator modes. bit 0 C1POS: Comparator 1 Positive Input Configure bit 1 = C1IN is connected to VIN+ 0 = CVREF is connected to VIN+ See Figure 22-1 for the Comparator modes. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 191 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY NOTES: DS39747F-page 192 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 23.0 Note: 23.1 voltage, each with 16 distinct levels. The range to be used is selected by the CVRR bit (CVRCON<5>). The primary difference between the ranges is the size of the steps selected by the CVREF Selection bits (CVR<3:0>), with one range offering finer resolution. COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE This data sheet summarizes features of PIC24F group of devices and is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 20. “Comparator Voltage Reference Module” (DS39709) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. The comparator reference supply voltage can come from either VDD and VSS, or the external VREF+ and VREF-. The voltage source is selected by the CVRSS bit (CVRCON<4>). The settling time of the comparator voltage reference must be considered when changing the CVREF output. Configuring the Comparator Voltage Reference The voltage reference module is controlled through the CVRCON register (Register 23-1). The comparator voltage reference provides two ranges of output FIGURE 23-1: CVRR: Comparator VREF Range Selection bit 1 = 0 to 0.625 CVRSRC, with CVRSRC/24 step size. 0 = 0.25 CVRSRC to 0.72 CVRSRC, with CVRSRC/32 step size COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE BLOCK DIAGRAM VREF+ AVDD CVRSS = 1 8R CVRSS = 0 CVR<3:0> R CVREN R R 16-to-1 MUX R 16 Steps R CVREF R R CVRR VREF- 8R CVRSS = 1 CVRSS = 0 AVSS 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 193 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 23-1: CVRCON: COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE CONTROL REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — — — — — bit 15 bit 8 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 CVREN CVROE CVRR CVRSS CVR3 CVR2 CVR1 CVR0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown bit 15-8 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 7 CVREN: Comparator Voltage Reference Enable bit 1 = CVREF circuit is powered on 0 = CVREF circuit is powered down bit 6 CVROE: Comparator VREF Output Enable bit 1 = CVREF voltage level is output on the CVREF pin 0 = CVREF voltage level is disconnected from the CVREF pin bit 5 CVRR: Comparator VREF Range Selection bit 1 = 0 to 0.625 CVRSRC, with CVRSRC/24 step size 0 = 0.25 CVRSRC to 0.72 CVRSRC, with CVRSRC/32 step size bit 4 CVRSS: Comparator VREF Source Selection bit 1 = Comparator reference source: CVRSRC = VREF+ – VREF0 = Comparator reference source: CVRSRC = AVDD – AVSS bit 3-0 CVR<3:0>: Comparator VREF Value Selection 0 CVR<3:0> 15 bits When CVRR = 1: CVREF = (CVR<3:0>/ 24) (CVRSRC) When CVRR = 0: CVREF = 1/4 (CVRSRC) + (CVR<3:0>/32) (CVRSRC) DS39747F-page 194 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 24.0 Note: SPECIAL FEATURES This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 32. “High-Level Device Integration” (DS39719) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. PIC24FJ128GA010 devices include several features intended to maximize application flexibility and reliability, and minimize cost through elimination of external components. These are: • • • • • • Flexible Configuration Watchdog Timer (WDT) Code Protection JTAG Boundary Scan Interface In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™) In-Circuit Emulation 24.1 24.1.1 CONSIDERATIONS FOR CONFIGURING PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY DEVICES In PIC24FJ128GA010 family devices, the configuration bytes are implemented as volatile memory. This means that configuration data must be programmed each time the device is powered up. Configuration data is stored in the two words at the top of the on-chip program memory space, known as the Flash Configuration Words. Their specific locations are shown in Table 24-1. These are packed representations of the actual device Configuration bits, whose actual locations are distributed among five locations in configuration space. The configuration data is automatically loaded from the Flash Configuration Words to the proper Configuration registers during device Resets. Note: Configuration data is reloaded on all types of device Resets. TABLE 24-1: Configuration Bits The Configuration bits can be programmed (read as ‘0’) or left unprogrammed (read as ‘1’) to select various device configurations. These bits are mapped, starting at program memory location, F80000h. A complete list is shown in Table 24-1. A detailed explanation of the various bit functions is provided in Register 24-1 through Register 24-4. Note that address, F80000h, is beyond the user program memory space. In fact, it belongs to the configuration memory space (800000h-FFFFFFh), which can only be accessed using table reads and table writes. FLASH CONFIGURATION WORD LOCATIONS Device Configuration Word Addresses 1 2 PIC24FJ64GA 00ABFEh 00ABFCh PIC24FJ96GA 00FFFEh 00FFFCh PIC24FJ128GA 0157FEh 0157FCh When creating applications for these devices, users should always specifically allocate the location of the Flash Configuration Word for configuration data. This is to make certain that program code is not stored in this address when the code is compiled. The Configuration bits are reloaded from the Flash Configuration Word on any device Reset. The upper byte of both Flash Configuration Words in program memory should always be ‘1111 1111’. This makes them appear to be NOP instructions in the remote event that their locations are ever executed by accident. Since Configuration bits are not implemented in the corresponding locations, writing ‘1’s to these locations has no effect on device operation. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 195 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 24-1: FLASH CONFIGURATION WORD 1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 — — — — — — — — bit 23 r-x r bit 16 R/PO-1 (1) JTAGEN R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 r-1 U-1 R/PO-1 GCP GWRP DEBUG r — ICS bit 15 bit 8 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 U-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 FWDTEN WINDIS — FWPSA WDTPS3 WDTPS2 WDTPS1 WDTPS0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: x = Bit is unknown r = Reserved R = Readable bit PO = Program Once bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ -n = Value when device is unprogrammed ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 23-16 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ bit 15 Reserved: Program as ‘0’. Read value is unknown. bit 14 JTAGEN: JTAG Port Enable bit(1) 1 = JTAG port is enabled 0 = JTAG port is disabled bit 13 GCP: General Segment Program Memory Code Protection bit 1 = Code protection is disabled 0 = Code protection is enabled for the entire program memory space bit 12 GWRP: General Segment Code Flash Write Protection bit 1 = Writes to program memory are allowed 0 = Writes to program memory are disabled bit 11 DEBUG: Background Debugger Enable bit 1 = Device resets into Operational mode 0 = Device resets into Debug mode bit 10 Reserved: Program as ‘1’ bit 9 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ bit 8 ICS: Emulator Pin Placement Select bit 1 = Emulator/debugger uses EMUC2/EMUD2 0 = Emulator/debugger uses EMUC1/EMUD1 bit 7 FWDTEN: Watchdog Timer Enable bit 1 = Watchdog Timer is enabled 0 = Watchdog Timer is disabled bit 6 WINDIS: Windowed Watchdog Timer Disable bit 1 = Standard Watchdog Timer is enabled 0 = Windowed Watchdog Timer is enabled; FWDTEN must be ‘1’ bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ bit 4 FWPSA: WDT Prescaler Ratio Select bit 1 = Prescaler ratio of 1:128 0 = Prescaler ratio of 1:32 Note 1: JTAGEN bit can not be modified using JTAG programming. It can only change using In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™). DS39747F-page 196 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 24-1: bit 3-0 Note 1: FLASH CONFIGURATION WORD 1 (CONTINUED) WDTPS<3:0>: Watchdog Timer Postscaler Select bits 1111 = 1:32,768 1110 = 1:16,384 1101 = 1:8,192 1100 = 1:4,096 1011 = 1:2,048 1010 = 1:1,024 1001 = 1:512 1000 = 1:256 0111 = 1:128 0110 = 1:64 0101 = 1:32 0100 = 1:16 0011 = 1:8 0010 = 1:4 0001 = 1:2 0000 = 1:1 JTAGEN bit can not be modified using JTAG programming. It can only change using In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™). 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 197 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 24-2: FLASH CONFIGURATION WORD 2 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 — — — — — — — — bit 23 bit 16 R/PO-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 IESO — — — — FNOSC2 FNOSC1 FNOSC0 bit 15 bit 8 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 U-1 U-1 U-1 R/PO-1 R/PO-1 FCKSM1 FCKSM0 OSCIOFCN — — — POSCMD1 POSCMD0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: x = Bit is unknown R = Readable bit PO = Program Once bit -n = Value when device is unprogrammed U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 23-16 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ bit 15 IESO: Internal External Switchover bit 1 = IESO mode (Two-Speed Start-up) is enabled 0 = IESO mode (Two-Speed Start-up) is disabled bit 14-11 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ bit 10-8 FNOSC<2:0>: Initial Oscillator Select bits 111 = Fast RC Oscillator with Postscaler (FRCDIV) 110 = Reserved 101 = Low-Power RC Oscillator (LPRC) 100 = Secondary Oscillator (SOSC) 011 = Primary Oscillator with PLL module (XTPLL, HSPLL, ECPLL) 010 = Primary Oscillator (XT, HS, EC) 001 = Fast RC Oscillator with postscaler and PLL module (FRCPLL) 000 = Fast RC Oscillator (FRC) bit 7-6 FCKSM<1:0>: Clock Switching and Fail-Safe Clock Monitor Configuration bits 1x = Clock switching and Fail-Safe Clock Monitor are disabled 01 = Clock switching is enabled, Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is disabled 00 = Clock switching is enabled, Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is enabled bit 5 OSCIOFCN: OSC2 Pin Configuration bit If POSCMD<1:0> = 11 or 00: 1 = OSC2/CLKO/RC15 functions as CLKO (FOSC/2) 0 = OSC2/CLKO/RC15 functions as port I/O (RC15) If POSCMD<1:0> = 10 or 01: OSCIOFCN has no effect on OSC2/CLKO/RC15. bit 4-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ bit 1-0 POSCMD<1:0>: Primary Oscillator Configuration bits 11 = Primary oscillator is disabled 10 = HS Oscillator mode is selected 01 = XT Oscillator mode is selected 00 = EC Oscillator mode is selected DS39747F-page 198 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 24-3: DEVID: DEVICE ID REGISTER U U U U U U U U — — — — — — — — bit 23 bit 16 U U R R R R R R — — FAMID7 FAMID6 FAMID5 FAMID4 FAMID3 FAMID2 bit 15 bit 8 R R R R R R R R FAMID1 FAMID0 DEV5 DEV4 DEV3 DEV2 DEV1 DEV0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: x = Bit is unknown R = Readable bit PO = Program Once bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘1’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 23-14 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 13-6 FAMID<7:0>: Device Family Identifier bits 00010000 = PIC24FJ128GA010 family bit 5-0 DEV<5:0>: Individual Device Identifier bits 000101 = PIC24FJ64GA006 000110 = PIC24FJ96GA006 000111 = PIC24FJ128GA006 001000 = PIC24FJ64GA008 001001 = PIC24FJ96GA008 001010 = PIC24FJ128GA008 001011 = PIC24FJ64GA010 001100 = PIC24FJ96GA010 001101 = PIC24FJ128GA010 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. x = Bit is unknown DS39747F-page 199 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY REGISTER 24-4: DEVREV: DEVICE REVISION REGISTER U U U U U U U U — — — — — — — — bit 23 bit 16 R-0 R-0 R-1 R-1 U U U R r r r r — — — MAJRV2 bit 15 bit 8 R R U U U R R R MAJRV1 MAJRV0 — — — DOT2 DOT1 DOT0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: x = Bit is unknown R = Readable bit PO = Program Once bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘1’ -n = Value at POR ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 23-16 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 15-12 Reserved: Read as ‘0011’ bit 11-9 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 8-6 MAJRV<2:0>: Major Revision Identifier bits bit 5-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2-0 DOT<2:0>: Minor Revision Identifier bits DS39747F-page 200 r = Reserved x = Bit is unknown 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 24.2 On-Chip Voltage Regulator All of the PIC24FJ128GA010 family devices power their core digital logic at a nominal 2.5V. This may create an issue for designs that are required to operate at a higher typical voltage, such as 3.3V. To simplify system design, all devices in the PIC24FJ128GA010 family incorporate an on-chip regulator that allows the device to run its core logic from VDD. The regulator is controlled by the ENVREG pin. Tying VDD to the pin enables the regulator, which in turn, provides power to the core from the other VDD pins. When the regulator is enabled, a low-ESR capacitor (such as tantalum) must be connected to the VDDCORE/VCAP pin (Figure 24-1). This helps to maintain the stability of the regulator. The recommended value for the filter capacitor, CEFC, is provided in Section 27.1 “DC Characteristics”. If ENVREG is tied to VSS, the regulator is disabled. In this case, separate power for the core logic, at a nominal 2.5V, must be supplied to the device on the VDDCORE/VCAP pin to run the I/O pins at higher voltage levels, typically 3.3V. Alternatively, the VDDCORE/VCAP and VDD pins can be tied together to operate at a lower nominal voltage. Refer to Figure 24-1 for possible configurations. 24.2.1 FIGURE 24-1: Regulator Enabled (ENVREG tied to VDD): 3.3V PIC24FJ128GA010 VDD ENVREG VDDCORE/VCAP CEFC (10 F typ) Regulator Disabled (ENVREG tied to ground): 2.5V(1) 3.3V(1) PIC24FJ128GA010 VDD ENVREG VDDCORE/VCAP VSS Regulator Disabled (VDD tied to VDDCORE): 2.5V(1) PIC24FJ128GA010 VDD If the regulator is disabled, a separate Power-up Timer (PWRT) is automatically enabled. The PWRT adds a fixed delay of 64 ms nominal delay at device start-up. ENVREG VDDCORE/VCAP ON-CHIP REGULATOR AND BOR When the on-chip regulator is enabled, PIC24FJ128GA010 devices also have a simple brown-out capability. If the voltage supplied to the regulator is inadequate to maintain a regulated level, the regulator Reset circuitry will generate a Brown-out Reset. This event is captured by the BOR flag bit (RCON<0>). The brown-out voltage specifications can be found in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” in Section 7. “Reset” (DS39712). 24.2.3 VSS ON-CHIP REGULATOR AND POR When the voltage regulator is enabled, it takes approximately 20 s for it to generate output. During this time, designated as TSTARTUP, code execution is disabled. TSTARTUP is applied every time the device resumes operation after any power-down, including Sleep mode. 24.2.2 CONNECTIONS FOR THE ON-CHIP REGULATOR VSS Note 1: These are typical operating voltages. Refer to Section 27.1 “DC Characteristics” for the full operating ranges of VDD and VDDCORE. POWER-UP REQUIREMENTS The on-chip regulator is designed to meet the power-up requirements for the device. If the application does not use the regulator, then strict power-up conditions must be adhered to. While powering up, VDDCORE must never exceed VDD by 0.3 volts. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 201 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 24.3 Watchdog Timer (WDT) Note: This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 9. “Watchdog Timer (WDT)” (DS39697) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. For PIC24FJ128GA010 family devices, the WDT is driven by the LPRC oscillator. When the WDT is enabled, the clock source is also enabled. The nominal WDT clock source from LPRC is 32 kHz. This feeds a prescaler that can be configured for either 5-bit (divide-by-32) or 7-bit (divide-by-128) operation. The prescaler is set by the FWPSA Configuration bit. With a 32 kHz input, the prescaler yields a nominal WDT time-out period (TWDT) of 1 ms in 5-bit mode or 4 ms in 7-bit mode. A variable postscaler divides down the WDT prescaler output and allows for a wide range of time-out periods. The postscaler is controlled by the WDTPS<3:0> Configuration bits (Flash Configuration Word 1<3:0>), which allow the selection of a total of 16 settings, from 1:1 to 1:32,768. Using the prescaler and postscaler, time-out periods, ranging from 1 ms to 131 seconds, can be achieved. The WDT, prescaler and postscaler are reset: • On any device Reset • On the completion of a clock switch, whether invoked by software (i.e., setting the OSWEN bit after changing the NOSC bits) or by hardware (i.e., Fail-Safe Clock Monitor) • When a PWRSAV instruction is executed (i.e., Sleep or Idle mode is entered) FIGURE 24-2: • When the device exits Sleep or Idle mode to resume normal operation • By a CLRWDT instruction during normal execution If the WDT is enabled, it will continue to run during Sleep or Idle modes. When the WDT time-out occurs, the device will wake-up and code execution will continue from where the PWRSAV instruction was executed. The corresponding SLEEP or IDLE bits (RCON<3:2>) will need to be cleared in software after the device wakes up. The WDT Flag bit, WDTO (RCON<4>), is not automatically cleared following a WDT time-out. To detect subsequent WDT events, the flag must be cleared in software. Note: 24.3.1 The CLRWDT and PWRSAV instructions clear the prescaler and postscaler counts when executed. CONTROL REGISTER The WDT is enabled or disabled by the FWDTEN Configuration bit. When the FWDTEN Configuration bit is set, the WDT is always enabled. The WDT can be optionally controlled in software when the FWDTEN Configuration bit has been programmed to ‘0’. The WDT is enabled in software by setting the SWDTEN control bit (RCON<5>). The SWDTEN control bit is cleared on any device Reset. The software WDT option allows the user to enable the WDT for critical code segments and disables the WDT during non-critical segments for maximum power savings. WATCHDOG TIMER (WDT) BLOCK DIAGRAM SWDTEN FWDTEN LPRC Control FWPSA WDTPS<3:0> Prescaler (5-bit/7-bit) LPRC Input 32 kHz Wake from Sleep WDT Counter 1 ms/4 ms Postscaler 1:1 to 1:32.768 WDT Overflow Reset All Device Resets Transition to New Clock Source Exit Sleep or Idle Mode CLRWDT Instr. PWRSAV Instr. Sleep or Idle Mode DS39747F-page 202 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 24.4 Note: JTAG Interface This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 33. “Programming and Diagnostics” (DS39716) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. PIC24FJ128GA010 family devices implement a JTAG interface, which supports boundary scan device testing as well as In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™). Refer to the Microchip web site (www.microchip.com) for JTAG support files and additional information. 24.5 Note: Program Verification and Code Protection This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 33. “Programming and Diagnostics” (DS39716) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. For all devices in the PIC24FJ128GA010 family, the on-chip program memory space is treated as a single block. Code protection for this block is controlled by one Configuration bit, GCP (Flash Configuration Word 1<13>. This bit inhibits external reads and writes to the program memory space. It has no direct effect in normal execution mode. Write protection is controlled by the GWRP bit (Flash Configuration Word 1<12>. When GWRP is programmed to ‘0’, internal write and erase operations to the program memory are blocked. 24.5.1 24.6 Note: In-Circuit Serial Programming This data sheet summarizes the features of this group of PIC24F devices. It is not intended to be a comprehensive reference source. Refer to Section 33. “Programming and Diagnostics” (DS39716) in the “PIC24F Family Reference Manual” for more information. PIC24FJ128GA010 family microcontrollers can be serially programmed while in the end application circuit. This is simply done with two lines for clock (PGCx) and data (PGDx), and three other lines for power, ground and the programming voltage. This allows customers to manufacture boards with unprogrammed devices and then program the microcontroller just before shipping the product. This also allows the most recent firmware or a custom firmware to be programmed. 24.7 In-Circuit Debugger When MPLAB® ICD 2 is selected as a debugger, the In-Circuit Debugging functionality is enabled. This function allows simple debugging functions when used with MPLAB IDE. Debugging functionality is controlled through the EMUCx (Emulation/Debug Clock) and EMUDx (Emulation/Debug Data) pins. To use the In-Circuit Debugger function of the device, the design must implement ICSP connections to MCLR, VDD, VSS, PGCx, PGDx and the EMUDx/EMUCx pin pair. In addition, when the feature is enabled, some of the resources are not available for general use. These resources include the first 80 bytes of data RAM and two I/O pins. CONFIGURATION REGISTER PROTECTION The Configuration registers are protected against inadvertent or unwanted changes, or reads in two ways. The primary protection method is the same as that of the shadow registers, which contain a complimentary value that is constantly compared with the actual value. To safeguard against unpredictable events, Configuration bit changes resulting from individual cell level disruptions (such as ESD events) will cause a parity error and trigger a device Configuration Word Mismatch Reset. The data for the Configuration registers is derived from the Flash Configuration Words in program memory. As a consequence, when the GCP bit is set, the source data for the device configuration is also protected. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 203 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY NOTES: DS39747F-page 204 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 25.0 INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY The PIC24F instruction set adds many enhancements to the previous PIC® MCU instruction sets, while maintaining an easy migration from previous PIC MCU instruction sets. Most instructions are a single program memory word. Only three instructions require two program memory locations. Each single-word instruction is a 24-bit word divided into an 8-bit opcode, which specifies the instruction type and one or more operands, which further specify the operation of the instruction. The instruction set is highly orthogonal and is grouped into four basic categories: • • • • Word or byte-oriented operations Bit-oriented operations Literal operations Control operations Table 25-1 shows the general symbols used in describing the instructions. The PIC24F instruction set summary in Table 25-2 lists all the instructions, along with the status flags affected by each instruction. Most word or byte-oriented W register instructions (including barrel shift instructions) have three operands: • The first source operand which is typically a register ‘Wb’ without any address modifier • The second source operand which is typically a register ‘Ws’ with or without an address modifier • The destination of the result which is typically a register ‘Wd’ with or without an address modifier However, word or byte-oriented file register instructions have two operands: • The file register specified by the value, ‘f’ • The destination, which could either be the file register ‘f’ or the W0 register, which is denoted as ‘WREG’ Most bit-oriented instructions (including simple rotate/ shift instructions) have two operands: • The W register (with or without an address modifier) or file register (specified by the value of ‘Ws’ or ‘f’) • The bit in the W register or file register (specified by a literal value or indirectly by the contents of register, ‘Wb’) 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. The literal instructions that involve data movement may use some of the following operands: • A literal value to be loaded into a W register or file register (specified by the value of ‘k’) • The W register or file register where the literal value is to be loaded (specified by ‘Wb’ or ‘f’) However, literal instructions that involve arithmetic or logical operations use some of the following operands: • The first source operand which is a register, ‘Wb’, without any address modifier • The second source operand which is a literal value • The destination of the result (only if not the same as the first source operand) which is typically a register, ‘Wd’, with or without an address modifier The control instructions may use some of the following operands: • A program memory address • The mode of the table read and table write instructions All instructions are a single word, except for certain double-word instructions, which were made doubleword instructions so that all of the required information is available in these 48 bits. In the second word, the 8 MSbs are ‘0’s. If this second word is executed as an instruction (by itself), it will execute as a NOP. Most single-word instructions are executed in a single instruction cycle, unless a conditional test is true or the Program Counter (PC) is changed as a result of the instruction. In these cases, the execution takes two instruction cycles, with the additional instruction cycle(s) executed as a NOP. Notable exceptions are the BRA (unconditional/computed branch), indirect CALL/ GOTO, all table reads and writes, and RETURN/RETFIE instructions, which are single-word instructions but take two or three cycles. Certain instructions that involve skipping over the subsequent instruction require either two or three cycles if the skip is performed, depending on whether the instruction being skipped is a single-word or two-word instruction. Moreover, double-word moves require two cycles. The double-word instructions execute in two instruction cycles. DS39747F-page 205 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 25-1: SYMBOLS USED IN OPCODE DESCRIPTIONS Field Description #text Means literal defined by “text” (text) Means “content of text” [text] Means “the location addressed by text” { } Optional field or operation <n:m> Register bit field .b Byte mode selection .d Double-Word mode selection .S Shadow register select .w Word mode selection (default) bit4 4-bit bit selection field (used in word addressed instructions) {0...15} C, DC, N, OV, Z MCU Status bits: Carry, Digit Carry, Negative, Overflow, Sticky Zero Expr Absolute address, label or expression (resolved by the linker) f File register address {0000h...1FFFh} lit1 1-bit unsigned literal {0,1} lit4 4-bit unsigned literal {0...15} lit5 5-bit unsigned literal {0...31} lit8 8-bit unsigned literal {0...255} lit10 10-bit unsigned literal {0...255} for Byte mode, {0:1023} for Word mode lit14 14-bit unsigned literal {0...16384} lit16 16-bit unsigned literal {0...65535} lit23 23-bit unsigned literal {0...8388608}; LSB must be ‘0’ None Field does not require an entry, may be blank PC Program Counter Slit10 10-bit signed literal {-512...511} Slit16 16-bit signed literal {-32768...32767} Slit6 6-bit signed literal {-16...16} Wb Base W register {W0..W15} Wd Destination W register { Wd, [Wd], [Wd++], [Wd--], [++Wd], [--Wd] } Wdo Destination W register { Wnd, [Wnd], [Wnd++], [Wnd--], [++Wnd], [--Wnd], [Wnd+Wb] } Wm,Wn Dividend, Divisor working register pair (Direct Addressing) Wn One of 16 working registers {W0..W15} Wnd One of 16 destination working registers {W0..W15} Wns One of 16 source working registers {W0..W15} WREG W0 (working register used in file register instructions) Ws Source W register { Ws, [Ws], [Ws++], [Ws--], [++Ws], [--Ws] } Wso Source W register { Wns, [Wns], [Wns++], [Wns--], [++Wns], [--Wns], [Wns+Wb] } DS39747F-page 206 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 25-2: INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW Assembly Mnemonic ADD ADDC AND ASR BCLR BRA BSET BSW BTG BTSC Assembly Syntax Description # of Words # of Cycles Status Flags Affected ADD f f = f + WREG 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z ADD f,WREG WREG = f + WREG 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z ADD #lit10,Wn Wd = lit10 + Wd 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z ADD Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Wb + Ws 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z ADD Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = Wb + lit5 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z ADDC f f = f + WREG + (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z ADDC f,WREG WREG = f + WREG + (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z ADDC #lit10,Wn Wd = lit10 + Wd + (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z ADDC Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Wb + Ws + (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z ADDC Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = Wb + lit5 + (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z AND f f = f .AND. WREG 1 1 N, Z AND f,WREG WREG = f .AND. WREG 1 1 N, Z AND #lit10,Wn Wd = lit10 .AND. Wd 1 1 N, Z AND Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Wb .AND. Ws 1 1 N, Z AND Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = Wb .AND. lit5 1 1 N, Z ASR f f = Arithmetic Right Shift f 1 1 C, N, OV, Z ASR f,WREG WREG = Arithmetic Right Shift f 1 1 C, N, OV, Z ASR Ws,Wd Wd = Arithmetic Right Shift Ws 1 1 C, N, OV, Z ASR Wb,Wns,Wnd Wnd = Arithmetic Right Shift Wb by Wns 1 1 N, Z ASR Wb,#lit5,Wnd Wnd = Arithmetic Right Shift Wb by lit5 1 1 N, Z BCLR f,#bit4 Bit Clear f 1 1 None BCLR Ws,#bit4 Bit Clear Ws 1 1 None BRA C,Expr Branch if Carry 1 1 (2) None BRA GE,Expr Branch if Greater than or Equal 1 1 (2) None BRA GEU,Expr Branch if Unsigned Greater than or Equal 1 1 (2) None BRA GT,Expr Branch if Greater than 1 1 (2) None BRA GTU,Expr Branch if Unsigned Greater than 1 1 (2) None BRA LE,Expr Branch if Less than or Equal 1 1 (2) None BRA LEU,Expr Branch if Unsigned Less than or Equal 1 1 (2) None BRA LT,Expr Branch if Less than 1 1 (2) None BRA LTU,Expr Branch if Unsigned Less than 1 1 (2) None BRA N,Expr Branch if Negative 1 1 (2) None BRA NC,Expr Branch if Not Carry 1 1 (2) None BRA NN,Expr Branch if Not Negative 1 1 (2) None BRA NOV,Expr Branch if Not Overflow 1 1 (2) None BRA NZ,Expr Branch if Not Zero 1 1 (2) None BRA OV,Expr Branch if Overflow 1 1 (2) None BRA Expr Branch Unconditionally 1 2 None BRA Z,Expr Branch if Zero 1 1 (2) None BRA Wn Computed Branch 1 2 None BSET f,#bit4 Bit Set f 1 1 None BSET Ws,#bit4 Bit Set Ws 1 1 None BSW.C Ws,Wb Write C bit to Ws<Wb> 1 1 None BSW.Z Ws,Wb Write Z bit to Ws<Wb> 1 1 None BTG f,#bit4 Bit Toggle f 1 1 None BTG Ws,#bit4 Bit Toggle Ws 1 1 None BTSC f,#bit4 Bit Test f, Skip if Clear 1 1 None (2 or 3) BTSC Ws,#bit4 Bit Test Ws, Skip if Clear 1 1 None (2 or 3) 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 207 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 25-2: INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW (CONTINUED) Assembly Mnemonic BTSS BTST BTSTS Assembly Syntax # of Words Description # of Cycles Status Flags Affected BTSS f,#bit4 Bit Test f, Skip if Set 1 1 None (2 or 3) BTSS Ws,#bit4 Bit Test Ws, Skip if Set 1 1 None (2 or 3) BTST f,#bit4 Bit Test f 1 1 Z BTST.C Ws,#bit4 Bit Test Ws to C 1 1 C BTST.Z Ws,#bit4 Bit Test Ws to Z 1 1 Z BTST.C Ws,Wb Bit Test Ws<Wb> to C 1 1 C Z BTST.Z Ws,Wb Bit Test Ws<Wb> to Z 1 1 BTSTS f,#bit4 Bit Test then Set f 1 1 Z BTSTS.C Ws,#bit4 Bit Test Ws to C, then Set 1 1 C BTSTS.Z Ws,#bit4 Bit Test Ws to Z, then Set 1 1 Z CALL CALL lit23 Call Subroutine 2 2 None CALL Wn Call Indirect Subroutine 1 2 None CLR CLR f f = 0x0000 1 1 None CLR WREG WREG = 0x0000 1 1 None CLR Ws Ws = 0x0000 1 1 None Clear Watchdog Timer 1 1 WDTO, Sleep CLRWDT CLRWDT COM COM f f=f 1 1 N, Z COM f,WREG WREG = f 1 1 N, Z COM Ws,Wd Wd = Ws 1 1 N, Z CP f Compare f with WREG 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z CP Wb,#lit5 Compare Wb with lit5 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z CP Wb,Ws Compare Wb with Ws (Wb – Ws) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z CP0 CP0 f Compare f with 0x0000 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z CP0 Ws Compare Ws with 0x0000 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z CPB CPB f Compare f with WREG, with Borrow 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z CPB Wb,#lit5 Compare Wb with lit5, with Borrow 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z CPB Wb,Ws Compare Wb with Ws, with Borrow (Wb – Ws – C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z CPSEQ CPSEQ Wb,Wn Compare Wb with Wn, Skip if = 1 1 None (2 or 3) CPSGT CPSGT Wb,Wn Compare Wb with Wn, Skip if > 1 1 None (2 or 3) CPSLT CPSLT Wb,Wn Compare Wb with Wn, Skip if < 1 1 None (2 or 3) CPSNE CPSNE Wb,Wn Compare Wb with Wn, Skip if 1 1 None (2 or 3) DAW DAW.B Wn Wn = Decimal Adjust Wn 1 1 DEC DEC f f = f –1 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z DEC f,WREG WREG = f –1 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z CP C DEC Ws,Wd Wd = Ws – 1 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z DEC2 f f=f–2 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z DEC2 f,WREG WREG = f – 2 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z DEC2 Ws,Wd Wd = Ws – 2 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z DISI DISI #lit14 Disable Interrupts for k Instruction Cycles 1 1 None DIV DIV.SW Wm,Wn Signed 16/16-Bit Integer Divide 1 18 N, Z, C, OV DIV.SD Wm,Wn Signed 32/16-Bit Integer Divide 1 18 N, Z, C, OV DIV.UW Wm,Wn Unsigned 16/16-Bit Integer Divide 1 18 N, Z, C, OV DIV.UD Wm,Wn Unsigned 32/16-Bit Integer Divide 1 18 N, Z, C, OV EXCH EXCH Wns,Wnd Swap Wns with Wnd 1 1 None FF1L FF1L Ws,Wnd Find First One from Left (MSb) Side 1 1 C FF1R FF1R Ws,Wnd Find First One from Right (LSb) Side 1 1 C DEC2 DS39747F-page 208 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 25-2: INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW (CONTINUED) Assembly Mnemonic GOTO INC INC2 Assembly Syntax Description # of Words # of Cycles Status Flags Affected GOTO Expr Go to Address 2 2 None GOTO Wn Go to Indirect 1 2 None INC f f=f+1 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z INC f,WREG WREG = f + 1 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z C, DC, N, OV, Z INC Ws,Wd Wd = Ws + 1 1 1 INC2 f f=f+2 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z INC2 f,WREG WREG = f + 2 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z C, DC, N, OV, Z INC2 Ws,Wd Wd = Ws + 2 1 1 IOR f f = f .IOR. WREG 1 1 N, Z IOR f,WREG WREG = f .IOR. WREG 1 1 N, Z IOR #lit10,Wn Wd = lit10 .IOR. Wd 1 1 N, Z IOR Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Wb .IOR. Ws 1 1 N, Z IOR Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = Wb .IOR. lit5 1 1 N, Z LNK LNK #lit14 Link Frame Pointer 1 1 None LSR LSR f f = Logical Right Shift f 1 1 C, N, OV, Z LSR f,WREG WREG = Logical Right Shift f 1 1 C, N, OV, Z LSR Ws,Wd Wd = Logical Right Shift Ws 1 1 C, N, OV, Z LSR Wb,Wns,Wnd Wnd = Logical Right Shift Wb by Wns 1 1 N, Z LSR Wb,#lit5,Wnd Wnd = Logical Right Shift Wb by lit5 1 1 N, Z MOV f,Wn Move f to Wn 1 1 None MOV [Wns+Slit10],Wnd Move [Wns+Slit10] to Wnd 1 1 None MOV f Move f to f 1 1 N, Z MOV f,WREG Move f to WREG 1 1 N, Z MOV #lit16,Wn Move 16-Bit Literal to Wn 1 1 None MOV.b #lit8,Wn Move 8-Bit Literal to Wn 1 1 None MOV Wn,f Move Wn to f 1 1 None MOV Wns,[Wns+Slit10] Move Wns to [Wns+Slit10] 1 1 MOV Wso,Wdo Move Ws to Wd 1 1 None MOV WREG,f Move WREG to f 1 1 N, Z MOV.D Wns,Wd Move Double from W(ns):W(ns+1) to Wd 1 2 None MOV.D Ws,Wnd Move Double from Ws to W(nd+1):W(nd) 1 2 None MUL.SS Wb,Ws,Wnd {Wnd+1, Wnd} = Signed(Wb) * Signed(Ws) 1 1 None MUL.SU Wb,Ws,Wnd {Wnd+1, Wnd} = Signed(Wb) * Unsigned(Ws) 1 1 None MUL.US Wb,Ws,Wnd {Wnd+1, Wnd} = Unsigned(Wb) * Signed(Ws) 1 1 None MUL.UU Wb,Ws,Wnd {Wnd+1, Wnd} = Unsigned(Wb) * Unsigned(Ws) 1 1 None MUL.SU Wb,#lit5,Wnd {Wnd+1, Wnd} = Signed(Wb) * Unsigned(lit5) 1 1 None MUL.UU Wb,#lit5,Wnd {Wnd+1, Wnd} = Unsigned(Wb) * Unsigned(lit5) 1 1 None MUL f W3:W2 = f * WREG 1 1 None NEG f f=f+1 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z NEG f,WREG WREG = f + 1 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z NEG Ws,Wd Wd = Ws + 1 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z NOP No Operation 1 1 None NOPR No Operation 1 1 None IOR MOV MUL NEG NOP POP POP f Pop f from Top-of-Stack (TOS) 1 1 None POP Wdo Pop from Top-of-Stack (TOS) to Wdo 1 1 None POP.D Wnd Pop from Top-of-Stack (TOS) to W(nd):W(nd+1) 1 2 None Pop Shadow Registers 1 1 All POP.S PUSH PUSH f Push f to Top-of-Stack (TOS) 1 1 None PUSH Wso Push Wso to Top-of-Stack (TOS) 1 1 None PUSH.D Wns Push W(ns):W(ns+1) to Top-of-Stack (TOS) 1 2 None Push Shadow Registers 1 1 None PUSH.S 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 209 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 25-2: INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW (CONTINUED) Assembly Mnemonic Assembly Syntax Description # of Words # of Cycles Status Flags Affected PWRSAV PWRSAV #lit1 Go into Sleep or Idle mode 1 1 WDTO, Sleep RCALL RCALL Expr Relative Call 1 2 None RCALL Wn Computed Call 1 2 None REPEAT REPEAT #lit14 Repeat Next Instruction lit14 + 1 times 1 1 None REPEAT Wn Repeat Next Instruction (Wn) + 1 times 1 1 None RESET RESET Software Device Reset 1 1 None RETFIE RETFIE Return from Interrupt 1 3 (2) None RETLW RETLW Return with Literal in Wn 1 3 (2) None RETURN RETURN Return from Subroutine 1 3 (2) None RLC RLC f f = Rotate Left through Carry f 1 1 C, N, Z RLC f,WREG WREG = Rotate Left through Carry f 1 1 C, N, Z C, N, Z RLNC RRC RRNC #lit10,Wn RLC Ws,Wd Wd = Rotate Left through Carry Ws 1 1 RLNC f f = Rotate Left (No Carry) f 1 1 N, Z RLNC f,WREG WREG = Rotate Left (No Carry) f 1 1 N, Z N, Z RLNC Ws,Wd Wd = Rotate Left (No Carry) Ws 1 1 RRC f f = Rotate Right through Carry f 1 1 C, N, Z RRC f,WREG WREG = Rotate Right through Carry f 1 1 C, N, Z RRC Ws,Wd Wd = Rotate Right through Carry Ws 1 1 C, N, Z RRNC f f = Rotate Right (No Carry) f 1 1 N, Z RRNC f,WREG WREG = Rotate Right (No Carry) f 1 1 N, Z RRNC Ws,Wd Wd = Rotate Right (No Carry) Ws 1 1 N, Z SE SE Ws,Wnd Wnd = Sign-Extended Ws 1 1 C, N, Z SETM SETM f f = FFFFh 1 1 None SETM WREG WREG = FFFFh 1 1 None SETM Ws Ws = FFFFh 1 1 None SL f f = Left Shift f 1 1 C, N, OV, Z SL f,WREG WREG = Left Shift f 1 1 C, N, OV, Z SL Ws,Wd Wd = Left Shift Ws 1 1 C, N, OV, Z SL Wb,Wns,Wnd Wnd = Left Shift Wb by Wns 1 1 N, Z SL Wb,#lit5,Wnd Wnd = Left Shift Wb by lit5 1 1 N, Z SUB f f = f – WREG 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUB f,WREG WREG = f – WREG 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUB #lit10,Wn Wn = Wn – lit10 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUB Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Wb – Ws 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUB Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = Wb – lit5 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBB f f = f – WREG – (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SL SUB SUBB SUBR SUBBR SWAP TBLRDH SUBB f,WREG WREG = f – WREG – (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBB #lit10,Wn Wn = Wn – lit10 – (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBB Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Wb – Ws – (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBB Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = Wb – lit5 – (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBR f f = WREG – f 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBR f,WREG WREG = WREG – f 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBR Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Ws – Wb 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBR Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = lit5 – Wb 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBBR f f = WREG – f – (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBBR f,WREG WREG = WREG – f – (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBBR Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Ws – Wb – (C) 1 1 C, DC, N, OV, Z C, DC, N, OV, Z SUBBR Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = lit5 – Wb – (C) 1 1 SWAP.b Wn Wn = Nibble Swap Wn 1 1 None SWAP Wn Wn = Byte Swap Wn 1 1 None TBLRDH Ws,Wd Read Prog<23:16> to Wd<7:0> 1 2 None DS39747F-page 210 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 25-2: INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW (CONTINUED) Assembly Mnemonic Assembly Syntax Description # of Words # of Cycles Status Flags Affected TBLRDL TBLRDL Ws,Wd Read Prog<15:0> to Wd 1 2 None TBLWTH TBLWTH Ws,Wd Write Ws<7:0> to Prog<23:16> 1 2 None TBLWTL TBLWTL Ws,Wd Write Ws to Prog<15:0> 1 2 None ULNK ULNK Unlink Frame Pointer 1 1 None XOR XOR f f = f .XOR. WREG 1 1 N, Z XOR f,WREG WREG = f .XOR. WREG 1 1 N, Z XOR #lit10,Wn Wd = lit10 .XOR. Wd 1 1 N, Z XOR Wb,Ws,Wd Wd = Wb .XOR. Ws 1 1 N, Z XOR Wb,#lit5,Wd Wd = Wb .XOR. lit5 1 1 N, Z ZE Ws,Wnd Wnd = Zero-Extend Ws 1 1 C, Z, N ZE 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 211 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY NOTES: DS39747F-page 212 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 26.0 DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT The PIC® microcontrollers and dsPIC® digital signal controllers are supported with a full range of software and hardware development tools: • Integrated Development Environment - MPLAB® IDE Software • Compilers/Assemblers/Linkers - MPLAB C Compiler for Various Device Families - HI-TECH C® for Various Device Families - MPASMTM Assembler - MPLINKTM Object Linker/ MPLIBTM Object Librarian - MPLAB Assembler/Linker/Librarian for Various Device Families • Simulators - MPLAB SIM Software Simulator • Emulators - MPLAB REAL ICE™ In-Circuit Emulator • In-Circuit Debuggers - MPLAB ICD 3 - PICkit™ 3 Debug Express • Device Programmers - PICkit™ 2 Programmer - MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer • Low-Cost Demonstration/Development Boards, Evaluation Kits, and Starter Kits 26.1 MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software The MPLAB IDE software brings an ease of software development previously unseen in the 8/16/32-bit microcontroller market. The MPLAB IDE is a Windows® operating system-based application that contains: • A single graphical interface to all debugging tools - Simulator - Programmer (sold separately) - In-Circuit Emulator (sold separately) - In-Circuit Debugger (sold separately) • A full-featured editor with color-coded context • A multiple project manager • Customizable data windows with direct edit of contents • High-level source code debugging • Mouse over variable inspection • Drag and drop variables from source to watch windows • Extensive on-line help • Integration of select third party tools, such as IAR C Compilers The MPLAB IDE allows you to: • Edit your source files (either C or assembly) • One-touch compile or assemble, and download to emulator and simulator tools (automatically updates all project information) • Debug using: - Source files (C or assembly) - Mixed C and assembly - Machine code MPLAB IDE supports multiple debugging tools in a single development paradigm, from the cost-effective simulators, through low-cost in-circuit debuggers, to full-featured emulators. This eliminates the learning curve when upgrading to tools with increased flexibility and power. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 213 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 26.2 MPLAB C Compilers for Various Device Families The MPLAB C Compiler code development systems are complete ANSI C compilers for Microchip’s PIC18, PIC24 and PIC32 families of microcontrollers and the dsPIC30 and dsPIC33 families of digital signal controllers. These compilers provide powerful integration capabilities, superior code optimization and ease of use. For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE debugger. 26.3 HI-TECH C for Various Device Families The HI-TECH C Compiler code development systems are complete ANSI C compilers for Microchip’s PIC family of microcontrollers and the dsPIC family of digital signal controllers. These compilers provide powerful integration capabilities, omniscient code generation and ease of use. For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE debugger. The compilers include a macro assembler, linker, preprocessor, and one-step driver, and can run on multiple platforms. 26.4 MPASM Assembler The MPASM Assembler is a full-featured, universal macro assembler for PIC10/12/16/18 MCUs. The MPASM Assembler generates relocatable object files for the MPLINK Object Linker, Intel® standard HEX files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol reference, absolute LST files that contain source lines and generated machine code and COFF files for debugging. The MPASM Assembler features include: 26.5 MPLINK Object Linker/ MPLIB Object Librarian The MPLINK Object Linker combines relocatable objects created by the MPASM Assembler and the MPLAB C18 C Compiler. It can link relocatable objects from precompiled libraries, using directives from a linker script. The MPLIB Object Librarian manages the creation and modification of library files of precompiled code. When a routine from a library is called from a source file, only the modules that contain that routine will be linked in with the application. This allows large libraries to be used efficiently in many different applications. The object linker/library features include: • Efficient linking of single libraries instead of many smaller files • Enhanced code maintainability by grouping related modules together • Flexible creation of libraries with easy module listing, replacement, deletion and extraction 26.6 MPLAB Assembler, Linker and Librarian for Various Device Families MPLAB Assembler produces relocatable machine code from symbolic assembly language for PIC24, PIC32 and dsPIC devices. MPLAB C Compiler uses the assembler to produce its object file. The assembler generates relocatable object files that can then be archived or linked with other relocatable object files and archives to create an executable file. Notable features of the assembler include: • • • • • • Support for the entire device instruction set Support for fixed-point and floating-point data Command line interface Rich directive set Flexible macro language MPLAB IDE compatibility • Integration into MPLAB IDE projects • User-defined macros to streamline assembly code • Conditional assembly for multi-purpose source files • Directives that allow complete control over the assembly process DS39747F-page 214 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 26.7 MPLAB SIM Software Simulator The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator allows code development in a PC-hosted environment by simulating the PIC MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs on an instruction level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from a comprehensive stimulus controller. Registers can be logged to files for further run-time analysis. The trace buffer and logic analyzer display extend the power of the simulator to record and track program execution, actions on I/O, most peripherals and internal registers. The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator fully supports symbolic debugging using the MPLAB C Compilers, and the MPASM and MPLAB Assemblers. The software simulator offers the flexibility to develop and debug code outside of the hardware laboratory environment, making it an excellent, economical software development tool. 26.8 MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System is Microchip’s next generation high-speed emulator for Microchip Flash DSC and MCU devices. It debugs and programs PIC® Flash MCUs and dsPIC® Flash DSCs with the easy-to-use, powerful graphical user interface of the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE), included with each kit. The emulator is connected to the design engineer’s PC using a high-speed USB 2.0 interface and is connected to the target with either a connector compatible with incircuit debugger systems (RJ11) or with the new highspeed, noise tolerant, Low-Voltage Differential Signal (LVDS) interconnection (CAT5). The emulator is field upgradable through future firmware downloads in MPLAB IDE. In upcoming releases of MPLAB IDE, new devices will be supported, and new features will be added. MPLAB REAL ICE offers significant advantages over competitive emulators including low-cost, full-speed emulation, run-time variable watches, trace analysis, complex breakpoints, a ruggedized probe interface and long (up to three meters) interconnection cables. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. 26.9 MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger System MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger System is Microchip's most cost effective high-speed hardware debugger/programmer for Microchip Flash Digital Signal Controller (DSC) and microcontroller (MCU) devices. It debugs and programs PIC® Flash microcontrollers and dsPIC® DSCs with the powerful, yet easyto-use graphical user interface of MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE). The MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger probe is connected to the design engineer’s PC using a high-speed USB 2.0 interface and is connected to the target with a connector compatible with the MPLAB ICD 2 or MPLAB REAL ICE systems (RJ-11). MPLAB ICD 3 supports all MPLAB ICD 2 headers. 26.10 PICkit 3 In-Circuit Debugger/ Programmer and PICkit 3 Debug Express The MPLAB PICkit 3 allows debugging and programming of PIC® and dsPIC® Flash microcontrollers at a most affordable price point using the powerful graphical user interface of the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE). The MPLAB PICkit 3 is connected to the design engineer's PC using a full speed USB interface and can be connected to the target via an Microchip debug (RJ-11) connector (compatible with MPLAB ICD 3 and MPLAB REAL ICE). The connector uses two device I/O pins and the reset line to implement in-circuit debugging and In-Circuit Serial Programming™. The PICkit 3 Debug Express include the PICkit 3, demo board and microcontroller, hookup cables and CDROM with user’s guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and MPLAB IDE software. DS39747F-page 215 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 26.11 PICkit 2 Development Programmer/Debugger and PICkit 2 Debug Express 26.13 Demonstration/Development Boards, Evaluation Kits, and Starter Kits The PICkit™ 2 Development Programmer/Debugger is a low-cost development tool with an easy to use interface for programming and debugging Microchip’s Flash families of microcontrollers. The full featured Windows® programming interface supports baseline (PIC10F, PIC12F5xx, PIC16F5xx), midrange (PIC12F6xx, PIC16F), PIC18F, PIC24, dsPIC30, dsPIC33, and PIC32 families of 8-bit, 16-bit, and 32-bit microcontrollers, and many Microchip Serial EEPROM products. With Microchip’s powerful MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE) the PICkit™ 2 enables in-circuit debugging on most PIC® microcontrollers. In-Circuit-Debugging runs, halts and single steps the program while the PIC microcontroller is embedded in the application. When halted at a breakpoint, the file registers can be examined and modified. A wide variety of demonstration, development and evaluation boards for various PIC MCUs and dsPIC DSCs allows quick application development on fully functional systems. Most boards include prototyping areas for adding custom circuitry and provide application firmware and source code for examination and modification. The PICkit 2 Debug Express include the PICkit 2, demo board and microcontroller, hookup cables and CDROM with user’s guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and MPLAB IDE software. 26.12 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer The MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer is a universal, CE compliant device programmer with programmable voltage verification at VDDMIN and VDDMAX for maximum reliability. It features a large LCD display (128 x 64) for menus and error messages and a modular, detachable socket assembly to support various package types. The ICSP™ cable assembly is included as a standard item. In Stand-Alone mode, the MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer can read, verify and program PIC devices without a PC connection. It can also set code protection in this mode. The MPLAB PM3 connects to the host PC via an RS-232 or USB cable. The MPLAB PM3 has high-speed communications and optimized algorithms for quick programming of large memory devices and incorporates an MMC card for file storage and data applications. DS39747F-page 216 The boards support a variety of features, including LEDs, temperature sensors, switches, speakers, RS-232 interfaces, LCD displays, potentiometers and additional EEPROM memory. The demonstration and development boards can be used in teaching environments, for prototyping custom circuits and for learning about various microcontroller applications. In addition to the PICDEM™ and dsPICDEM™ demonstration/development board series of circuits, Microchip has a line of evaluation kits and demonstration software for analog filter design, KEELOQ® security ICs, CAN, IrDA®, PowerSmart battery management, SEEVAL® evaluation system, Sigma-Delta A/D, flow rate sensing, plus many more. Also available are starter kits that contain everything needed to experience the specified device. This usually includes a single application and debug capability, all on one board. Check the Microchip web page (www.microchip.com) for the complete list of demonstration, development and evaluation kits. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 27.0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS This section provides an overview of the PIC24FJ128GA010 electrical characteristics. Additional information will be provided in future revisions of this document as it becomes available. Absolute maximum ratings for the PIC24FJ128GA010 are listed below. Exposure to these maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. Functional operation of the device at these, or any other conditions above the parameters indicated in the operation listings of this specification, is not implied. Absolute Maximum Ratings(†) Ambient temperature under bias.............................................................................................................. .-40°C to +85°C Storage temperature .............................................................................................................................. -65°C to +150°C Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS ......................................................................................................... -0.3V to +4.0V Voltage on any combined analog and digital pin and MCLR, with respect to VSS ......................... -0.3V to (VDD + 0.3V) Voltage on any digital only pin with respect to VSS .................................................................................. -0.3V to +6.0V Voltage on VDDCORE with respect to VSS ................................................................................................. -0.3V to +2.8V Maximum current out of VSS pin ...........................................................................................................................300 mA Maximum current into VDD pin (Note 1)................................................................................................................250 mA Maximum output current sunk by any I/O pin..........................................................................................................25 mA Maximum output current sunk by any I/O pin..........................................................................................................25 mA Maximum output current sourced by any I/O pin ....................................................................................................25 mA Maximum current sunk by all ports .......................................................................................................................200 mA Maximum current sourced by all ports (Note 1)....................................................................................................200 mA Note 1: Maximum allowable current is a function of device maximum power dissipation (see Table 27-2). †NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those, or any other conditions above those indicated in the operation listings of this specification, is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. FIGURE 27-1: FREQUENCY/VOLTAGE GRAPH 3.00V Voltage VDDCORE(1) 2.75V 2.75V 2.50V 2.25V 2.00V 32 MHz 16 MHz Frequency Note 1: When the voltage regulator is disabled, VDD and VDDCORE must be maintained so that VDDCORE VDD 3.6V. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 217 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 27.1 DC Characteristics TABLE 27-1: OPERATING MIPS vs. VOLTAGE Max MIPS VDD Range (in Volts) Temp Range (in °C) PIC24FJ128GA010 Family 2.0-3.6V -40°C to +85°C 16 TABLE 27-2: THERMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS Rating Symbol Min Typ Max Unit Operating Junction Temperature Range TJ -40 — +125 °C Operating Ambient Temperature Range TA -40 — +85 °C PIC24FJ128GA010 Family: Power Dissipation: Internal Chip Power Dissipation: PINT = VDD x (IDD – IOH) PD PINT + PI/O W PDMAX (TJ – TA)/JA W I/O Pin Power Dissipation: PI/O = ({VDD – VOH} x IOH) + (VOL x IOL) Maximum Allowed Power Dissipation TABLE 27-3: THERMAL PACKAGING CHARACTERISTICS Characteristic Symbol Typ Max Unit Notes JA 50 — °C/W (Note 1) Package Thermal Resistance, 12x12x1 mm TQFP JA 69.4 — °C/W (Note 1) Package Thermal Resistance, 10x10x1 mm TQFP JA 76.6 — °C/W (Note 1) Package Thermal Resistance, 14x14x1 mm TQFP Note 1: Junction to ambient thermal resistance, Theta-JA (JA) numbers are achieved by package simulations. TABLE 27-4: DC TEMPERATURE AND VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS DC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial Min Typ(1) Max Units VDD VBOR — 3.6 V VDD VDDCORE — 3.6 V Regulator is disabled 2.0 — 2.75 V Regulator is disabled Sym Characteristic Conditions Operating Voltage DC10 Supply Voltage VDDCORE DC12 VDR RAM Data Retention Voltage(2) 1.5 — — V DC16 VPOR VDD Start Voltage to Ensure Internal Power-on Reset Signal — — VSS V DC17 SVDD VDD Rise Rate to Ensure Internal Power-on Reset Signal 0.05 — — V/ms DC18 VBOR Brown-out Reset Voltage(3) 1.9 2.2 2.5 V Note 1: 2: 3: Regulator is enabled 0-3.3V in 0.1s 0-2.5V in 60 ms Regulator must be enabled Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered without losing RAM data. Device will operate normally until Brown-out reset occurs even though VDD may be below VDDMIN. DS39747F-page 218 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 27-5: DC CHARACTERISTICS: OPERATING CURRENT (IDD) Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial DC CHARACTERISTICS Parameter No. Typical(1) Max Units Conditions Operating Current (IDD)(2) DC20 1.6 4.0 mA -40°C DC20a 1.6 4.0 mA +25°C DC20b 1.6 4.0 mA +85°C DC20d 1.6 4.0 mA -40°C DC20e 1.6 4.0 mA +25°C DC20f 1.6 4.0 mA +85°C DC23 6.0 12 mA -40°C DC23a 6.0 12 mA +25°C DC23b 6.0 12 mA +85°C DC23d 6.0 12 mA -40°C DC23e 6.0 12 mA +25°C DC23f 6.0 12 mA +85°C DC24 20 32 mA -40°C DC24a 20 32 mA +25°C DC24b 20 32 mA +85°C DC24d 20 32 mA -40°C DC24e 20 32 mA +25°C DC24f 20 32 mA +85°C DC31 70 150 A -40°C DC31a 100 200 A +25°C DC31b 200 400 A +85°C DC31d 70 150 A -40°C DC31e 100 200 A +25°C DC31f 200 400 A +85°C Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 2.5V(3) 1 MIPS 3.6V(4) 2.5V(3) 4 MIPS 3.6V(4) 2.5V(3) 16 MIPS 3.6V(4) 2.5V(3) LPRC (31 kHz) 3.6V(4) Data in “Typical” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on the current consumption. The test conditions for all IDD measurements are as follows: OSC1 driven with external square wave from rail-to-rail. All I/O pins are configured as inputs and pulled to VDD. MCLR = VDD; WDT and FSCM are disabled. CPU, SRAM, program memory and data memory are operational. No peripheral modules are operating and PMD bits are set. On-chip voltage regulator is disabled (ENVREG tied to VSS). On-chip voltage regulator is enabled (ENVREG tied to VDD). 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 219 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 27-6: DC CHARACTERISTICS: IDLE CURRENT (IIDLE) Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial DC CHARACTERISTICS Parameter No. Typical(1) Max Units Conditions Idle Current (IIDLE): Core Off, Clock On Base Current(2) DC40 0.7 2 mA -40°C DC40a 0.7 2 mA +25°C DC40b 0.7 2 mA +85°C DC40d 0.7 2 mA -40°C DC40e 0.7 2 mA +25°C DC40f 0.7 2 mA +85°C DC43 2.1 4 mA -40°C DC43a 2.1 4 mA +25°C DC43b 2.1 4 mA +85°C DC43d 2.1 4 mA -40°C DC43e 2.1 4 mA +25°C DC43f 2.1 4 mA +85°C DC47 6.8 8 mA -40°C DC47a 6.8 8 mA +25°C DC47b 6.8 8 mA +85°C DC47c 6.8 8 mA -40°C DC47d 6.8 8 mA +25°C DC47e 6.8 8 mA +85°C DC51 70 150 A -40°C DC51a 100 200 A +25°C DC51b 150 400 A +85°C DC51d 70 150 A -40°C DC51e 100 200 A +25°C DC51f 150 400 A +85°C Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 2.5V(3) 1 MIPS 3.6V(4) 2.5V(3) 4 MIPS 3.6V(4) 2.5V(3) 16 MIPS 3.6V(4) 2.5V(3) LPRC (31 kHz) 3.6V(4) Data in “Typical” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Base IIDLE current is measured with core off, clock on, PMD bits set and all modules turned off. On-chip voltage regulator is disabled (ENVREG tied to VSS). On-chip voltage regulator is enabled (ENVREG tied to VDD). DS39747F-page 220 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 27-7: DC CHARACTERISTICS: POWER-DOWN CURRENT (IPD) Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial DC CHARACTERISTICS Parameter No. Typical(1) Max Units Conditions Power-Down Current (IPD)(2) DC60 3 25 A -40°C DC60a 3 45 A +25°C DC60b 100 600 A +85°C DC60f 20 40 A -40°C DC60g 27 60 A +25°C DC60h 120 600 A +85°C 2.0V(3) Base Power-Down Current(5) 3.6V(4) Module Differential Current DC61 10 25 A -40°C DC61a 10 25 A +25°C DC61b 10 25 A +85°C DC61f 10 25 A -40°C DC61g 10 25 A +25°C DC61h 10 25 A +85°C DC62 8 15 A -40°C DC62a 8 15 A +25°C DC62b 8 15 A +85°C DC62f 8 15 A -40°C DC62g 8 15 A +25°C 8 15 A +85°C DC62h Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 2.0V(3) Watchdog Timer Current: IWDT(5) 3.6V(4) 2.0V(3) RTCC + Timer1 w/32 kHz Crystal: IRTCC(5) 3.6V(4) Data in the Typical column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Base IPD is measured with all peripherals and clocks shut down. All I/Os are configured as inputs and pulled high. WDT, etc., are all switched off. Unused PMD bits are set. VREGS bit is clear. On-chip voltage regulator is disabled (ENVREG tied to VSS). On-chip voltage regulator is enabled (ENVREG tied to VDD). The current is the additional current consumed when the module is enabled. This current should be added to the base IPD current. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 221 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 27-8: DC CHARACTERISTICS: I/O PIN INPUT SPECIFICATIONS Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial DC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Sym VIL DI10 Characteristic Min Typ(1) Max Units VSS — 0.2 VDD V Input Low Voltage(4) I/O Pins with ST Buffer DI11 I/O Pins with TTL Buffer VSS — 0.15 VDD V DI15 MCLR VSS — 0.2 VDD V DI16 OSC1 (XT mode) VSS — 0.2 VDD V DI17 OSC1 (HS mode) VSS — 0.2 VDD V 2 DI18 I/O Pins with I C™ Buffer VSS — 0.3 VDD V DI19 I/O Pins with SMBus Buffer VSS — 0.8 V I/O Pins with ST Buffer: with Analog Functions Digital Only 0.8 VDD 0.8 VDD — — VDD 5.5 V V I/O Pins with TTL Buffer: with Analog Functions, Digital Only 0.25 VDD + 0.8 0.25 VDD + 0.8 — — VDD 5.5 V V VIH DI20 DI21 Conditions Input High SMBus enabled Voltage(4) DI25 MCLR 0.8 VDD — VDD V DI26 OSC1 (XT mode) 0.7 VDD — VDD V DI27 OSC1 (HS mode) 0.7 VDD — VDD V DI28 I/O Pins with I2C Buffer: with Analog Functions Digital Only 0.7 VDD 0.7 VDD — — VDD 5.5 V V VDD 5.5 V V 2.5V VPIN VDD 400 A VDD = 3.3V, VPIN = VSS DI29 I/O Pins with SMBus Buffer: with Analog Functions Digital Only 2.1 2.1 DI30 ICNPU CNxx Pull-up Current 50 250 DI31 IPU — — 30 A VDD = 2.0V — — 100 A VDD = 3.3V I/O Ports: with Analog Functions Digital Only — — 50 50 1000 1000 nA nA Pin at high-impedance VSS VPIN VDD VSS VPIN 5.5V DI51 Analog Input Pins — 50 1000 nA DI55 MCLR — 50 1000 nA VSS VPIN VDD DI56 OSC1 — 50 1000 nA VSS VPIN VDD, XT and HS modes IIL DI50 Note 1: 2: 3: 4: Maximum Load Current for Digital High Detection w/Internal Pull-up Input Leakage Current(2,3) VSS VPIN VDD, Pin at high-impedance Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified levels represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages. Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin. Refer to Table 1-2 for I/O pins buffer types. DS39747F-page 222 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 27-9: DC CHARACTERISTICS: I/O PIN OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS DC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Sym VOL Characteristic I/O Ports DO16 OSC2/CLKO DO20 DO26 Note 1: Min Typ(1) Max Units — — 0.4 V IOL = 8.5 mA, VDD = 3.6V — — 0.4 V IOL = 6.0 mA, VDD = 2.0V — — 0.4 V IOL = 8.5 mA, VDD = 3.6V — — 0.4 V IOL = 6.0 mA, VDD = 2.0V Conditions Output Low Voltage DO10 VOH Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial Output High Voltage I/O Ports OSC2/CLKO 3.0 — — V IOH = -3.0 mA, VDD = 3.6V 2.4 — — V IOH = -6.0 mA, VDD = 3.6V 1.65 — — V IOH = -1.0 mA, VDD = 2.0V 1.4 — — V IOH = -3.0 mA, VDD = 2.0V 2.4 — — V IOH = -6.0 mA, VDD = 3.6V 1.4 — — V IOH = -3.0 mA, VDD = 2.0V Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 223 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 27-10: DC CHARACTERISTICS: I/O PIN INPUT SPECIFICATIONS Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial DC CHARACTERISTICS Param. Symbol IICL Characteristic Min. Typ(1) Max. Units Conditions mA All pins except VDD, VSS, AVDD, AVSS, MCLR, VCAP, RB11, SOSCI, SOSCO, D+, D-, VUSB and VBUS All pins except VDD, VSS, AVDD, AVSS, MCLR, VCAP, RB11, SOSCI, SOSCO, D+, D-, VUSB and VBUS, and all 5V tolerant pins(4) Input Low Injection Current DI60a 0 IICH — (2,5) -5 Input High Injection Current DI60b IICT DI60c 4: 5: 6: — +5(3,4,5) mA -20(6) — +20(6) mA Total Input Injection Current (sum of all I/O and control pins) Note 1: 2: 3: 0 Absolute instantaneous sum of all ± input injection currents from all I/O pins ( | IICL + | IICH | ) IICT Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Characterized but not tested. Non-5V tolerant pins VIH source > (VDD + 0.3), 5V tolerant pins VIH source > 5.5V. Characterized but not tested. Digital 5V tolerant pins cannot tolerate any “positive” input injection current from input sources > 5.5V. Injection currents > | 0 | can affect the ADC results by approximately 4-6 counts. Any number and/or combination of I/O pins not excluded under IICL or IICH conditions are permitted provided the mathematical “absolute instantaneous” sum of the input injection currents from all pins do not exceed the specified limit. Characterized but not tested. DS39747F-page 224 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 27-11: DC CHARACTERISTICS: PROGRAM MEMORY Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial DC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ(1) Max Units Conditions Program Flash Memory D130 EP Cell Endurance 100 1K — E/W D131 VPR VDD for Read VMIN — 3.6 V 2.25 — 3.6 V — 3 — ms D132B VPEW VDD for Self-Timed Erase/Write D133A TIW Self-Timed Write Cycle Time D134 TRETD Characteristic Retention 20 — — Year D135 IDDP — 10 — mA Note 1: Supply Current During Programming -40C to +85C VMIN = Minimum operating voltage Provided no other specifications are violated Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. TABLE 27-12: INTERNAL VOLTAGE REGULATOR SPECIFICATIONS Operating Conditions: -40°C < TA < +85°C (unless otherwise stated) Param No. Sym Characteristics VRGOUT Regulator Output Voltage Min Typ Max Units Comments — 2.5 — V CEFC External Filter Capacitor Value 4.7 10 — F Series resistance < 3 Ohm recommended; < 5 Ohm required. TVREG Voltage Regulator Start-up Time — 500 — s ENVREG = VDD TPWRT Power-up Timer Period — 64 — ms ENVREG = VSS TBG — — 1 ms Band Gap Reference Start-up Time 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 225 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 27-13: COMPARATOR SPECIFICATIONS Operating Conditions: 2.0V < VDD < 3.6V, -40°C < TA < +85°C (unless otherwise stated) Param No. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max Units D300 VIOFF Input Offset Voltage* — 10 30 mV D301 VICM Input Common Mode Voltage* 0 — VDD V D302 CMRR Common Mode Rejection Ratio* 55 — — dB 300 TRESP Response Time*(1) — 150 400 ns 301 TMC2OV Comparator Mode Change to Output Valid* — — 10 s * Note 1: Comments Parameters are characterized but not tested. Response time is measured with one comparator input at (VDD – 1.5)/2, while the other input transitions from VSS to VDD. TABLE 27-14: COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS Operating Conditions: 2.0V < VDD < 3.6V, -40°C < TA < +85°C (unless otherwise stated) Param No. Symbol Characteristic Min Typ Max Units VDD/24 — VDD/32 LSb VRD310 CVRES Resolution VRD311 CVRAA Absolute Accuracy — — AVDD – 1.5 LSb VRD312 CVRUR Unit Resistor Value (R) — 2k — Time(1) — — 10 s VR310 Note 1: TSET Settling Comments Settling time measured while CVRR = 1 and CVR<3:0> bits transition from ‘0000’ to ‘1111’. DS39747F-page 226 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 27.2 AC Characteristics and Timing Parameters The information contained in this section defines the PIC24FJ128GA010 AC characteristics and timing parameters. TABLE 27-15: TEMPERATURE AND VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS – AC Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial Operating voltage VDD range as described in Section 27.1 “DC Characteristics”. AC CHARACTERISTICS FIGURE 27-2: LOAD CONDITIONS FOR DEVICE TIMING SPECIFICATIONS Load Condition 1 – for all pins except OSC2 Load Condition 2 – for OSC2 VDD/2 CL Pin RL VSS CL Pin RL = 464 CL = 50 pF for all pins except OSC2 15 pF for OSC2 output VSS TABLE 27-16: CAPACITIVE LOADING REQUIREMENTS ON OUTPUT PINS Param Symbol No. Characteristic Min Typ(1) Max Units Conditions DO50 COSC2 OSC2/CLKO Pin — — 15 pF In XT and HS modes when external clock is used to drive OSC1 DO56 CIO All I/O Pins and OSC2 — — 50 pF EC mode DO58 CB SCLx, SDAx — — 400 pF In I2C™ mode Note 1: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 227 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY FIGURE 27-3: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 OS30 OS30 Q1 Q3 Q2 OSC1 OS20 OS31 OS31 OS25 CLKO OS40 OS41 TABLE 27-17: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS AC CHARACTERISTICS Param Sym No. OS10 Characteristic FOSC External CLKI Frequency (external clocks allowed only in EC mode) Oscillator Frequency Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial Min Typ(1) Max Units DC 3 — — 32 8 MHz MHz EC mode ECPLL mode 3.5 3.5 10 31 — — — — 10 8 32 33 MHz MHz MHz kHz XT mode XTPLL mode HS mode SOSC — — — — Conditions OS20 TOSC TOSC = 1/FOSC OS25 TCY 62.5 — DC ns OS30 TosL, External Clock in (OSC1) TosH High or Low Time 0.45 x TOSC — — ns EC mode OS31 TosR, External Clock in (OSC1) TosF Rise or Fall Time — — 20 ns EC mode OS40 TckR CLKO Rise Time(3) — 6 10 ns OS41 TckF CLKO Fall Time(3) — 6 10 ns Note 1: 2: 3: Instruction Cycle Time(2) See Parameter OS10 for FOSC value Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals two times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at “Min.” values with an external clock applied to the OSC1/CLKI pin. When an external clock input is used, the “Max.” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices. Measurements are taken in EC mode. The CLKO signal is measured on the OSC2 pin. CLKO is low for the Q1-Q2 period (1/2 TCY) and high for the Q3-Q4 period (1/2 TCY). DS39747F-page 228 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 27-18: PLL CLOCK TIMING SPECIFICATIONS (VDD = 2.0V TO 3.6V) Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial AC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Characteristic(1) Sym Min Typ(2) Max Units OS50 FPLLI PLL Input Frequency Range 3 — 8 MHz OS51 FSYS PLL Output Frequency Range 12 — 32 MHz OS52 TLOCK PLL Start-up Time (Lock Time) — — 2 ms OS53 DCLK -2 1 +2 % Note 1: 2: CLKO Stability (Jitter) Conditions ECPLL, HSPLL, XTPLL modes These parameters are characterized but not tested in manufacturing. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. TABLE 27-19: INTERNAL RC OSCILLATOR SPECIFICATIONS AC CHARACTERISTICS Industrial Param No. Characteristic(1) Sym TFRC Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial FRC Start-up Time TLPRC LPRC Start-up Time Note 1: Min Typ Max Units — 15 — µs — 500 — µs Conditions These parameters are characterized but not tested in manufacturing. TABLE 27-20: INTERNAL RC OSCILLATOR ACCURACY AC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Characteristic Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial Min Typ Max Units Conditions -2 — +2 % +25°C VDD = 3.0 - 3.6V -5 — +5 % -40°C TA +85°C VDD = 3.0 - 3.6V -15 — +15 % -40°C TA +85°C VDD = 3.0 - 3.6V Internal FRC Accuracy @ 8 MHz(1) F20 F21 FRC LPRC @ 31 Note 1: kHz(1) Change of LPRC frequency as VDD changes. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 229 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY FIGURE 27-4: CLKO AND I/O TIMING CHARACTERISTICS I/O Pin (Input) DI35 DI40 I/O Pin (Output) New Value Old Value DO31 DO32 Note: Refer to Figure 27-2 for load conditions. TABLE 27-21: CLKO AND I/O TIMING REQUIREMENTS AC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ(1) Max Units — 10 25 ns DO31 TIOR DO32 TIOF Port Output Fall Time — 10 25 ns DI35 TINP INTx Pin High or Low Time (output) 20 — — ns DI40 TRBP CNx High or Low Time (input) 2 — — TCY Note 1: Port Output Rise Time Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial Conditions Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. DS39747F-page 230 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 27-22: A/D MODULE SPECIFICATIONS AC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Symbol Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C Characteristic Min. Typ Max. Units Conditions Device Supply AD01 AVDD Module VDD Supply Greater of VDD – 0.3 or 2.0 — Lesser of VDD + 0.3 or 3.6 V AD02 AVSS Module VSS Supply VSS – 0.3 — VSS + 0.3 V Reference Inputs AD05 VREFH Reference Voltage High AVSS + 1.7 — AVDD V AD06 VREFL Reference Voltage Low AVSS — AVDD – 1.7 V AD07 VREF Absolute Reference Voltage AVSS – 0.3 — AVDD + 0.3 V AD08 IVREF Reference Voltage Input Current — — 1.25 mA AD09 ZVREF Reference Input Impedance — 10K — VREFL VREFH V AVSS – 0.3 AVDD + 0.3 V ±0.610 A AVDD/2 V Analog Input AD10 VINH-VINL Full-Scale Input AD11 VIN AD12 Span(2) Absolute Input Voltage — Leakage Current — AD14 VINL Absolute VINL Input Voltage AVSS – 0.3 AD17 RIN Recommended Impedance of Analog Voltage — ±0.001 — VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V, AVDD = VREFH = 5V, Source Impedance = 2.5 k 2.5K A/D Accuracy AD20a Nr Resolution AD21a INL Integral Nonlinearity(2) — +1 <±2 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V, AVDD = VREFH = 3V AD22a DNL Differential Nonlinearity(2) — +0.5 <±1 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V, AVDD = VREFH = 3V AD23a GERR Gain Error(2) — +1 ±3 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V, AVDD = VREFH = 3V AD24a EOFF Offset Error(2) — +1 ±2 LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V, AVDD = VREFH = 3V AD25a Monotonicity(1) — — — — Note 1: 2: — 10 data bits bits Guaranteed The A/D conversion result never decreases with an increase in the input voltage and has no missing codes. Measurements are taken with external VREF+ and VREF- used as the A/D voltage reference. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 231 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY TABLE 27-23: A/D CONVERSION TIMING REQUIREMENTS(1) AC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Sym Characteristic Standard Operating Conditions: 2.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for Industrial Min Typ Max Units Conditions TCY = 75 ns, ADxCON3 is in default state AD50 TAD A/D Clock Period 75 — — ns AD51 tRC A/D Internal RC Oscillator Period — 250 — ns Conversion Rate AD55 tCONV Conversion Time AD56 FCNV AD57 tSAMP Sample Time Throughput Rate AD61 tPSS — 12 — TAD — — 500 ksps — 1 — TAD 3 TAD AVDD > 2.7V Clock Parameters Note 1: Sample Start Delay from Setting Sample bit (SAMP) 2 — Because the sample caps will eventually lose charge, clock rates below 10 kHz can affect linearity performance, especially at elevated temperatures. DS39747F-page 232 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 28.0 PACKAGING INFORMATION 28.1 Package Marking Information 64-Lead TQFP (10x10x1 mm) XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN PIC24FJ128 GA006-I/ PT e3 1110017 80-Lead TQFP (12x12x1 mm) XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN * Note: Example PIC24FJ128GA 010-I/PT e3 1110017 100-Lead TQFP (14x14x1 mm) Legend: XX...X Y YY WW NNN Example PIC24FJ128GA 008-I/PT e3 1110017 100-Lead TQFP (12x12x1 mm) XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN Example Example PIC24FJ128GA 010-I/PF e3 1110017 Customer-specific information Year code (last digit of calendar year) Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year) Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’) Alphanumeric traceability code Pb-free JEDEC designator for Matte Tin (Sn) This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC designator ( e3 ) can be found on the outer packaging for this package. In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available characters for customer-specific information. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 233 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 64-Lead QFN (9x9x0.9 mm) XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN DS39747F-page 234 Example PIC24FJ128 GA010-I/MR e3 1150017 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 28.2 Package Details The following sections give the technical details of the packages. /HDG3ODVWLF7KLQ4XDG)ODWSDFN37±[[PP%RG\PP>74)3@ 1RWH )RUWKHPRVWFXUUHQWSDFNDJHGUDZLQJVSOHDVHVHHWKH0LFURFKLS3DFNDJLQJ6SHFLILFDWLRQORFDWHGDW KWWSZZZPLFURFKLSFRPSDFNDJLQJ D D1 E e E1 N b NOTE 1 123 NOTE 2 α A φ c A2 β A1 L L1 8QLWV 'LPHQVLRQ/LPLWV 1XPEHURI/HDGV 0,//,0(7(56 0,1 1 120 0$; /HDG3LWFK H 2YHUDOO+HLJKW $ ± %6& ± 0ROGHG3DFNDJH7KLFNQHVV $ 6WDQGRII $ ± )RRW/HQJWK / )RRWSULQW / 5() )RRW$QJOH 2YHUDOO:LGWK ( %6& 2YHUDOO/HQJWK ' %6& 0ROGHG3DFNDJH:LGWK ( %6& 0ROGHG3DFNDJH/HQJWK ' %6& /HDG7KLFNQHVV F ± /HDG:LGWK E 0ROG'UDIW$QJOH7RS 0ROG'UDIW$QJOH%RWWRP 1RWHV 3LQYLVXDOLQGH[IHDWXUHPD\YDU\EXWPXVWEHORFDWHGZLWKLQWKHKDWFKHGDUHD &KDPIHUVDWFRUQHUVDUHRSWLRQDOVL]HPD\YDU\ 'LPHQVLRQV'DQG(GRQRWLQFOXGHPROGIODVKRUSURWUXVLRQV0ROGIODVKRUSURWUXVLRQVVKDOOQRWH[FHHGPPSHUVLGH 'LPHQVLRQLQJDQGWROHUDQFLQJSHU$60(<0 %6& %DVLF'LPHQVLRQ7KHRUHWLFDOO\H[DFWYDOXHVKRZQZLWKRXWWROHUDQFHV 5() 5HIHUHQFH'LPHQVLRQXVXDOO\ZLWKRXWWROHUDQFHIRULQIRUPDWLRQSXUSRVHVRQO\ 0LFURFKLS 7HFKQRORJ\ 'UDZLQJ &% 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 235 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging DS39747F-page 236 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 80-Lead Plastic Thin Quad Flatpack (PT) – 12x12x1 mm Body, 2.00 mm Footprint [TQFP] Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging D D1 E e E1 N b NOTE 1 12 3 α NOTE 2 A c β φ A2 A1 L1 L Units Dimension Limits Number of Leads MILLIMETERS MIN N NOM MAX 80 Lead Pitch e Overall Height A – 0.50 BSC – Molded Package Thickness A2 0.95 1.00 1.05 Standoff A1 0.05 – 0.15 Foot Length L 0.45 0.60 0.75 Footprint L1 1.20 1.00 REF Foot Angle φ Overall Width E 14.00 BSC Overall Length D 14.00 BSC Molded Package Width E1 12.00 BSC Molded Package Length D1 12.00 BSC 0° 3.5° 7° Lead Thickness c 0.09 – 0.20 Lead Width b 0.17 0.22 0.27 Mold Draft Angle Top α 11° 12° 13° Mold Draft Angle Bottom β 11° 12° 13° Notes: 1. Pin 1 visual index feature may vary, but must be located within the hatched area. 2. Chamfers at corners are optional; size may vary. 3. Dimensions D1 and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed 0.25 mm per side. 4. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M. BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances. REF: Reference Dimension, usually without tolerance, for information purposes only. Microchip Technology Drawing C04-092B 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 237 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging DS39747F-page 238 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY 100-Lead Plastic Thin Quad Flatpack (PT) – 12x12x1 mm Body, 2.00 mm Footprint [TQFP] Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging D D1 e E E1 N b NOTE 1 1 23 NOTE 2 α c A φ L β A1 Units Dimension Limits Number of Leads A2 L1 MILLIMETERS MIN N NOM MAX 100 Lead Pitch e Overall Height A – 0.40 BSC – Molded Package Thickness A2 0.95 1.00 1.05 Standoff A1 0.05 – 0.15 Foot Length L 0.45 0.60 0.75 Footprint L1 1.20 1.00 REF Foot Angle φ Overall Width E 14.00 BSC Overall Length D 14.00 BSC Molded Package Width E1 12.00 BSC Molded Package Length D1 12.00 BSC 0° 3.5° 7° Lead Thickness c 0.09 – 0.20 Lead Width b 0.13 0.18 0.23 Mold Draft Angle Top α 11° 12° 13° Mold Draft Angle Bottom β 11° 12° 13° Notes: 1. Pin 1 visual index feature may vary, but must be located within the hatched area. 2. Chamfers at corners are optional; size may vary. 3. Dimensions D1 and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed 0.25 mm per side. 4. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M. BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances. REF: Reference Dimension, usually without tolerance, for information purposes only. Microchip Technology Drawing C04-100B 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 239 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging DS39747F-page 240 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY /HDG3ODVWLF7KLQ4XDG)ODWSDFN3)±[[PP%RG\PP>74)3@ 1RWH )RUWKHPRVWFXUUHQWSDFNDJHGUDZLQJVSOHDVHVHHWKH0LFURFKLS3DFNDJLQJ6SHFLILFDWLRQORFDWHGDW KWWSZZZPLFURFKLSFRPSDFNDJLQJ D D1 e E1 E b N α NOTE 1 1 23 A NOTE 2 φ c β A2 A1 L L1 8QLWV 'LPHQVLRQ/LPLWV 1XPEHURI/HDGV 0,//,0(7(56 0,1 1 120 0$; /HDG3LWFK H 2YHUDOO+HLJKW $ ± %6& ± 0ROGHG3DFNDJH7KLFNQHVV $ 6WDQGRII $ ± )RRW/HQJWK / )RRWSULQW / 5() )RRW$QJOH 2YHUDOO:LGWK ( %6& 2YHUDOO/HQJWK ' %6& 0ROGHG3DFNDJH:LGWK ( %6& 0ROGHG3DFNDJH/HQJWK ' %6& /HDG7KLFNQHVV F ± /HDG:LGWK E 0ROG'UDIW$QJOH7RS 0ROG'UDIW$QJOH%RWWRP 1RWHV 3LQYLVXDOLQGH[IHDWXUHPD\YDU\EXWPXVWEHORFDWHGZLWKLQWKHKDWFKHGDUHD &KDPIHUVDWFRUQHUVDUHRSWLRQDOVL]HPD\YDU\ 'LPHQVLRQV'DQG(GRQRWLQFOXGHPROGIODVKRUSURWUXVLRQV0ROGIODVKRUSURWUXVLRQVVKDOOQRWH[FHHGPPSHUVLGH 'LPHQVLRQLQJDQGWROHUDQFLQJSHU$60(<0 %6& %DVLF'LPHQVLRQ7KHRUHWLFDOO\H[DFWYDOXHVKRZQZLWKRXWWROHUDQFHV 5() 5HIHUHQFH'LPHQVLRQXVXDOO\ZLWKRXWWROHUDQFHIRULQIRUPDWLRQSXUSRVHVRQO\ 0LFURFKLS 7HFKQRORJ\ 'UDZLQJ &% 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 241 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging DS39747F-page 242 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 243 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging DS39747F-page 244 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 245 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY NOTES: DS39747F-page 246 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY APPENDIX A: REVISION HISTORY Revision A (September 2005) Original data sheet for PIC24FJ128GA010 family devices. Revision B (March 2006) Update of electrical specifications. Revision C (June 2006) Update of electrical specifications. Revision D (September 2007) Minor changes in the overall data sheet Revision E (October 2009) Updated to remove Preliminary status. Revision F (January 2012) Added Section 2.0 “Guidelines for Getting Started with 16-bit Microcontrollers”. In Section 28.0 “Packaging Information”, Land Patterns of all the packaging have been added. Minor edits to text throughout the document. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 247 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY NOTES: DS39747F-page 248 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY INDEX A C A/D Conversion Timing Requirements............................. 232 Module Specifications ............................................... 231 AC Characteristics .......................................................... 227 Load Conditions ........................................................ 227 Temperature and Voltage Specifications .................. 227 Alternate Interrupt Vector Table (AIVT) .............................. 63 Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU)................................................. 30 Assembler MPASM Assembler................................................... 214 B Block Diagrams 10-Bit High-Speed A/D Converter............................. 180 16-Bit Timer1 Module................................................ 111 8-Bit Multiplexed Address and Data Application ....... 162 Accessing Program Memory with Table Instructions ............................................... 48 Addressable Parallel Slave Port ............................... 160 Comparator I/O Operating Modes............................. 189 Comparator Voltage Reference ................................ 193 Connections for On-Chip Voltage Regulator............. 201 Device Clock ............................................................... 97 I2C............................................................................. 138 Input Capture ............................................................ 119 LCD Control, Byte Mode ........................................... 162 Legacy Parallel Slave Port........................................ 160 Master Mode, Demultiplexed Addressing ................. 160 Master Mode, Fully Multiplexed Addressing ............. 161 Master Mode, Partially Multiplexed Addressing ........ 161 Multiplexed Addressing Application .......................... 161 Output Compare Module........................................... 121 Parallel EEPROM (Up to 15-Bit Address, 16-Bit Data)... 162 Parallel EEPROM (Up to 15-Bit Address, 8-Bit Data)..... 162 Partially Multiplexed Addressing Application ............ 161 PIC24F CPU Core ...................................................... 26 PIC24FJ128GA010 Family (General) ......................... 10 PMP Module ............................................................. 153 Program Space Visibility Operation ............................ 49 Reset System.............................................................. 57 RTCC ........................................................................ 163 Shared Port Structure ............................................... 107 SPI Master, Frame Master Connection..................... 135 SPI Master, Frame Slave Connection....................... 135 SPI Master/Slave Connection (Enhanced Buffer Modes) ................................................... 134 SPI Master/Slave Connection (Standard Mode) ....... 134 SPI Slave, Frame Master Connection....................... 135 SPI Slave, Frame Slave Connection......................... 135 SPIx Module (Enhanced Mode) ................................ 129 SPIx Module (Standard Mode).................................. 128 Timer2 and Timer4 (16-Bit Synchronous)................. 115 Timer2/3 and Timer4/5 (32-Bit)................................. 114 Timer3 and Timer5 (16-Bit Synchronous)................. 115 UARTx ...................................................................... 145 Watchdog Timer (WDT) ............................................ 202 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. C Compilers MPLAB C18.............................................................. 214 Clock Switching Enabling.................................................................... 103 Operation.................................................................. 103 Oscillator Sequence ................................................. 103 Code Examples Basic Code Sequence for Clock Switching .............. 104 Erasing a Program Memory Block.............................. 54 Initiating a Programming Sequence ........................... 55 Loading Write Buffers ................................................. 55 Port Write/Read ........................................................ 108 Programming a Single Word of Flash Program Memory................................................ 56 PWRSAV Instruction Syntax .................................... 105 Comparator Module .......................................................... 189 Comparator Voltage Reference ........................................ 193 Configuring ............................................................... 193 Configuration Bits ............................................................. 195 Configuration Register Protection..................................... 203 Core Features....................................................................... 7 16-Bit Architecture ........................................................ 7 Easy Migration.............................................................. 8 Oscillator Options, Features ......................................... 7 PIC24FJ128GA010 Family Devices ............................. 9 Power-Saving Technology............................................ 7 CPU .................................................................................... 25 Control Registers........................................................ 28 Programmer’s Model .................................................. 27 CPU Clocking Scheme ....................................................... 98 CRC Example Setup ......................................................... 175 Operation in Power Save Modes.............................. 177 Overview................................................................... 175 Registers .................................................................. 175 User Interface ........................................................... 176 Customer Change Notification Service............................. 253 Customer Notification Service .......................................... 253 Customer Support............................................................. 253 CVRR CVrsrc....................................................................... 193 D Data Memory Address Space ........................................................... 33 Width .................................................................. 33 Memory Map for PIC24F128GA010 Family Devices ................................................... 33 Near Data Space ........................................................ 34 Organization and Alignment ....................................... 34 SFR Space ................................................................. 34 Software Stack ........................................................... 46 DS39747F-page 249 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY DC Characteristics ............................................................ 218 Comparator Voltage Reference Specifications.................................................... 226 I/O Pin Input Specifications ............................... 222, 224 I/O Pin Output Specifications .................................... 223 Idle Current (IIDLE) .................................................... 220 Operating Current (IDD)............................................. 219 Operating MIPS vs. Voltage...................................... 218 Power-Down Current (IPD) ........................................ 221 Program Memory ...................................................... 225 Temperature and Voltage Specifications .................. 218 Thermal Operating Conditions .................................. 218 Thermal Packaging ................................................... 218 Development Support ....................................................... 213 E Electrical Characteristics................................................... 217 Absolute Maximum Ratings ...................................... 217 ENVREG Pin..................................................................... 201 Equations A/D Conversion Clock Period ................................... 186 Calculating the PWM Period ..................................... 123 Calculation for Maximum PWM Resolution............... 123 CRC Polynomial........................................................ 175 Relationship Between Device and SPI Clock Speed...................................................... 136 UARTx Baud Rate with BRGH = 0............................ 146 UARTx Baud Rate with BRGH = 1............................ 146 Errata .................................................................................... 6 Examples Baud Rate Error Calculation (BRGH = 0) ................. 146 PWM Period and Duty Cycle Calculations ................ 124 Setting RTCWREN Bit in MPLAB C30...................... 164 F Flash Configuration Words.......................................... 32, 195 Flash Program Memory....................................................... 51 Control Registers ........................................................ 52 Enhanced ICSP .......................................................... 52 JTAG Operation .......................................................... 52 Operations .................................................................. 52 Programming a Single Word ....................................... 56 Programming Algorithm .............................................. 54 RTSP Operation.......................................................... 52 Table Instructions........................................................ 51 FSCM and Device Resets ...................................................... 61 Delay for Crystal and PLL Clock Sources ................... 61 I I/O Ports ............................................................................ 107 Configuring Analog Pins ........................................... 108 Voltage Considerations..................................... 108 Input Change Notification.......................................... 109 Open-Drain Configuration ......................................... 108 Parallel I/O (PIO)....................................................... 107 Write/Read Timing .................................................... 108 I2C Clock Rates............................................................... 139 Communicating as Master in a Single Master Environment.......................................... 137 Setting Baud Rate When Operating as Bus Master........................................................ 139 Slave Address Masking ............................................ 139 Implemented Interrupt Vectors (table)................................. 65 DS39747F-page 250 In-Circuit Debugger........................................................... 203 In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP)............................... 203 Input Capture .................................................................... 119 Registers .................................................................. 120 Instruction Set Overview................................................................... 207 Summary .................................................................. 205 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) ............................................. 137 Internal RC Oscillator Use with WDT........................................................... 202 Internet Address ............................................................... 253 Interrupt Setup Procedures Initialization......................................................... 96 Interrupt Control and Status Registers ............................... 66 IECx ............................................................................ 66 IFSx ............................................................................ 66 INTCON1, INTCON2 .................................................. 66 IPCx ............................................................................ 66 Interrupt Controller.............................................................. 63 Interrupt Vector Table (IVT) ................................................ 63 Interrupts Setup Procedure, Interrupt Disable ................................................. 96 Setup Procedures ....................................................... 96 Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) .......................... 96 Trap Service Routine (TSR) ............................... 96 M Memory Organization ......................................................... 31 Microchip Internet Web Site.............................................. 253 MPLAB ASM30 Assembler, Linker, Librarian ................... 214 MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software .............................................. 213 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer .................................... 216 MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System ................ 215 MPLINK Object Linker/MPLIB Object Librarian ................ 214 O On-Chip Voltage Regulator............................................... 201 Brown-out Reset (BOR)............................................ 201 Power-on Reset (POR)............................................. 201 Power-up Requirements ........................................... 201 Oscillator Configuration ...................................................... 97 Clock Switching Mode Configuration Bits ................... 98 Control Registers ........................................................ 99 CLKDIV............................................................... 99 OSCCON............................................................ 99 OSCTUN ............................................................ 99 Output Compare ............................................................... 121 Continuous Output Pulse Generation Setup............. 122 Modes of Operation .................................................. 121 Pulse-Width Modulation.................................... 123 Pulse-Width Modulation Duty Cycle ........................................................ 123 PWM Period ..................................................... 123 Single Output Pulse Generation Setup..................... 121 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY P Packaging ......................................................................... 233 Details ....................................................................... 235 Marking ..................................................................... 233 Parallel Master Port (PMP) ............................................... 153 PIC24FJ128GA010 Family Pinout Descriptions ..................................................... 11 Pin Diagrams ........................................................................ 2 POR and Long Oscillator Start-up Times............................ 61 Power-Saving Features .................................................... 105 Clock Switching, Clock Frequency............................ 105 Doze Modes.............................................................. 106 Instruction-Based Modes .......................................... 105 Idle .................................................................... 106 Sleep................................................................. 105 Interrupts, Coincident with Power-Save Instructions ....................................................... 106 Selective Peripheral Control ..................................... 106 Program Address Space ..................................................... 31 Memory Map for PIC24FJ128GA010 Family Devices ................................................... 31 Program and Data Memory Spaces Interfacing ................................................................... 46 Program Memory Data Access Using Table Instructions ........................ 48 Hard Memory Vectors ................................................. 32 Interrupt Vector ........................................................... 32 Organization................................................................ 32 Reading Data Using Program Space Visibility............ 49 Reset Vector ............................................................... 32 Table Instructions TBLRDH ............................................................. 48 TBLRDL .............................................................. 48 Program Space Address Construction.................................................. 47 Addressing .................................................................. 46 Data Access from, Address Generation...................... 47 Program Verification and Code Protection........................ 203 Programmer’s Model........................................................... 25 R Reader Response ............................................................. 254 Register Maps A/D .............................................................................. 41 CRC ............................................................................ 45 Dual Comparator......................................................... 44 I2C1 ............................................................................ 39 I2C2 ............................................................................ 39 ICN.............................................................................. 37 Input Capture .............................................................. 38 Interrupt Controller ...................................................... 36 NVM ............................................................................ 45 Output Compare ......................................................... 38 Pad Configuration ....................................................... 43 Parallel Master/Slave Port .......................................... 44 PMD ............................................................................ 45 PORTA........................................................................ 41 PORTB........................................................................ 42 PORTC ....................................................................... 42 PORTD ....................................................................... 42 PORTE........................................................................ 43 PORTF........................................................................ 43 PORTG ....................................................................... 43 Real-Time Clock and Calendar (RTCC) ..................... 44 SPI1 ............................................................................ 40 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. SPI2............................................................................ 40 System........................................................................ 45 Timer .......................................................................... 37 UART1........................................................................ 40 UART2........................................................................ 40 Registers AD1CHS (A/D Input Select)...................................... 184 AD1CON1 (A/D Control 1)........................................ 181 AD1CON2 (A/D Control 2)........................................ 182 AD1CON3 (A/D Control 3)........................................ 183 AD1CSSL (A/D Input Scan Select)........................... 185 AD1PCFG (A/D Port Configuration) ......................... 185 ALCFGRPT (Alarm Configuration) ........................... 167 ALMINSEC (Alarm Minutes and Seconds Value) ................................................ 171 ALMTHDY (Alarm Month and Day Value) ................ 170 ALWDHR (Alarm Weekday and Hours Value) ......... 170 CLKDIV (Clock Divider) ............................................ 101 CMCON (Comparator Control) ................................. 190 CORCON (Core Control) ...................................... 29, 67 CRCCON (CRC Control) .......................................... 177 CVRCON (Comparator Voltage Reference Control) ........................................... 194 DEVID (Device ID).................................................... 199 DEVREV (Device Revision)...................................... 200 Flash Configuration Word 1...................................... 196 Flash Configuration Word 2...................................... 198 I2CxCON (I2Cx Control)........................................... 140 I2CxMSK (I2Cx Slave Mode Address Mask)............ 144 I2CxSTAT (I2Cx Status) ........................................... 142 ICxCON (Input Capture x Control)............................ 120 IEC0 (Interrupt Enable Control 0) ............................... 75 IEC1 (Interrupt Enable Control 1) ............................... 76 IEC2 (Interrupt Enable Control 2) ............................... 77 IEC3 (Interrupt Enable Control 3) ............................... 78 IEC4 (Interrupt Enable Control 4) ............................... 79 IFS0 (Interrupt Flag Status 0) ..................................... 70 IFS1 (Interrupt Flag Status 1) ..................................... 71 IFS2 (Interrupt Flag Status 2) ..................................... 72 IFS3 (Interrupt Flag Status 3) ..................................... 73 IFS4 (Interrupt Flag Status 4) ..................................... 74 INTCON1 (Interrupt Control 1) ................................... 68 INTCON2 (Interrupt Control 2) ................................... 69 INTTREG (Interrupt Control and Status) .................... 95 IPC0 (Interrupt Priority Control 0) ............................... 80 IPC1 (Interrupt Priority Control 1) ............................... 81 IPC10 (Interrupt Priority Control 10) ........................... 90 IPC11 (Interrupt Priority Control 11) ........................... 90 IPC12 (Interrupt Priority Control 12) ........................... 91 IPC13 (Interrupt Priority Control 13) ........................... 92 IPC15 (Interrupt Priority Control 15) ........................... 93 IPC16 (Interrupt Priority Control 16) ........................... 94 IPC2 (Interrupt Priority Control 2) ............................... 82 IPC3 (Interrupt Priority Control 3) ............................... 83 IPC4 (Interrupt Priority Control 4) ............................... 84 IPC5 (Interrupt Priority Control 5) ............................... 85 IPC6 (Interrupt Priority Control 6) ............................... 86 IPC7 (Interrupt Priority Control 7) ............................... 87 IPC8 (Interrupt Priority Control 8) ............................... 88 IPC9 (Interrupt Priority Control 9) ............................... 89 MINSEC (Minutes and Seconds Value) ................... 169 MTHDY (Month and Day Value)............................... 168 NVMCON (Flash Memory Control)............................. 53 OCxCON Output Compare x Control) ...................... 125 OSCCON (Oscillator Control)..................................... 99 DS39747F-page 251 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY OSCTUN (FRC Oscillator Tune) ............................... 102 PADCFG1 (Pad Configuration Control) .................... 166 PMADDR (Parallel Port Address) ............................. 157 PMAEN (Parallel Port Enable) .................................. 157 PMCON (Parallel Port Control) ................................. 154 PMMODE (Parallel Port Mode) ................................. 156 PMSTAT (Parallel Port Status) ................................. 158 RCFGCAL (RTCC Calibration and Configuration) ............................................ 165 RCON (Reset Control) ................................................ 58 SPIxCON1 (SPIx Control 1) ...................................... 132 SPIxCON2 (SPIx Control 2) ...................................... 133 SPIxSTAT (SPIx Status and Control) ....................... 130 SR (CPU STATUS) ............................................... 28, 67 T1CON (Timer1 Control)........................................... 112 TxCON (Timer2/4 Control) ........................................ 116 TyCON (Timer3/5 Control) ........................................ 117 UxMODE (UARTx Mode) .......................................... 148 UxSTA (UARTx Status and Control) ......................... 150 WKDYHR (Weekday and Hours Value) .................... 169 YEAR (Year Value) ................................................... 168 Registers Map CPU Core.................................................................... 35 Reset Sequence.................................................................. 63 Resets ................................................................................. 57 Clock Source Selection ............................................... 59 Device Times .............................................................. 59 Revision History ................................................................ 247 RTCC Alarm......................................................................... 172 Configuring........................................................ 172 Interrupt............................................................. 172 ALRMVAL Register Mappings .................................. 170 Calibration ................................................................. 172 Control Registers ...................................................... 165 Module Registers ...................................................... 164 Mapping ............................................................ 164 RTCVAL Register Mapping....................................... 168 S Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) ....................................... 127 Software Simulator (MPLAB SIM)..................................... 215 Software Stack Pointer, Frame Pointer CALL Stack Frame...................................................... 46 Special Features ............................................................... 195 Code Protection ........................................................ 195 Flexible Configuration ............................................... 195 In-Circuit Emulation................................................... 195 In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP) ....................... 195 JTAG Boundary Scan Interface ................................ 195 Watchdog Timer (WDT) ............................................ 195 Special Function Register Reset States.............................. 61 Symbols Used in Opcode Descriptions............................. 206 DS39747F-page 252 T Table of Contents ................................................................. 5 Timer1 Module.................................................................. 111 Timer2/3 Module............................................................... 113 Timer4/5 Module............................................................... 113 Timing Diagrams CLKO and I/O ........................................................... 230 External Clock........................................................... 228 Timing Requirements Capacitive Loading on Output Pin ............................ 227 CLKO and I/O ........................................................... 230 External Clock........................................................... 228 Timing Specifications Internal RC Oscillator................................................ 229 Internal RC Oscillator Accuracy................................ 229 PLL Clock ................................................................. 229 U UARTx Baud Rate Generator (BRG) .................................... 146 Break and Sync Transmit Sequence ........................ 147 Infrared Support........................................................ 147 IrDA Built-in Encoder and Decoder........................... 147 External Support, Clock Output ........................ 147 Operation of UxCTS and UxRTS Control Pins ......... 147 Receiving in 8-Bit or 9-Bit Data Mode ................................... 147 Transmitting 8-Bit Data Mode................................................ 147 Transmitting in 9-Bit Data Mode................................................ 147 Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) ... 145 V VDDCORE/VCAP Pin ........................................................... 201 W Watchdog Timer (WDT).................................................... 202 Control Register........................................................ 202 Programming Considerations ................................... 202 WWW Address ................................................................. 253 WWW, On-Line Support ....................................................... 6 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY THE MICROCHIP WEB SITE CUSTOMER SUPPORT Microchip provides online support via our WWW site at www.microchip.com. This web site is used as a means to make files and information easily available to customers. Accessible by using your favorite Internet browser, the web site contains the following information: Users of Microchip products can receive assistance through several channels: • Product Support – Data sheets and errata, application notes and sample programs, design resources, user’s guides and hardware support documents, latest software releases and archived software • General Technical Support – Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), technical support requests, online discussion groups, Microchip consultant program member listing • Business of Microchip – Product selector and ordering guides, latest Microchip press releases, listing of seminars and events, listings of Microchip sales offices, distributors and factory representatives • • • • • Distributor or Representative Local Sales Office Field Application Engineer (FAE) Technical Support Development Systems Information Line Customers should contact their distributor, representative or field application engineer (FAE) for support. Local sales offices are also available to help customers. A listing of sales offices and locations is included in the back of this document. Technical support is available through the web site at: http://microchip.com/support CUSTOMER CHANGE NOTIFICATION SERVICE Microchip’s customer notification service helps keep customers current on Microchip products. Subscribers will receive e-mail notification whenever there are changes, updates, revisions or errata related to a specified product family or development tool of interest. To register, access the Microchip web site at www.microchip.com. Under “Support”, click on “Customer Change Notification” and follow the registration instructions. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 253 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY READER RESPONSE It is our intention to provide you with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip product. If you wish to provide your comments on organization, clarity, subject matter, and ways in which our documentation can better serve you, please FAX your comments to the Technical Publications Manager at (480) 792-4150. Please list the following information, and use this outline to provide us with your comments about this document. TO: Technical Publications Manager RE: Reader Response Total Pages Sent ________ From: Name Company Address City / State / ZIP / Country Telephone: (_______) _________ - _________ FAX: (______) _________ - _________ Application (optional): Would you like a reply? Y N Device: PIC24FJ128GA010 family Literature Number: DS39747F Questions: 1. What are the best features of this document? 2. How does this document meet your hardware and software development needs? 3. Do you find the organization of this document easy to follow? If not, why? 4. What additions to the document do you think would enhance the structure and subject? 5. What deletions from the document could be made without affecting the overall usefulness? 6. Is there any incorrect or misleading information (what and where)? 7. How would you improve this document? DS39747F-page 254 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM To order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office. PIC 24 FJ 128 GA0 10 T - I / PT - XXX Examples: a) Microchip Trademark Architecture b) Flash Memory Family Program Memory Size (KB) Product Group PIC24FJ128GA008-I/PT 301: General purpose PIC24F, 96 Kbyte program memory, 80-pin, Industrial temp., TQFP package, QTP pattern #301. PIC24FJ128GA010-I/PT: General purpose PIC24F, 128 Kbyte program memory, 100-pin, Industrial temp., TQFP package. Pin Count Tape and Reel Flag (if applicable) Temperature Range Package Pattern Architecture 24 = 16-bit modified Harvard without DSP Flash Memory Family FJ = Flash program memory Product Group GA0 = General purpose microcontrollers Pin Count 06 08 10 = 64-pin = 80-pin = 100-pin Temperature Range I = -40C to +85C (Industrial) Package PT Pattern Three-digit QTP, SQTP, Code or Special Requirements (blank otherwise) ES = Engineering Sample = 64-Lead, 80-Lead, 100-Lead (12x12x1 mm) TQFP (Thin Quad Flatpack) PF = 100-Lead (14x14x1 mm) TQFP (Thin Quad Flatpack) MR = 64-lead (9x9x0.9 mm) QFN (Quad Flatpack, No Lead) 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 255 PIC24FJ128GA010 FAMILY NOTES: DS39747F-page 256 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices: • Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet. • Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today, when used in the intended manner and under normal conditions. • There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our knowledge, require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip’s Data Sheets. Most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property. • Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code. • Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not mean that we are guaranteeing the product as “unbreakable.” Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our products. Attempts to break Microchip’s code protection feature may be a violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. If such acts allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act. Information contained in this publication regarding device applications and the like is provided only for your convenience and may be superseded by updates. It is your responsibility to ensure that your application meets with your specifications. MICROCHIP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE INFORMATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ITS CONDITION, QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PURPOSE. Microchip disclaims all liability arising from this information and its use. Use of Microchip devices in life support and/or safety applications is entirely at the buyer’s risk, and the buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Microchip from any and all damages, claims, suits, or expenses resulting from such use. No licenses are conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any Microchip intellectual property rights. Trademarks The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, dsPIC, KEELOQ, KEELOQ logo, MPLAB, PIC, PICmicro, PICSTART, PIC32 logo, rfPIC and UNI/O are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries. FilterLab, Hampshire, HI-TECH C, Linear Active Thermistor, MXDEV, MXLAB, SEEVAL and The Embedded Control Solutions Company are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. Analog-for-the-Digital Age, Application Maestro, chipKIT, chipKIT logo, CodeGuard, dsPICDEM, dsPICDEM.net, dsPICworks, dsSPEAK, ECAN, ECONOMONITOR, FanSense, HI-TIDE, In-Circuit Serial Programming, ICSP, Mindi, MiWi, MPASM, MPLAB Certified logo, MPLIB, MPLINK, mTouch, Omniscient Code Generation, PICC, PICC-18, PICDEM, PICDEM.net, PICkit, PICtail, REAL ICE, rfLAB, Select Mode, Total Endurance, TSHARC, UniWinDriver, WiperLock and ZENA are trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries. SQTP is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their respective companies. © 2005-2012, Microchip Technology Incorporated, Printed in the U.S.A., All Rights Reserved. Printed on recycled paper. ISBN:978-1-61341-955-7 Microchip received ISO/TS-16949:2009 certification for its worldwide headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and Tempe, Arizona; Gresham, Oregon and design centers in California and India. The Company’s quality system processes and procedures are for its PIC® MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs, KEELOQ® code hopping devices, Serial EEPROMs, microperipherals, nonvolatile memory and analog products. In addition, Microchip’s quality system for the design and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001:2000 certified. 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc. DS39747F-page 257 Worldwide Sales and Service AMERICAS ASIA/PACIFIC ASIA/PACIFIC EUROPE Corporate Office 2355 West Chandler Blvd. Chandler, AZ 85224-6199 Tel: 480-792-7200 Fax: 480-792-7277 Technical Support: http://www.microchip.com/ support Web Address: www.microchip.com Asia Pacific Office Suites 3707-14, 37th Floor Tower 6, The Gateway Harbour City, Kowloon Hong Kong Tel: 852-2401-1200 Fax: 852-2401-3431 India - Bangalore Tel: 91-80-3090-4444 Fax: 91-80-3090-4123 India - New Delhi Tel: 91-11-4160-8631 Fax: 91-11-4160-8632 Austria - Wels Tel: 43-7242-2244-39 Fax: 43-7242-2244-393 Denmark - Copenhagen Tel: 45-4450-2828 Fax: 45-4485-2829 India - Pune Tel: 91-20-2566-1512 Fax: 91-20-2566-1513 France - Paris Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20 Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79 Japan - Osaka Tel: 81-66-152-7160 Fax: 81-66-152-9310 Germany - Munich Tel: 49-89-627-144-0 Fax: 49-89-627-144-44 Atlanta Duluth, GA Tel: 678-957-9614 Fax: 678-957-1455 Boston Westborough, MA Tel: 774-760-0087 Fax: 774-760-0088 Chicago Itasca, IL Tel: 630-285-0071 Fax: 630-285-0075 Cleveland Independence, OH Tel: 216-447-0464 Fax: 216-447-0643 Dallas Addison, TX Tel: 972-818-7423 Fax: 972-818-2924 Detroit Farmington Hills, MI Tel: 248-538-2250 Fax: 248-538-2260 Indianapolis Noblesville, IN Tel: 317-773-8323 Fax: 317-773-5453 Los Angeles Mission Viejo, CA Tel: 949-462-9523 Fax: 949-462-9608 Santa Clara Santa Clara, CA Tel: 408-961-6444 Fax: 408-961-6445 Toronto Mississauga, Ontario, Canada Tel: 905-673-0699 Fax: 905-673-6509 Australia - Sydney Tel: 61-2-9868-6733 Fax: 61-2-9868-6755 China - Beijing Tel: 86-10-8569-7000 Fax: 86-10-8528-2104 China - Chengdu Tel: 86-28-8665-5511 Fax: 86-28-8665-7889 China - Chongqing Tel: 86-23-8980-9588 Fax: 86-23-8980-9500 Netherlands - Drunen Tel: 31-416-690399 Fax: 31-416-690340 Korea - Daegu Tel: 82-53-744-4301 Fax: 82-53-744-4302 Spain - Madrid Tel: 34-91-708-08-90 Fax: 34-91-708-08-91 China - Hangzhou Tel: 86-571-2819-3187 Fax: 86-571-2819-3189 Korea - Seoul Tel: 82-2-554-7200 Fax: 82-2-558-5932 or 82-2-558-5934 China - Hong Kong SAR Tel: 852-2401-1200 Fax: 852-2401-3431 Malaysia - Kuala Lumpur Tel: 60-3-6201-9857 Fax: 60-3-6201-9859 China - Nanjing Tel: 86-25-8473-2460 Fax: 86-25-8473-2470 Malaysia - Penang Tel: 60-4-227-8870 Fax: 60-4-227-4068 China - Qingdao Tel: 86-532-8502-7355 Fax: 86-532-8502-7205 Philippines - Manila Tel: 63-2-634-9065 Fax: 63-2-634-9069 China - Shanghai Tel: 86-21-5407-5533 Fax: 86-21-5407-5066 Singapore Tel: 65-6334-8870 Fax: 65-6334-8850 China - Shenyang Tel: 86-24-2334-2829 Fax: 86-24-2334-2393 Taiwan - Hsin Chu Tel: 886-3-5778-366 Fax: 886-3-5770-955 China - Shenzhen Tel: 86-755-8203-2660 Fax: 86-755-8203-1760 Taiwan - Kaohsiung Tel: 886-7-536-4818 Fax: 886-7-330-9305 China - Wuhan Tel: 86-27-5980-5300 Fax: 86-27-5980-5118 Taiwan - Taipei Tel: 886-2-2500-6610 Fax: 886-2-2508-0102 China - Xian Tel: 86-29-8833-7252 Fax: 86-29-8833-7256 Thailand - Bangkok Tel: 66-2-694-1351 Fax: 66-2-694-1350 UK - Wokingham Tel: 44-118-921-5869 Fax: 44-118-921-5820 China - Xiamen Tel: 86-592-2388138 Fax: 86-592-2388130 China - Zhuhai Tel: 86-756-3210040 Fax: 86-756-3210049 DS39747F-page 258 Italy - Milan Tel: 39-0331-742611 Fax: 39-0331-466781 Japan - Yokohama Tel: 81-45-471- 6166 Fax: 81-45-471-6122 11/29/11 2005-2012 Microchip Technology Inc.